The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2005-075 Historic District Renovation Phase 2 Agreement with MRM Construction, Inc. CITY OF YAKIMA - ORIGINAL CITY OF YAKIMA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR OLD NORTH YAKIMA HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION, PHASE 2- SIDEWALK AND ALLEYS CITY PROJECT NO. 2103 — Phase 2 HLA PROJECT NO. 04087A S. Huibregtse, Lowman Associates, Inc. CIVIL ENGINEERING • LAND SURVEYING • PLANNING APRIL 2006 • CITY OF YAKIMA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR OLD NORTH YAKIMA HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION PHASE 2- SIDEWALK AND ALLEYS O o � NA ',, 1, 0 JV/ Go t!y , �� 1 �9 �I ` GIS T S C - ` � EXPIRES ?JA. 47, 2006 CITY PROJECT NO. 2103 — Phase 2 HLA PROJECT NO. 04087A OWNER: ENGINEER: City of Yakima Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 129 North Second Street 801 North 39th Avenue Yakima, WA 98901 Yakima, WA 98902 FUNDING SOURCES: Washington State Transportation and Construction Budgets April 2006 CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for Historic District Renovation City of Yakima Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 HLA Project No. 04087A TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE NO. SECTION 1 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1 -1 INVITATION TO BID 1 -2 SECTION 2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 2-1 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 2 -2 SECTION 3 - BID PACKAGE 3 -1 BID PROPOSAL 3 -2 UNIT PRICE BID PROPOSAL 3 -3 BID BOND FORM 3 -5 BID BOND 3 -5 NON - COLLUSION DECLARATION 3 -6 NONDISCRIMINATION PROVISION 3 -7 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST 3-8 WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY 3 -9 RESOLUTION NO. D -4816 3 -10 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN 3 -11 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION 3 -13 SUBCONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION 3 -14 PROPOSAL 3 -17 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST 3 -18 SECTION 4 - CONTRACT AND RELATED MATERIALS 4 -1 CONTRACT 4-2 PERFORMANCE BOND 4 -4 SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS 4 -6 INSURANCE FORM 4 -7 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT 4 -10 SECTION 5 - LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS 5 -1 PREVAILING WAGE RATES 5-2 SECTION 6 - AMENDMENTS 6 -1 APWA SECTION 5 -04 6-2 SECTION 7 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 7-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 7-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-3 SECTION 8 - WSDOT STANDARD PLANS, CITY OF YAKIMA DETAILS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION 8-1 SECTION 9 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL DETAILS 9 -1 SECTION 1 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 1 -1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed proposals will be received by the undersigned City Clerk of the City of Yakima, Washington, up to the hour of 2 p.m. on April 11, 2006, and then be opened and publicly read for the construction of: CITY OF YAKIMA Historic District Renovation City of Yakima Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 Reconstruct existing sidewalks and alley pavements in the North Front Street Historic District involving, 5 city block fronts, and two alleys. Project will include installation of new sidewalks, curb and gutters, pedestrian lighting, trees, irrigation system, banner poles, benches, and other related improvements. All in accordance with the Plans and Specifications as prepared by Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., and approved by the City of Yakima. All bid proposals shall be accompanied by a bid proposal deposit in cash, certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond in an amount equal to five percent (5 %) of the amount of such bid proposal. Should the successful bidder fail to enter into such contact and furnish satisfactory performance bond within the time stated in the Specifications, the bid proposal deposit shall be forfeited to the City of Yakima. Plans and Specifications may be obtained at the Office of Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., located at 801 North 39 Avenue, Yakima, WA 98902, (509) 966 -7000, upon payment of the amount of $60.00 for each set, non - refundable. The City of Yakima in accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. 2000d to 2000 -4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Department of Transportation, subtitle A, Office of the Secretary, Part 21, nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the Department of Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color or national origin in consideration for an award. The City of Yakima reserves the right to reject any or all bids and proposals, and to waive technicalities or irregularities, and after careful consideration of all bids and factors involved, make the award to best serve the interests of the City of Yakima. DATED this day of , 2006 KAREN S. ROBERTS CITY CLERK Publish: March 21, 2006 March 28, 2006 1 -2 • SECTION 2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 2 -1 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS BIDS will be received by the City of Yakima, Washington (herein called the "OWNER "), at City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901, until 2 p.m., April 11, 2006, and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. Each BID must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to Yakima City Clerk at 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901. Each sealed envelope containing a BID must be plainly marked on the outside as BID for "Historic District Renovation ", and the envelope should bear on the outside the BIDDER'S name, address, and license number if applicable, and the name of the project for which the BID is submitted. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the BID must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to the OWNER at Yakima City Hall, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, Washington 98901. All BIDS must be made on the required BID form. All blank spaces for BID prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, and the BID form must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Only one copy of the BID form is required. The OWNER may waive any informalities or minor defects or reject any and all BIDS. Any BID may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of BIDS or authorized postpone- ment thereof. Any BID received after the time and date specified shall not be considered. No BIDDER may withdraw a BID within 60 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. Should there be reasons why the Contract cannot be awarded within the specified period, the time may be extended by mutual agreement between the OWNER and the BIDDER. BIDDERS must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of the estimated quantities in the BID SCHEDULE by examination of the site and a review of the Drawings and Specifications including ADDENDA. After BIDS have been submitted, the BIDDER shall not assert that there was a misunderstanding concerning the quantities of WORK or of the nature of the WORK to be done. The CONTRACT DOCUMENTS contain the provisions required for the construction of the PROJECT. Information obtained from an officer, agent, or employee of the OWNER or any other person shall not affect the risks or obligations assumed by the CONTRACTOR or relieve the CONTRACTOR from fulfilling any of the conditions of the Contract. Each BID must be accompanied by a BID BOND payable to the OWNER for five percent of the total amount of the BID. When the Agreement is executed, the bonds of the unsuccessful BIDDERS will be returned. The BID BOND of the successful BIDDER will be retained until the CONTRACT BOND has been executed and approved, after which it will be returned. A certified check may be used in lieu of a BID BOND. A CONTRACT BOND in the amount of 100 percent of the CONTRACT PRICE, with a corporate surety approved by the OWNER, will be required for the faithful performance of the Contract. Attorneys -in -fact who sign BID BONDS or CONTRACT BONDS must file with each BOND a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. The party to whom the Contract is awarded will be required to execute the Agreement and obtain the CONTRACT BOND within ten (10) working days from the date when NOTICE OF AWARD is delivered to the BIDDER. The NOTICE OF AWARD shall be accompanied by the necessary Agreement and BOND forms. In case of failure of the BIDDER to execute the Agreement, the 2 -2 OWNER may consider the BIDDER in default, in which case the BID BOND accompanying the proposal shall become the property of the OWNER. The OWNER may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the BIDDER to perform the WORK, and the BIDDER shall furnish to the OWNER all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any BID if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such BIDDER fails to satisfy the OWNER that such BIDDER is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Agreement and to complete the WORK contemplated therein. A conditional or qualified BID will not be accepted. Award will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible BIDDER or all bids will be rejected. All applicable laws, ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the PROJECT shall apply to the Contract throughout. Each BIDDER is responsible for inspecting the site and for reading and being thoroughly familiar with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The failure or omission of any BIDDER to do any of the foregoing shall in no way relieve any BIDDER from any obligation in respect to its BID. Further, the BIDDER agrees to abide by the requirement under Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, including specifically the provisions of the equal opportunity clause set forth in these Contract Documents. The low BIDDER shall supply the names and addresses of major material SUPPLIERS and SUBCONTRACTORS when required to do so by the OWNER. The ENGINEER is Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., represented by Gene Soules, PE. The ENGINEER'S address is 801 North 39th Avenue, Yakima, Washington 98902, phone (509) 966 - 7000, FAX: (509) 965 -3800. 2 -3 SECTION 3 - BID PACKAGE 3 -1 CITY OF YAKIMA 129 NORTH 2 STREET YAKIMA, WASHINGTON 98901 BID PROPOSAL HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION YAKIMA, WASHINGTON City of Yakima Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 To: City Clerk City of Yakima jj Proposal of M k Iti1. Co 0, 5 °fn,t (' Ii Ufl,, v1 C (hereinafter called "BIDDER "), organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, doing business as '` C CCM 001ft 4 u'tii`r (insert "a corporation, " "a partnership," or "an individual" as applicable). In compliance with your Advertisement for Bids, BIDDER hereby proposed to perform all work for the construction of the HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION — City of Yakima Project No. 2103 - Ph.2, in strict accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. By submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies, in the case of joint BID each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, that this BID has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any competitor. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract within ten (10) calendar days after NOTICE TO PROCEED and to fully complete the PROJECT in accordance with Section 1 -08.5 of these Special Provisions. BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum specified for each day thereafter as provided for in Section 1 -08.9 of these Special Provisions. BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDA: BIDDER agrees to perform all the work described in the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the following unit prices or lump sum. 3 -2 Unit Price Bid Proposal • (Note Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown Any changes /corrections to the bid must be initialed by the signer of the bid, in accordance with Section 1 -02 5) Sales Tax shall be included in Unit Prices CITY OF YAKIMA HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION City of Yakima No. 2103 Phase 2 HLA Project No. 04087A ...No: ptinn .. . Descipktore .:, ..` • . . :. : : . . . : > : 1 ".::;: "i" .. . - ' Unit -" :: .. .. ... .. i i;lif. Sales T :::-:, • : _`. ... .: : total Item Amor mt �{ . & 1 Mobilization Lump Sum 1 x $ /®7 /0 3 ,®® = $ / 7" (101 - ,0(/ 2 Temporary Erosion Control Lump Sum 1 x $ F4. C'. = $ ' 5 g /r 00 3 Catch Basin Inlet Protection Each 6 x $ 7.2. 90 • = $ % 90 . yo. m /y 4 Project Temporary Traffic Control Lump Sum 1 x $ if �,6-� 7• A = $ / .- �0 . -0 5 Removal of Structures and Obstructions Lump Sum 1 x $ .a646 00 = $ C .6 cr, - . 6 Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meet Line LF 250 x $ 3 .�•b • = $ g 4 1 / 0. 03 0 . �j 7 Remove Existing Cem Conc Sidewalk SY 2,360 x $ / a, 09 . = $ ? ? 9) �, /V 8 Pedestrian Lighting System Lump Sum 1 x $ ® y3 v97.66 = $ / % `397.4 9 Irrigation System Lump Sum 1 x $ / " 1, (,Jo/ = $ I % ® 04/ 10 Tree Lighting System Lump Sum 1 ©'• . $ s�)/1 - S 1 Catch Basin,Type 1 Each 4 $ /00 , O O. $ S 9GDa do 12 Structure Excavation Class B Ind Haul CY 225 $ r -1„�, y) • $ p / '/ 7-�5- 13 Sch A Storm Sewer Pipe 12 -Inch Diam LF 430 $ 33. 6 j p• $ / � y y73 .9-5— . /0 14 Testing Storm Sewer Pipe LF 430 $ ), Y9 • $ 64/0. l 15 Cement Conc. Barrier Curb and Gutter LF 1,100 $ , 44 9 . $ i2 / V. `�. 'O ' / 16 Pedestrian Push Button Modifications Lump Sum 1 $ 99 e` .. S — $ �" V�,/ . 5-.:72- 17 Asphalt Pavement Repair Section SY 225 $ 4//. 9y . $ 93 9. 00 18 Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 4 -Inch Thick SY 2,413 $ A . ' • $ / 1 7/e, y . 19 Supported Cement Concrete Sidewalk SY 54 $ 4? 90 . $ °fi 2- r 33 , 6. o 20 Cement Concrete Sidewalk. 6 -Inch Thick SY 345 $ a 9. 99 • $ _3 %� . f V 21 Cement Concrete Pavement -Incl Dowels CY 285 $ - / / • $ ■ o �� . 0 ,so d ® 22 Crushed Surfacing Base Course Ton 225 $ 3 • o`9 $ 6 S� 2 y 00 23 Street Light System Lump Sum 1 $ 10 - /6'..3 $ / j 6? 24 Glass Sidewalk Panel on Supports SF 134 $ 901. 60 . $ f 9--®O - 11-1,.Y0 25 Sidewalk Access Door Lump Sum 1 $ .7�- 9 O C/ . ®�/ .�s $ '90-30 .e2,0 26 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type 1D Each 12 $ g+ e,® $ 5 6. C,17 27 Sidewalk Inlays Each 20 © / $ _ / ' .,, 0 , • 28 Stamped Street Name Each 12 $ l 4/S. . $ ) 71/7-, c.P-0 29 Root Barrier LF 960 $ 6 . 7D- _ $ 6 9J. 9-0 30 PSIPE: Scarlet Sentinel Maple Each 11 $ V Gyg", �®•1 d $ ii9:-Ig , c).0 31 PSIPE Chanticleer Flowering Pear Each 37 $ V F. 0 $ s . ®c5 32 Tree Grate Each 37 © $ ® < 00 II $ ' S , %'r 00 7 p /� 33 Banner Strain Pole Each 2 x $ . ®0 _ $ 96 3a + City of Yakima Prot No 2103 -Ph 2 HLA Protect No 004087A 3.3 Addendum No. 1 S \Gene \04087 \04087Ph2Total xls 34 Removable Bollards Lump Sum 1 x $ 1,4 rr QV . = $ c::-.0 b ,e", 35 Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System Lump Sum 1 x $ / 79i T S. = $ / 3 J/S , Sp_ 36 Bench Each 5 x $ / 90 4/. 00 = $ ?5" -.)4 .0 37 Trash Receptacle Each 4 x $ / % S . co = $ � a r � y. � o(f . 38 Bicycle Rack Each 2 x $ s ! . o. = $ / d S , 4 39 Traffic Sign Post and Anchor Each 14 x $ Q /Q . p Q • = $ / 9'// , 0 0 $ 40 Minor Change FA 1 x 5,000.00 = $ 5,000.00 TOTAL BASE BID: $ 4 l/9 9,...13. 0 ALTERNATES: ��yy 41 Glass Sidewalk Panel on Grade SF 175 x $ 90% 4 . $ / - 7 7"O .0. 42 Planter Fence Each 6 x $ e?'S y c 0 $ p-s '7O y . .00 43 Drinking Fountain Each 2 x $ 5 00 • 0 d $ / / c:400 . 0 e, 44 Future Communication Conduit Lump Sum 1 x $ TS , Q / $ ap S.3, 09 SUBTOTAL ALTERNATES : $ 0-D-3 - 7-, or 1J TOTAL BID W /ALTERNATES : $ / 3 f i 36 73 / City of Yakima Prot No 2103 -Ph 2 HLA Protect No. 004087A Addendum No. .1 S \Gene 4087 \04087Ph2Total xis \ 0 BID BOND FORM Herewith find deposit in the form of a certified check, cashier's check, cash, or bid bond in the amount of $ , which amount is not less than five percent (5%) of the total bid. Sign Here BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we MRM Construction, Inc. , as Principal, and Safeco Insurance Comean of America ,as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF YAKIMA, as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent (5 %) of Total Amount Bid Dollars, for the payment of which the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay and forfeit to the Obligee the penal amount of the deposit specified in the call for bids, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect and the Surety shall forthwith pay and forfeit to the Obligee, as penalty and • liquidated damages, the amount of this bond. SIGNED, SEALED, AND DATED THIS 11th DAY OF April , 2006. MRM Construction, Inc. Princip I 7 -�, I 1 - tit c� sale, ance. C erica By : '// // (; 1 77 I" arl ene J" iels, Attorney-In-Fact -In -Fact y y , 2006 Received return of deposit in the sum of $ . 3 -5 FIVI.113 POWER Safeco Insurance Companies PO Box 34526 OF ATTORNEY Seattle, WA98124 -1526 7351 No. KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint * * * * * * * * * * ** *VIKI BAUM; JOHN C. BEESON; STEVEN K. BUSH; M. J. COTTON; JIM W. DOYLE; JULIE M. GLOVER; DARLENE JAKIELSKI; THERESA A. LAMB; MICHAEL A. MURPHY; LAWRENCE J. NEWTON; NANCY J. OSBORNE; ANDY D. PRI LL; S. M. SCOTT; Bothell, Washington*************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents 9th November 2005 this day of STEPHANIE DALEY - WATSON.SECRETARY MIKE PETERS. PRESIDENT, SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power -of- attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power -of- attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Stephanie Daley- Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this 11th day of April . 2006 • ,0 SRN N,CE CUAfp9 4F 40, t:" CORPORATE SEAL la SEAL - 1956 # 4. 42 was>��t�f Wee DALEY - WATSON, SECRETARY Safeco® and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation. S- 0974/DS 4/05 WEB PDF NON- COLLUSION DECLARATION I, by signing the proposal, hereby declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States, that the following statements are true and correct: 1. That the undersigned person(s), firm, association, or corporation has (have) not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the project for which this proposal is submitted. 2. That by signing the signature page of this proposal, I am deemed to have signed and have agreed to the provisions of this declaration. 3 -6 NONDISCRIMINATION PROVISION During the performance of this Contract, the contractor agrees as follow: The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including • apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the contracting agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or with any such rules, regulation, or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies involved as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. The Contractor will include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 3 -7 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST Prepared in compliance with Chapter 378 Laws of 1993 To be Submitted with the Bid Proposal HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION City of Yakima Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 The following listed bid items (listed in numerical order) for this project have been proposed for subcontracting to subcontractors as indicated for: / Subcontractor Name 1 1 C D � -e /S J-ec - / C "c Item Numbers ,5 g, /0, ! b �3 33 35 ` / Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Subcontractor Name Item Numbers Bid item numbers to be performed by the prime contractor: ( 0 { �l ill �1 i t C ., -4,N , ) Prime Contractor Name Item Numbers (. (0 `- I ) ! l l`f �' ) Rtv c ,k O ) ' 3 -8 CITY OF YAKIMA WOMEN AND MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE POLICY It is the policy of the City of Yakima that women and minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of work relating to the City's activities. To this end, the City is committed to take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations to ensure women and minority business enterprises the maximum opportunity to compete for and to perform contracts. In order to enhance opportunities for women and minority businesses to participate in certain contractor opportunities with the City of Yakima, and as a recipient of federal and state financial assistance, the City is committed to a women and minority business enterprise utilization program. The City is determined to maximize women and minority business opportunities through participation in the competitive bidding process through women and minority business enterprise affirmative action programs administratively established by the City Manager and monitored and implemented in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations. All women and minority business enterprise programs shall include specific goals for participation of women and minority businesses in City projects of at least ten percent (10 %) of the total dollar value of City contract over $10,000. Goals shall be reviewed and updated annually by the City Manager for applicability and to ensure that the intent of this policy is accomplished. This statement of policy will be widely disseminated to all managers, supervisors, minorities, and women employed by the City of Yakima as well as to contractors, vendors, suppliers, minorities, and women who may seek the City's procurement and construction contracts related to the women and minority business enterprise programs. Contractors associations will be made aware of construction projects affected by this policy through all available avenues to assure that plans /specifications, bid forms, and invitations to bid are as widely distributed as possible. 3 -9 RESOLUTION NO. 1) 418 1 6 A RESOLUTION adopting a "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" for the City of Yakima. • WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is the recipient of federal and state assistance which assistance carries with it the obli- gation of contracting with Women And Minority Business Enter- prises for the performance of public works, and WHEREAS, it is the intention of the City of Yakima that Women And Minority Business Enterprises shall have the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of such public works, and WHEREAS, the City of Yakima is determined to maximize Women And Minority Business Enterprise opportunities for parti- cipation in its competitive bidding process through the adoption of the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy" statement attached hereto, now, therefore, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF YAKIMA: The City Council hereby adopts the "Women And Minority Business Enterprise Policy ", a copy of which is attached hereto and by reference made a part hereof. �� ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL this ..3 U` day of {c.,L.e._ , 1983. C A. Mayor ATTEST: City Clerk 3 -10 CITY OF YAKIMA AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN The bidders, contractors, and subcontractors will not be eligible for award of a Contract under this Advertisement for Bids unless it certifies as prescribed, that it adopts the minimum goals and timetable of minority and women workforce utilization and specific affirmative action steps as set forth by the City of Yakima. This is directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization by means of applying good faith efforts to carrying out such steps. However, no contractor or subcontractor shall be found to be in noncompliance solely on account of its failure to meet its goals within its timetables, but such contractor shall be given the opportunity to demonstrate that it has instituted all of the specific affirmative action steps specified by the City of Yakima, and has made every good faith effort to make these steps work toward the attainment of its goals, all to the purpose of expanding minority and women workforce utilization on all of its projects in the City of Yakima, Washington. In all cases, the compliance of a bidder, contractor, or subcontractor will be determined in accordance with its respective obligations under the terms of these Bid Conditions. All bidders and all contractors and subcontractors performing or to perform work on projects subject to these Bid Conditions hereby agree to inform their subcontractors of their respective obligations under the terms and requirements of these Bid Conditions, including the provisions relating to goals of minority and women employment and training. Specific Affirmative Action Steps Bidders, contractors, and subcontractors subject to this Contract must engage in affirmative action directed at increasing minority and women workforce utilization, which is at least as extensive and as specific as the following steps: The contractor shall notify community organizations that the contractor has employment opportunities available and shall maintain records of the organizations' response. The contractor shall maintain a file of the names and addresses of each minority and women worker referred to him and what action was taken with respect to each such referred worker, and if the worker was not employed, the reasons therefore. If such worker was not sent to the union hiring hall for referral or if such worker was not employed by the contractor, the contractor's file shall document this and the reasons therefore. The contractor shall promptly notify the City of Yakima Engineering Division and Contract Compliance Officer when the union or unions with whom the contractor has collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the contractor a minority or woman worker sent by the contractor or the contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded him in his efforts to meet his goal. The contractor shall participate in training programs in the area, especially those funded by the Department of Labor. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy within his own organization by including it in any policy manual; by publicizing it in company newspapers, annual reports, etc., by conducting staff, employee and union representatives' meetings to explain and discuss the policy; by posting of the policy; and by specific review of the policy with minority employees. The contractor shall disseminate his EEO policy externally by informing and discussing it with all recruitment sources; by advertising in news media, specifically including minority news media; and by notifying and discussing it with all subcontractors and suppliers. The contractor shall make specific efforts and constant personal (both written and oral) recruitment efforts directed at all minority or women organizations, schools with minority students, minority 3 -11 recruitment organizations and minority training organizations, within the contractor's recruitment areas. The contractor shall make specific efforts to encourage present minority employees to recruit their friends and relatives. The contractor shall validate all man specifications; selection requirements, tests, etc. The contractor shall make every effort to promote after - school, summer, and vacation employment to minority youth. The contractor shall develop on- the -job training opportunities and participate and assist in any association or employer group training programs relevant to the contractor's employee needs consistent with its obligations under this bid. The contractor shall continually inventory and evaluate all minority and women personnel for promotion opportunities and encourage minority and women employees to seek such opportunities. The contractor shall make sure that seniority practices, job classifications, etc., do not have a discriminatory effect. The contractor shall make certain that all facilities and company activities are non - segregated. The contractor shall continually monitor all personnel activities to ensure that his EEO policy is being carried out. The contractor shall solicit bids for subcontracts from available minority and women subcontractors, engaged in the trades covered by these Bid Conditions, including circulation of minority and women contractor associations. Non - cooperation: In the event the union is unable to provide the contractor with a reasonable flow of minority and women referrals within the time limit set forth in the collective bargaining agreements, the contractor shall, through independent recruitment efforts, fill the employment vacancies without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin, making full efforts to obtain qualified and /or qualifiable minorities and women. (The U.S. Department of Labor has held that it shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority or women employees.) In the event the union referral practice prevents the contractor from meeting the obligations pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and 23 CFR Part 230 as amended, and the Standard Specifications, such contractor shall immediately notify the City of Yakima Engineering Department or the City of Yakima Compliance Officer. 3 -12 BIDDERS CERTIFICATION A bidder will not be eligible for award of a contract under this invitation for bids unless such bidder has submitted as a part of its bid the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting contract: v`ca ( t (rte t 1"Lr certifies that: (BIDDER) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract C (, ) Lt , -ti Gr ✓. �' ' b c /LQ, and; as to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in the Yakima, Washington area subject to these Bid Conditions, those trades being: 1 J and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors and submit to the contracting or administering agency prior to the award of any sub - contract under this contract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid Conditions. I (Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder) _1 3 -13 1 SUBCONTRACTORS CERTIFICATION Subcontractors' Certification is not required at the time of bid. This Certification must be completed by each subcontractor prior to award of any subcontract. certifies that: 1 (SUBCONTRACTOR) 1. It intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the subcontract and; As to those trades for which it is required by these Bid Conditions to comply with these Bid Conditions, it adopts the minimum minority and women workforce utilization goals and the specific affirmative action steps for all construction work (both federal and non - federal) in Yakima, Washington, subject to these Bid Condition, those trades being: and; 2. It will obtain from each of its subcontractors prior to the award of any subcontract under this subcontract the Subcontractor Certification required by these Bid conditions. l (Signature of Authorized Representative of Subcontractor) 3 -14 Materially and Responsiveness The certification required to be made by the bidder pursuant to these Bid Conditions is material, and will govern the bidder's performance on the project and will be made a part of his bid. Failure to submit the certification wilt render the bid non responsive. Compliance and Enforcement Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractor (regardless of tier) as to their respective obligations under the conditions of the contract here (as applicable). Bidders, contractors and subcontractors hereby agree to refrain from entering into any contract or contract modification subject to Executive Order 11246, as amended on September 24, 1965, with a contractor debarred from, or who is determined not to be a responsible' bidder for, government contracts and federally assisted construction contracts pursuant to Executive Order. The bidder, contractor or subcontractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of the equal opportunity clause including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered by the administering agency, the contracting agency or the Office of Federal Contract Compliance pursuant to the Executive Order. Any bidder, or contractor or subcontractor who shall fail to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be deemed to be in non - compliance with these Bid Conditions and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Nothing herein is intended to relieve any contractor or subcontractor during the term of its contract on this project from compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the Equal Opportunity Clause of its contract. ( Violation of any substantial requirement in the affirmative action plan by a contractor or subcontractor covered by these Bid Conditions including the failure of such contractor or subcontractor to make a good faith effort to meet it fair share of the trade's goals of minority and women workforce utilization, and shall be grounds for imposition of the sanctions and penalties provided at Section 209 (a) of Executive Order 11246, as amended. Each agency shall review its contractors' and subcontractors' employment practices during the performance of the contract. If the agency determines that the affirmative action plan no longer represents effective affirmative action, it shall so notify the Office of Federal Contract Compliance which shall be solely responsible for any final determination of that question and the Consequences thereof. In regard to these conditions, if the contractor or subcontractor meets its goals or if the contractor or subcontractor can demonstrate that it has made every good faith effort to meet those goals, the contractor of the subcontractor shall be presumed to be in compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions and no formal sanctions or proceedings leading toward sanctions shall be instituted unless the agency otherwise determines that the contractor or subcontractor is not providing equal employment opportunities. In judging whether a contractor or subcontractor has met its goals, the agency will consider each contractors or subcontractor's minority and women workforce utilization and will not take into consideration the minority and women workforce utilization of its subcontractors. Where the agency finds that the contractor or subcontractor has failed to comply with the requirement of Executive Order 11246, as amended, the implementing regulations and its obligations under these Bid Conditions, the agency shall take such action and impose such sanctions as may be appropriate under Executive Order and the regulations. When the agency proceeds with such formal action, it has the burden of proving that the contractor has not met the requirements of these Bid Conditions, but the contractor's failure to meet his goals shall shift to him the requirement to come forward with evidence to show that he has met the "good faith" 3 -15 requirements of these Bid Conditions by instituting at least the Specific Affirmative Action steps listed above and by making every good faith effort to make those steps work toward the attainment of its goals within its timetables. The pendency of such formal proceedings shall be taken into consideration by Federal agencies in determining whether such contractor or subcontractor can comply with the requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and is therefore a "responsible prospective contractor" within the meaning of the Federal Procurement Regulations. It shall be no excuse that the union with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement providing for exclusive referral failed to refer minority and women employees. The procedures set forth in these conditions shall not apply to any contract when the head of the contracting or administering agency determines that such contract is essential to the national security and that its award without following such procedures is necessary to the national security. Upon making such a determination, the agency head will notify, in writing, the Director of the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance within thirty days. Requests for exemptions from these Bid Conditions must be made in writing, with justification, to the: Director Office of Federal Contractor Compliance U.S. Department of Labor Washington, D.C. 20210 and shall be forwarded through and with the endorsement of the agency head. Contractors and subcontractors must keep such records and file such reports relating to the provisions of these Bid Conditions as shall be required by the contracting or administering agency or the Office of Federal Contractor Compliance. 3 -16 PROPOSAL HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT NO. 2103 -Ph.2 The Bidder is hereby advised that by signature of this proposal, he /she is deemed to have acknowledged all requirements and signed all certificates contained herein. A proposal guaranty in an amount of five percent (5 %) of the total bid, based upon the approximate estimate of quantities at the above prices and in the form as indicated below, is attached hereto: CASH ❑ IN THE AMOUNT OF CASHIER'S CHECK ❑ DOLLARS CERTIFIED CHECK ❑ ($ ) PAYABLE TO THE STATE TREASURER PROPOSAL BOND Fil IN THE AMOUNT OF 5% OF THE BID ** Receipt is hereby acknowledged of addendum(s) No.(s) I , , and SIGNATURE OF AUT ORIZED OFFICIALS <_ .. / lJ FIRM NAMEM iv' Co k1 6 ` ``ciC= ,0 , (ADDRESS) I X < 3 L. I (,e tili c b 44 v C,oc 9 JVd, f; PHONE NCO c (iI C..( a.5 G., 6) 00 FAX NO.: 0 0 C() C c -c -- ogo STATE OF WASHINGTON CONTRACTORS LICENSE NUMBER t ill Cal: * 0 c/ l f FEDERAL ID NO. (le- 00/60 9 Note: (1) This proposal form is not transferable and any alteration of the firm's name entered hereon without prior permission from the Secretary of Transportation will be cause for considering the proposal irregular and subsequent rejection of the bid. (2) Please refer to Section 1 -02.6 of the Standard Specifications, re: "Preparation of Proposal," or "Article 4" of the Instructions to Bidders for building construction jobs. (3) Should it be necessary to modify this proposal either in writing or by electronic means, please make reference to the following proposal number in your communication. 3 -17 BIDDER'S CHECK LIST The bidder's attention is especially called to the following forms which must be executed, as required, and submitted on the form bound in the Contract Documents: A. PROPOSAL The unit prices, extensions, and total amounts bid must be shown in the space provided. B. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE SHEET To be filled in and signed by the bidder. C. BOND ACCOMPANYING BID This bid form is to be executed by the bidder and surety company unless bid is accom- panied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall be not less than 5% of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. D. SUBCONTRACTOR LIST The form must be filled in. Failure to provide this information WILL NOT render the bid non- responsive. The following forms are to be executed after the Contract is awarded: A. CONTRACT This agreement to be executed by the successful bidder. B. PERFORMANCE BOND To be executed by the successful bidder and his /her surety company. C. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Refer to attached Informational Certificate of Insurance and Additional Insured Endorsement. Also refer to Section 1 -07.18 (APWA) of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions. 3 -18 SECTION 4 - CONTRACT AND RELATED MATERIALS 4 -1 ) CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in triplicate, this qj` day of /1/),1 , 2006, by and between the City of Yakima, hereinafter called the Owner, and �'1 1(2 VY1 C avA.S -t r vA, j c_ , , a W Corporation, hereinafter called the Cor. tractor. WITNESSETH: That in consideration of the terms and conditions contained herein and attached and made a part of this Agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows: I. The Contractor shall do all work and furnish all tools, materials, labor and equipment for the bid amount of: $ I ) 185,350. I , for HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION - CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT NO. 2103 -Ph.2, all in accordance with, and as described in the attached Plans and Specifications and the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and shall perform any alterations in or additions to the work provided under this Contract and every part thereof. Work shall start within ten (10) days after the Notice to Proceed and shall be completed in Eighty (80) working days. The first chargeable working day shall be the 11th working day after the date on which the City issues the Notice to Proceed. If said work is not completed within the time specified, the Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner the sum specified in Section 1 -08.5 of the Special Provisions for each and every day said work remains uncompleted after expiration of the specified time, as liquidated damages. The Contractor shall provide and bear the expense of all equipment, work, and labor of any sort whatsoever that may be required for the transfer of materials and for constructing and completing the work provided for in this Contract and every part thereof, except such as are mentioned in the Specifications to be furnished by the City of Yakima. II. The City of Yakima hereby promises and agrees with the Contractor to employ, and does employ the Contractor to provide the materials and to do and cause to be done the above described work and to complete and finish the same according to the attached Plans and Specifications and the terms and conditions herein contained and hereby contracts to pay for the same according to the attached Specifications and the schedule of unit or itemized prices hereto attached, at the time and in the manner and upon the conditions provided for in this Contract. III. The Contractor for himself, and for his heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, does hereby agree to the full performance of all the covenants herein contained upon the part of the Contractor. IV. It is further provided that no liability shall attach to the City of Yakima by reason of entering into this Contract, except as expressly provided herein. di 4e,„, 14-4,1 arvi. 1 - . 4 -2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first herein above written. Countersigned: CITY OF YAKIMA CONTRACTOR this 9' day of ¥\&41 2006 (IA OA COA U C k�Ga" Corporation Contractor City Manager, Richard A. Zais, Jr. By Attest: e C..y V 4KAct City Clerk, Karen S. Roberts (Please print or type Name) Its O t (President, Owner, etc.) Address: 66) X �� g a I f ?h S L J ci 9 K Phone: (3 i) C/ 3 coo Fax: Y4) Cfc9 . -`; e 6 - 71 9 CJ email: VILON +11 Or/ 4 -3 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND TO CITY OF YAKIMA Bond No. 6393801 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: • That we, the undersigned, MRM Construction, Inc. a Washington Corporation as Principal and Safeco Insurance Company of America , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety, are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the CITY OF YAKIMA in the penal sum of $ 1,185,350.13 the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or personal representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into in pursuance of the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinances of the CITY OF YAKIMA. DATED at Yakima, Washington, this c-Yk- day of \" , 2006. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligations are such that: WHEREAS, pursuant to action taken by the Yakima City Council on , 2006, the City Manager and City Clerk of the CITY OF YAKIMA has let or is about to let to the said MRM Construction, Inc. the above bounden Principal, a certain Contract, the said Contract being numbered * 04087B w, and providing for HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION (which Contract is referred to herein and is made a part hereof as though attached hereto), and, WHEREAS, the said Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the said Contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW THEREFORE, if the said MR.14 Construction, Inc. shall faithfully perform all of the provisions of said Contract in the manner and within the time therein set forth, or within such extensions of time as may be granted under said Contract, and shall pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors and material men, and all persons who shall supply said principal or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for the carrying on of said work, and shall hold said CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage occasioned to any person or property by reason of any carelessness or negligence on the part of said principal, or any subcontractor in the performance of said work and shall indemnify and hold the CITY OF YAKIMA, its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials, harmless from any damage or expense by reason of failure of performance as specified in said Contract or from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under said Contract within a period of one year after its acceptance thereof by the CITY OF YAKIMA, then and in that event this obligation shall be void; but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. 4 -4 MRM Construction, Inc. (Contractor BY: 7 ..7.._... ...e...l...0 1 \4 c , 6, ,. („k_ (Print Name) i Approved as to form: its: (.il (e Pic s , (I c 0 t . (President, Owner, etc.) Vibt..,..0 06#07 Attorney) 6/ Safeco Insurance Company of America (Surety) 1/ VI 1 4 /7 /„? ' J By: , i .. l'' , "A- Darlene Jakielk i (Print Name) Its: Attorney-In-Fact _________ 4-5 yn, POWER Safeco Insurance Companies PO Box 34526 aytt OF ATTORNEY Seattle, WA 98124 -1526 7351 No. KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint * * * * * * * * * * * * *VIKI BAUM; JOHN C. BEESON; STEVEN K. BUSH; M. J. COTTON; JIM W. DOYLE; JULIE M. GLOVER; DARLENE JAKIELSKI; THERESA A. LAMB; MICHAEL A. MURPHY; LAWRENCE J. NEWTON; NANCY J. OSBORNE; ANDY D. PRILL; S. M. SCOTT; Bothell, Wash ington********************************************************** its true and lawful attorney(s) -in -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents 9th November 2005 this day of " 14,24.; .-. STEPHANIE DALEY - WATSON.SECRETARY MIKE PETERS. PRESIDENT. SURETY CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attomeys -in -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (ii) A copy of the power -of- attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power -of- attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, Stephanie Daley- Watson , Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this day of CORPORATE SEAL It S SEAL r ,if/ d� � I t STEPHANIE DALEY - WATSON, SECRETARY Safeco® and the Safeco logo are registered trademarks of Safeco Corporation. S- 0974/DS 4/05 WEB PDF SCHEDULE OF WORKING HOURS In accordance with SECTION 1- 08.0(2) HOURS OF WORK (APWA ONLY), the normal straight time working hours for this project will be from a.m. to p.m., days per week. It is understood that normal straight time working hours shall not exceed 40 hours per week, regardless of the number of days worked per week. All hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week shall be considered as overtime hours subject to the reimbursement provisions of SECTION 1- 08.0(3) REIMBURSEMENT FOR OVERTIME WORK OF CONTRACTING AGENCY EMPLOYEES (APWA ONLY) if included in the Special Provisions. Overtime hours are defined as any hours in excess of or outside of the above normal straight time working hours when the Contractor and /or his subcontractors are on the project site performing work. I hereby certify that my subcontractors have been notified of the normal straight time working hour provisions of this project and understand that Engineer /Contracting Agency costs for overtime hours will be deducted from amounts due to me for work performed on the project. Contractor Signature Date 4 -6 ACORD,,, CERTIFICATE ID ME DATE (MM/DD;YYYYI CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE MRMC001 05/02/06 _ PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE Hub International Northwest HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR P. 0. Box 3 018 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Bothell WA 98041 --3018 Phone :425- 489 -4500 Fax :425 -489 -4501 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# - } INSURED 6U Insurance INSURER B: West AmericanIns. Company MRM Construction Inc ......__.._ Mike Forman INSURER C: PO Box 838 INSURER D: - - _i� _____ Ellensburg WA 98926 — 1 INSURER E: COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT. TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. 1N- SRMMUU'L; POLICY NUMBER " POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION I — LIMITS LTR INSRD TYPE OF INSURANCE DATE (MM /DD/YY) DATE (MM /DD/YY) ' GENERAL LIABILITY ! EACH OCCURRENCE S1,000,000 1- oxpIAGETO HEN I EU A ' I X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY BK052864690 09/15/05 0 9/ 15 / 0 6 PREMISES (Fa occurence) 1 5100,000 I • CLAIMS MADE X I OCCLIR I Iv1ED EXP (Any one person) S 10,000 I PERSONAL &ADVINJURY S 1,000,000 1 GENERAL AGGREGATE j S2,000,000 ' GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG S 2,000,000 POLICY X I JECT 1 : LOC , Emp Ben. 1,000,000 I AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT S1,000,000 B IX ANYAUrO BA052864690 09/15 /05 09/15/06 (Ea accident) r ALL OWNED AUTOS I - BODILY INJURY 'S SCHEDULED AUTOS ; (Per person) I HIRED AUTOS 0.0 . BODILY INJURY S I NON -OWNED AUTOS THIS GER-CCIRCA' - �,MENOSIR>;PLAC . p- cident) PREVIOUS GER�IFICATE IS ® Ns � PROPERTY DAMAGE . S C v ! (Per accident) I GARAGE LIABILITY 1'� P? 5 /�P � ONLY - EA ACCIDENT ; 5 ._ - - ---.. - __ ANY AUTO ®p. //; I OTHER THAN EA ACC I S _ 1 I AUTO ONLY. AGG S EXCESS /UMBRELLA LIABILITY wil y. cis �I LEACH OCCURRENCE S _J OCCUR L__ CLAIMS MADE - / ` �J � / ® DEDUCTIBLE � �� *;/`M N , S — \ - -- I S ._ 1m/ i _ � RETENTION $ I __ ' $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND A -- I - - - -- - _ --� - -_- �wG CST i O - -- - - - WORKERS C LIABILITY 1 TORY LIMITS I, A. ER TH - 1 A BK052864690 09/15/05 09/15/06 E.L EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 AMY PROPRIETOR!PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER /MEMBER EXCLUDED? WA STOP GAP E.L DISEASE _ EA EMPLOYEE' $ 1,000,000 It yes, describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS oelow E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT I $ 1,000,000 OTHER ■ 1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS !VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT / SPECIAL PROVISIONS IT IS AGREED THE CITY OF YAKIMA, THEIR AGENTS, EMPLOYEES & ELECTED OR APPOINTED OFFICIALS AND HUIBREGTSE, LOUMAN ASSOCIATES, INC. & ALL SUBCONTRACTORS ARE INCLUDED AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS WHEN REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT PER ATTACHED MASTER PAK ENDORSEMENT. RE: CITY OF YAKIMA, HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION r----- CIYAKIM SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL araNJUCCIZTVXMAIL 20 DAYS WRITTEN I NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO 'THE LEFT, CITY OF YAKIMA @> Jez Rki^it3t Qf1Lf1Y.t� = r;c w ^ 129 NORTH 2ND STREET, 2ND FLR YAKIMA WA 98901 AUT ORIj IZED REP RE NTATIt c. � ACORD 25 (2001/08) ' C) ACORD CORPORATION 1988 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY, AMENDMENT OF CANCELLATION PROVISIONS OR COVERAGE CHANGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PARK CONTRACTORS GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART In the event of cancellation or material change that reduces or restricts the insurance afforded by this Coverage Part, we agree to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material change to: SCHEDULE 1. Name: CITY OF YAKIMA 2. Address: 129 NORTH 2 STREET, 2 FLOOR YAKIMA, WA 98901 3. Number of days advance notice: 20 DAYS • CG 80 61 01 88 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, with its permission. Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (Owners, Lessees, Contractors or Lessors] CG 8416 12 03 (Includes a Primary/Non - Contributory provision) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. Who Is An Insured Section II is amended to Include as an insured any person or organization whom you are required to name as an additional insured on this policy In a written contract or written agreement. The GENERAL LIABILITY written contract or written agreement must be currently In effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy and executed prior to the "bodily injury," "property damage" or "personat and advertising MASTER PAIC PLUS at Injury." ry. FOR CONSTRUCTION The Insurance provided the additional insured is limited as follows: This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: A. The person or organization Is only an additional insured with respect to liability: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART - = 1. Arising out of real property, as described in a written contract or written agreement, that you own, rent, lease, or occupy; or INDEX 2. Caused In whole or in part by your ongoing operations performed for that Insured. SUBJECT PAGE _ The insurance provided the additional insured in 1.A.2. above does not apply to: BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (OWNERS, LESSEES, CONTRACTORS OR LESSORS) 2 a. Coverage A - Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, Coverage B - Personal and Ad- FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT 3 I vertising Injury Liability or defense coverage under the Supplementary Payments arising out of an architect's, engineer's or surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any professional NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT 4 services Including: SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS (BAIL BONDS) 4 (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opfn- a ions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION 5 (2) Supervisory, Inspection, architectural or engineering activities. AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER LOCATION) 5 b. "Bodily Injury" or "property damage" occurring after: AGGREGATE LIMITS (PER PROJECT) 5 (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished In connection with such work. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE 6 on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) were performed by or on behalf of the additional Insured(s) at the site where the covered operations have been , OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL COVERAGE 6 completed; or NEWLY FORMED OR ACOU1RED ORGANIZATIONS 7 (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontrac- DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE, OFFENSE, CLAIM OR SUIT 7 for engaged in performing operations for a principal as part of the same project. BODILY INJURY (MENTAL ANGUISH) 8 B. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are those specified in a written contract or i written agreement or the limits of Insurance as stated in the Declarations of this policy and defined In WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS 8 a Section III - Limits Of Insurance of this policy, whichever are less. These limits are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance available under this policy. MEDICAL PAYMENTS 8 C. The Insurance provided the additional insured does not apply to the liability resulting from the sole BROAD NAMED INSURED 8 negligence of the additional Insured. BROADENED MOBILE EQUIPMENT 8 INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY a NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT 9 PROPERTY DAMAGE - ELEVATORS 9 , Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 1 of 9 CG 34 16 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 2 of 9 D. As respects the coverage provided to the additional insured under this endorsement, Section IV- B. Paragraph 6. of Section III- Limits Of Insurance is replaced by the following: Conditions is amended as follows: 6. Subject to 5. above, the higher of 8300,000 or the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit The following is added to Condition 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, or Suit: shown in the Summery of Limits and Charges section of this policy is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to premises rented to you or An additional insured under this endorsement will as soon as practicable: - temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner arising out of any one fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage Incident. a. Give written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense, that may result In a claim or "suit" under this insurance to us; C. Paragraph b.(1)(b) of Condition 4. Other Insurance (Section IV - Conditions) is replaced by the following: b. Tender the defense and Indemnity of any claim or "suit" to all insurers whom also have insurance available to the additional Insured; and 't (1) That Is Fire, Lightning, Explosion or Sprinkler Leakage Insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner; c. Agree to make available any other insurance which the additional insured has for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part. D. Paragraph 9.3. of the definition of "Insured contract" in Section V- Definitions Is replaced by the I >-` following: 2. The following Is added to Condition 3. Legal Action Against Us: -..- v • 9. "Insured contract" means: We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional Insured under this endorsement until we receive written notice of a claim or "sell" from the additional insured. a, A contract for the lease of premises. However, that portion of the contract for a lease of —"' premises that Indemnifies any person or organization for damages by fire, lightning, • 3. The following is added to Paragraph a., Primary Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: I "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner is not an "insured contract "; If the additional insured's policy has an Other Insurance provision making its policy excess, and a Named Insured has agreed In a written contract or written agreement to provide the additional E. The following definition is added to Section V - Definitions: Insured coverage on a primary and noncontributory basis, this policy shall be primary and we will not seek contribution from the additional Insured's policy for damages we cover. "Explosion" means a sudden release of expanding pressure accompanied by a noise, a bursting forth of material and evidence of the scattering of debris to locations further than would have 4. The following is added to Paragraph b.. Excess Insurance of Condition 4. Other Insurance: resulted by gravity alone. Except as provided in Paragraph 4.a. Primary Insurance as amended above, any coverage provided 1 "Explosion" does not Include any of the following: hereunder shall be excess aver any other valid and collectible Insurance available to the additional insured whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. In the event an additional 1. Artlficlalty generated electrical current including electrical arcing that disturbs electrical Insured has other coverage available for an "occurrence" by virtue of also being an additional devices, appliances or wires; Insured on ocher policies, this insurance is excess over those other policies. 2. Rupture or bursting of water pipes; 2. FIRE, LIGHTNING, EXPLOSION AND SPRINKLER LEAKAGE DAMAGE TO PREMISES YOU RENT 3. Explosion of steam boilers, steam pipes, steam engines or steam turbines owned or If Damage To Premises Rented To You under Coverage A Is not otherwise excluded from this policy, the leased by you, or operated under your control; or following applies: 4. Rupture or bursting caused by centrifugal force. A. The last paragraph of 2. Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A is replaced by the following: 3. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT If Damage To Premises Rented To You is not otherwise excluded, Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lightning, "explosion" or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to Subparagraph g.(2) of Paragraph 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A Is replaced by the following: you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described In Section ill • Limits Of insurance. (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: • (a) Less than 51 feet long; and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge; 4. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS In the Supplementary Payments - Coverages A and B provision: ( The limit for the cost of ball bonds in Paragraph 1.b. is changed from 5250 to 51000. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission, CG 84 16 12 03 0 ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 3 of 9 CG 84 16 12 03 © ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 4 of 9 • 5. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - ELECTRONIC PUBLICATION EXTENSION 8. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Paragraphs 14.h.. d. and a. of Section V • Definitions are replaced by the following: At your request, we wilt pay for "loss" to property of others caused by your business operations. The most we will pay for [his coverage Is $500 each "occurrence," The "loss" must occur during the policy period. b. Malicious prosecution or abuse of process; The "occurrence" must cake place in the "coverage territory". d. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that slanders or libels a "Loss" means unintended damage or destruction. "Loss" does not mean disappearance, abstraction person or organization or disparages a person's or organization's goods, products or services; or theft. e. Oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material that violates a person's This coverage does not apply to: right of privacy; 1. Damage arising out of the use of any "auto'; • The following is added to Paragraph 14. "Personal and Advertising Injury" of Section V • Definitions: 2. Property you own, occupy, rent or tease from others; or 3. Property on your premises for sale, service, repair or storage. h. Discrimination or humiliation that results In Injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but only it such discrimination or humiliation is: ) None of the other policy exclusions apply to this coverage. t (1) Not done intentionally by or at the direction of: `- If the policy to which this endorsement Is attached is written with a property damage liability deductible, (a) An insured; or the deductible shall apply to Voluntary Property Damage. The limit of coverage slated above shall not be reduced by the amount of this deductible. (b) Any "executive officer" director, stockholder, partner or member of the Insured; and ; rte° 9. OFF PREMISES CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL COVERAGE (2) Not directly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment or termination of employment of any person or persons by any insured. - f - -e. 71 ' 1 A. We will pay those sums that you become legally obligated to pay as damages because of "property damage" to personal property of others while in your or your "employees" care, custody or control or Subparagraphs b, and c- of 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage B - Personal And Advertising Injury real property of others over which you or your "employees" are exercising physical control if the Liability are replaced by the following: _ "property damage" arises out of your business operations. This Coverage Is subject to sections B., C.. b. Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity D. and E. below. Injury" B. Exclusions "Personal and advertising j ry" arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic publication of material, if done by or at the direction of the Insured with knowledge of its falsity; This insurance shall not apply to: c. Material Published Prior To Policy Period 1. "Property damage" of property at premises owned, rented, leased, operated or used by you; • "Personal and advertising Injury" arising out of oral, written, televised, videotaped or electronic 2. "Property damage" of property while In transit; 3. The cost of repairing or replacing publication of material whose first publication took place before the beginning of the policy pe• (a) Any of your work defectively or incorrectly done by you or by others on your behalf; or rind; (b) Any product manufactured, sold or supplied by you, unless the "property damage" Is caused 5. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER LOCATION) directly by you after delivery of the product or completion of the work and resulting from a subsequent undertaking; or The General Aggregate Limit under Section III Limits Of Insurance applies separately to each of your • 4. "Property damage" of property caused by or arising out of the "Products- completed operations "locations" owned by or rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner. a hazard ". "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is C. Limits Of Insurance - The most we will pay for "property damage" under this Section 9. is $25,000 for interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right -of -way of a railroad. each "occurrence ". The most we will pay for the sum of all damages covered under this Section 9. ° because of "property damage" is an annual aggregate limit of $25,000. 7. AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE (PER PROJECT) The Limits of Insurance provided under this Section 9. are inclusive of and not In addition to any other The General Aggregate Limit under Section III Limits Of Insurance applies separately to each of your limits provided In the policy or endorsements attached to It. projects away from premises owned by ar rested to you. D. Deductible - We will not pay for "property damage" In any one "occurrence" until the amount of "property damage" exceeds $250. If the policy to which this endorsement is attached contains a "property damage" deductible, that deductible shall apply it it is greater than $250. E. In the event of "property damage" covered by this endorsement, you shall, if requested by us, replace the property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with Its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 o ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 5 of 3 CG 84 16 12 03 et ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 6 of 3 5 10. NEWLY FORMED OR ACQUIRED ORGANIZATIONS 12. BODILY INJURY A. In Paragraph 4. of Section II - Who Is An Insured is deleted and replaced by the following: Paragraph 3. of the definition of "bodily injury" in the Section V V. Definitions Is replaced by the following: 4. Any business entity acquired by you or Incorporated or organized by you under the laws of any , 3. "Bodily Injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including mental individual state of the United States of America over which you maintain majority ownership 1 •. anguish or death resulting from any of these at any time. Interest exceeding fifty percent. Such acquired or newly farmed organization will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no similar insurance available to that entity. However: 13, WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS a. Coverage under this provision applies only until the expiration of the policy period In We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an Injury covered by this policy. We will which the entity was acquired or Incorporated or organized by you. not enforce our right against any person or organization for whom you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us. b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before = the entity was acquired or Incorporated or organized by you. This agreement shall not operate directly or Indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the agreement. . c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense .--"'" 14. MEDICAL PAYMENTS ,- committed before the entity was acquired or Incorporated or organized by you. If Coverage C Medical Payments is not otherwise excluded, the Medical Expense Limit provided by this d. Records and descriptions of operations must be maintained by the first Named Insured. policy shall be the greater of: B. This Section 10. does not apply to newly formed or acquired organizations if coverage is A. $10,000; or excluded either by provisions of the Coverage Part or by other endorsement(s) attached to it. B. The amount shown In the Declarations. 11. DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF OCCURRENCE. OFFENSE. CLAIM OR SUIT — °— 15. BROAD NAMED INSURED A. The requirements In Section IV - Conditions, Paragraph 2.a., that you must see to it that we are Paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) of Section II - Who Is An Insured Is replaced by the following: notified of an "occurrence" applies only when the "occurrence" is known to: (d) Arising out of his or her providing orfailing to provide professional health care services. However, 1. You, ri you are an individual; this exclusion does not apply to nurses, emergency medical technicians or paramedics who are 2. A partner, if you am a partnership; employed by you to provide medical or paramedical services to your employees. 3. A member or manager, if you area limited liability company; 1 fi. BROADENED MOBILE EQUIPMENT 4. An executive officer or designee, if you area corporation; 5. A trustee, if you area trust; or Paragraph 12141) of Section V - Definitions Is replaced by the following: • 6. A designee, if you are any other type of organization. (1) Equipment designed primarily for: B. The requirements In Section IV • Conditions Paragraph lb. that you must see to it that we receive - written notice of a claim or "suit" will not be considered breached unless the breach occurs after (a) Snow removal; such claim or "soil" is known to: - (b) Road maintenance, but not construction or resurfacing; or 1. You, If you are an individual; (c) Street cleaning provided that vehicles have a Gross Vehicle Weight of 1,000 pounds or great - 2. A partner, if you area partnership; . er; 3. A member or manager if you are a limited liability company; ) 17. INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY 4. An executive officer or designee, if-you area corporation. 5. A trustee, if you are a trust; or Paragraph 3. of Section V - Definitions is replaced by the following: 6. A designee, if you are any other type of organization. - 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily Injury, sickness, disease or "incidental medical malpractice" sus - Knowledge of an "occurrence," claim or "suit" by the agent, servant or "employee" of any insured tamed by a person, Including mental anguish or death resulting from any of these at any time. shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the insured unless an officer or designee shall have received notice from its agent, servant or "employee ". The following is added to Section V - Definitions: 23. "Incidental medical matpractice" means injury arising out of the negligent rendering or failure to render medical or paramedical services to persons by any physician, dentist, nurse, emergency • medical technician or paramedic who is employed by you to provide such services provided you are not engaged in the business or occupation of providing any services referred to In this defini- . lion. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 ® ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 7 of 9 Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 el ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 8 of 8 • 18. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT The following is added to Subparagraph g. of 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liabilityt (6) an aircraft with a paid crew, that is hired, chartered or loaned but is not owned by any Insured. 19. PROPERTY DAMAGE- ELEVATORS The following Is added to Subparagraph j. of 2., Exclusions of Section I - Coverage A Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability: Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to the use of elevators, All other terms and conditions of your policy remain unchanged. Includes copyrighted material of ISO Properties., Inc., with its permission. CG 84 16 12 03 et ISO Properties, Inc., 2003 Page 9 of 9 MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ) ss COUNTY OF YAKIMA ) I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, depose, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work, payment for which this voucher is submitted, I have paid the following rate per hour to each classification of laborers, workmen, or mechanics, as indicated upon the attached list, now referred to and by such reference incorporated in and made an integral part hereof, for all such employed in the performance of such work; and no laborer, workman, or mechanic so employed upon such work has been paid less than the prevailing rate of wage or less that the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract; that I have read the above and foregoing statement and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me on this day of 2005. Notary Public in and for the State of Washington residing 4 -10 SECTION 5 - LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE CONDITIONS 5 -1 PREVAILING WAGE RATES The prevailing rate of wages to be paid to all workmen, laborers, or mechanics employed in the performance of any part of this Contract shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 39.12 RCW, as amended. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries and the schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries are by reference made a part of this Contract. A copy of the applicable schedule of prevailing wage rates is included in these Specifications. Inasmuch as the CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for paying this schedule of wages, it is imperative that all contractors and subcontractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates before submitting bids based on these Specifications. Before any payment is made by the local government body of any sums due under this Contract, the local government body must receive from the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor a copy of the "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" approved by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. Also following the acceptance of the project, the local government body must receive from the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor a copy of "Affidavit of Wages Paid" and, in addition, from the prime contractor a copy of "Release for the Protection of Property Owners and General Contractor," all approved by the State Department of Labor and Industries. Forms may be obtained from the Department of Labor and Industries. The CONTRACTOR and each sub- contractor shall pay all fees associated with and make all applications directly to the Department of Labor and Industries. These affidavits will be required before any funds retained, according to the provisions of RCW 60.28.010, are released to the CONTRACTOR. Payment by the CONTRACTOR and subcontractor of any fees shall be considered incidental to the construction and all costs shall be included in other pay items of the project. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall also be required to submit certified weekly payroll forms with an accompanying Statement of Compliance so that payment of prevailing wage rates and fringe benefits may be verified. 5 -2 State of Washington ' _ I DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone (360) 902 -5335 I PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540 Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. I On public works projects, workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief , description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key. } YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -06 (See Benefit Code Key) 1. Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.08 1N 5D BOILERMAKERS . JOURNEY LEVEL $46.32 1C 5N BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.42 1M 5A CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP) JOURNEY LEVEL $19.24 1 CARPENTERS ACOUSTICAL WORKER $32.10 1M 5D • BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $39.79 1M 5D CARPENTER $31.84 1M 5D CREOSOTED MATERIAL $31.94 1 M 5D J DRYWALL APPLICATOR $31.84 1M 5D FLOOR FINISHER $31.97 1M 5D FLOOR LAYER $31.97 1M 5D ._ FLOOR SANDER $31.97 1M 5D MILLWRIGHT $40.79 1M 50 - - PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $39.99 1M 5D • SAWFILER $31.97 1M 5D 1 SHINGLER $31.97 1M 5D STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $31.97 1M 5D STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $31.97 1M 5D CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $30.16 1N 5D DIVERS & TENDERS DIVER $83.19 1M 5D 8A DIVER TENDER $39.51 - 1M 5D DREDGE WORKERS ` I ASSISTANT ENGINEER $40.77 1T 5D 8L ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $40.28 1T 5D 8L BOATMEN $40.77 1T 5D 8L ENGINEER WELDER $40.82 11 - 5D 8L LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $42.34 1T 5D 8L MAINTENANCE $40.28 1T 5D 8L MATES $40.77 1T 5D 8L OILER $40.40 IT 5D 8L DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28.64 1P 5A ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.99 1 Page 1 1 i YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -06 ********************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code ELECTRICIANS - INSIDE JOURNEY LEVEL $43.23 1E 5A ELECTRICIANS - MOTOR SHOP CRAFTSMAN $15.37 2A 6C JOURNEY LEVEL $14.69 2A 6C ELECTRICIANS - POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION CABLE SPLICER $52.38 4A 5A CERTIFIED LINE WELDER $47.88 4A 5A GROUNDPERSON $34.87 4A 5A HEAD GROUNDPERSON $36.75 4A 5A ' I HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $47.88 4A 5A JACKHAMMER OPERATOR $36.75 4A 5A JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON $47.88 4A 5A LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $40.87 4A 5A POLE SPRAYER $47.88 4A 5A POWDERPERSON $36.75 4A 5A ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.40 1 , 1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS MECHANIC $55.22 4A 6Q MECHANIC IN CHARGE $60.60 4A 6Q FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS CRAFTSMAN $8.65 1 l LABORER $7.63 1 j + FENCE ERECTORS FENCE ERECTOR $21.64 1 FLAGGERS I JOURNEY LEVEL $25.36 1N 5D GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $21.51 1B 61 HEAT & FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS MECHANIC $23.18 1 1 HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS MECHANIC $13.91 1 HOD CARRIERS & MASON TENDERS JOURNEY LEVEL $27.56 1N 5D INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE MECHANICS MECHANIC $15.65 1 INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER JOURNEY LEVEL $9.07 1 . INSPECTION /CLEANING /SEALING OF SEWER & WATER SYSTEMS BY REMOTE CONTROL CLEANER OPERATOR, FOAMER OPERATOR $9.73 1 GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR $11.48 1 HEAD OPERATOR $12.78 1 TECHNICIAN $7.63 1 TV TRUCK OPERATOR $10.53 1 INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $32.91 1 IRONWORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL $42.36 10 5A Page 2 j i YAKIMA COUNTY • Effective 03 -03 -06 i ....................................„,,,,, ,,,,.,,.,..,...,...,...,...**** *** * *ii�c,`s9tu *�� #A;s,sx, * - isxxxxxxxxrr wwww,,wwwwxrt : rx xsr:r *wwwwx�rxTC �rx:t :rx:exx *7r x:t rc ;tot , (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note I Classification WAGE Code Code Code LABORERS ALL CLASSIFICATIONS $18.12 1 LABORERS - UNDERGROUND SEWER & WATER GENERAL LABORER $27.08 1N 5D PIPE LAYER $27.56 1N 5D LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $7.63 1 LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $15.45 1 LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $7.63 1 LATHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $31.84 1M 5D METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) .. FITTER $12.00 1 LABORER $10,31 1 MACHINE OPERATOR $11.32 1 PAINTER $12.00 1 WELDER $11.32 1 • MODULAR BUILDINGS JOURNEY LEVEL $14.11 1 PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.05 1 PLASTERERS JOURNEY LEVEL $40.58 1R 5A PLAYGROUND & PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS JOURNEY LEVEL $7.63 1 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $49.18 1Q 5A POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $38.42 IT 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD & UNDER) $41.12 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD & UNDER 6 YD) $41.59 1T 5D 8L BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER WITH $42.13 1T 5D 8L • BACKHOES, (75 HP & UNDER) $40.71 1T 5D 8L BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $41.12 1T 5D 8L RARRIFR .AC.NINE (7IPPFR) $41.12 1T 5D 8L BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $41.12 1T 5D 8L • BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $40.71 1T 5D 8L 1 1 BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $38.42 1T 5D 8L BROOMS $38.42 - 1T 5D 8L BUMP CUTTER $41.12 1T 5D 8L CABLEWAYS $41.59 1T 5D 8L f l CHIPPER $41.12 1T 5D 8L COMPRESSORS $38.42 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE - LASER SCREED $38.42 "I T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMPS $40.71 1T 5D 8L CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $41.12 1T 5D 8L CONVEYORS $40.71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $40.71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 20 - 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $41.12 1T 5D 8L CRANES, 45 TONS - 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING $41.59 1T 5D 8L JIB WITH ATACHMENTS) . Page 3 J I I i YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -06 ********************************************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code CRANES, 100 TONS - 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $42.13 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS, OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $42.68 1T 5D 8L WITH ATTACHMENTS) CRANES, A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $38.42 1T 5D 8L CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON $40.71 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH $43.22 1T 5D 8L ATTACHMENTS CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (20 - 44 TONS) $41.12 IT 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (45 - 99 TONS) $41.59 1T 5D 8L CRANES, OVERHEAD, BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS & OVER) $42.13 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $42.13 1T 5D 8L CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT, BASE TO BOOM $42.68 1T 5D 8L CRUSHERS $41.12 1T 5D 8L DECK ENGINEER/DECK WINCHES (POWER) $41.12 1T 5D 8L DERRICK, BUILDING $41.59 1T 5D 8L DOZERS, D -9 & UNDER $40.71 1T 5D 8L DRILL OILERS - AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT $40.71 IT 5D 8L DRILLING MACHINE $41.12 1T 5D 8L ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT, PERMANENT AND SHAFT -TYPE $38.42 1T 5D 8L EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER) $40.71 1T 5D 8L FINISHING MACHINE /BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP $41.12 1T 5D 8L FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER) $40.71 1T 5D 8L i f FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS) $38.42 1T 5D 8L I GRADE ENGINEER $40.71 IT 5D 8L GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN $38.42 1T 5D 8L GUARDRAIL PUNCH $41.12 IT 5D 8L HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS $40.71 IT 5D 8L HORIZONTAL /DIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR $40.71 1T 5D 8L HORIZONTAL /DIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR $41.12 1T 5D 8L HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON & UNDER) $38.42 1T 5D 8L l HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON) $40.71 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD) $41.59 1T 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD & OVER) $42.13 IT 5D 8L LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED $41.12 IT 5D 8L 1 LOCOMOTIVES, ALL $41.12 1T 50 8L MECHANICS, ALL $41.59 1T 5D 8L MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT $41.12 1T 5D 8L MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING) $41.12 1T 5D 8L I MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING) $40.71 IT 5D 8L I MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD $41.59 1T 5D 8L J OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING $38.42 1T 5D 8L OPERATOR I PAVEMENT BREAKER $38.42 1T 5D 8L PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT) $41.12 1T 5D 8L PLANT OILER (ASPHALT, CRUSHER) $40.71 1T 5D 8L POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL $38.42 IT 5D 8L POWER PLANT $38.42 1T 5D 8L PUMPS, WATER $38.42 1T 5D 8L QUAD 9, D -10, AND HD -41 $41.59 1T 5D 8L REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING $41.59 IT 5D 8L EQUIP RIGGER AND BELLMAN $38.42 IT 5D 8L Page 4 J YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -06 1 ** *** *** * * *R* ***** **°. eras , ric********xic , r-aicicir** rear*** ir*******xx******************* * *** * * * *YrYc7r*** ** ** * * * * *7r*** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code RO i AG_ON $44 50 • `��" •�� ` W 1 .JJ 1 T 5D EL ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX $38.42 1T 5D 8L ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS $40.71 1T 5D 8L ROTO -MILL, ROTO - GRINDER $41.12 IT 5D 8L SAWS, CONCRETE $40.71 1T 5D 8L SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $41.12 IT 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT ( UNDER 45 YD) SCRAPERS - SELF PROPELLED, HARD TAIL END DUMP, ARTICULATING $41.59 1T 5D 8L OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER) . SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRYALL $40.71 1T 5D 8L SCREED MAN $41.12 1T 5D 8L SHOTCRETE GUNITE $38.42 IT 5D 8L SLIPFORM PAVERS $41.59 IT 5D 8L SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR - BLAW KNOX $41.12 1T 5D 8L SUBGRADE TRIMMER $41.12 1T 5D 8L TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $40.71 1T 5D 8L . TRACTORS, (75 HP & UNDER) $40.71 IT 5D 8L TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $41.12 1T 5D EL TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $41.12 IT 5D 8L TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $41.59 1T 5D 8L . TRENCHING MACHINES $40.71 1T 5D 8L • TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER ( UNDER 100 TON) $40.71 1T 5D EL TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (100 TON & OVER) $41.12 1T 5D 8L TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $41.12 IT 5D 8L • WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $38.42 1T 5D 8L YO YO PAY DOZER $41.12 1T 5D 8L POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER & (SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS) POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $34.75 4A 5A SPRAY PERSON $33.00 4A 5A TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $33.43 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER $31.10 4A 5A TREE TRIMMER CIRO' INDPFRSON $23.43 4A 5A REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS l MECHANIC; $49.18 1Q 5A RESIDENTIAL BRICK & MARBLE MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $29.00 1 RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $14.58 1 .._i RESIDENTIAL CEMENT MASONS JOURNEY LEVEL $11.86 1 RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $19.08 1 RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $21.98 1 RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS JOURNEY LEVEL $21.51 1B 61 RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS JOURNEY LEVEL $10.00 1 Li RESIDENTIAL LABORERS JOURNEY LEVEL $8.00 1 Page 5 A YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03 -03 -06 (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note 1 Classification WAGE Code Code Code RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $13.89 1 RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS JOURNEY LEVEL $15.56 1 RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $28.27 1B 5A RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $17.55 1 RESIDENTIAL TERRAZZO/TILE FINISHERS JOURNEY LEVEL $17.00 1 ROOFERS JOURNEY LEVEL $28.25 2P 51 USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS $31.25 2P 51 SHEET METAL WORKERS JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP) $38.64 1B 5A SIGN MAKERS & INSTALLERS (NON- ELECTRICAL) I I JOURNEY LEVEL $14.65 1 SOFT FLOOR LAYERS JOURNEY LEVEL $23.11 IN 5A I SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS I JOURNEY LEVEL $7.63 1 SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION) JOURNEY LEVEL $38.95 1R 5Q STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS (NON STRUCTURAL) JOURNEY LEVEL $13.23 1 SURVEYORS CHAIN PERSON $9.25 1 INSTRUMENT PERSON $12.05 1 1 PARTY CHIEF $15.05 1 I TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL $20.00 1 TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION - OUTSIDE l CABLE SPLICER $28.92 2B 5A HOLE DIGGER /GROUND PERSON $16.22 2B 5A INSTALLER (REPAIRER) $27.74 2B 5A JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON $26.90 2B 5A 1 SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I $28.92 2B 5A I SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II $28.34 2B 5A i TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY) $28.92 2B 5A TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT) $26.90 2B 5A TELEVISION GROUND PERSON $15.39 2B 5A TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER $20.45 2B 5A TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN $24.32 2B 5A TELEVISION TECHNICIAN $21.88 2B 5A TREE TRIMMER $26.90 2B 5A 1 TERRAZZO WORKERS & TILE SETTERS J JOURNEY LEVEL $26.51 2M 5A TILE, MARBLE & TERRAZZO FINISHERS FINISHER $22.71 2M 5A � TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS JOURNEY LEVEL $33.40 1K 5A J Page 6 i 1 i j 1 I YAKIMA COUNTY Effective 03-03 -06 Ai1- ; F ************* ************** ********* s i * yy * yyw y y * yy iiiit + **** **** ****** (See Benefit Code Key) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code TRUCK DRIVERS ASPHALT MIX $14.19 1 DUMP TRUCK $30.78 2G 61 DUMP TRUCK & TRAILER $30.78 2G 61 OTHER TRUCKS $30.78 2G 61 TRANSIT MIXER $30.78 2G 61 WELL DRILLERS & IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $11.15 1 OILER $9.20 1 WELL DRILLER $17.68 1 Page 7 BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -06 OVERTIME CODES OVERTIME CALCULATIONS ARE BASED ON THE HOURLY RATE ACTUALLY PAID TO THE WORKER. ON PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, THE HOURLY RATE MUST BE NOT LESS THAN THE PREVAILING RATE OF WAGE MINUS THE HOURLY RATE OF THE COST OF FRINGE BENEFITS ACTUALLY PROVIDED FOR THE WORKER. 1. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL ALSO BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. C. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS BEFORE OR AFTER A FIVE - EIGHT (8) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY OR A FOUR - TEN (10) HOUR WORKWEEK DAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED THE NEXT DAY AFTER EITHER WORKWEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL ADDITIONAL HOURS WORKED AND ALL WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY, AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON A FIFTH CALENDAR WEEKDAY IN A FOUR - TEN HOUR SCHEDULE, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS OR EQUIPMENT BREAKDOWN) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY OVER TWELVE (12) HOURS AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AN) ALL HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS OVER TEN (10) HOURS ON THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. L. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS IF WORK IS LOST DUE TO INCLEMENT WEATHER CONDITIONS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. N. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS, HOLIDAYS AND AFTER TWELVE (12) HOURS, MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY, AND AFTER TEN (10) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS (EXCEPT MAKEUP DAYS) AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE • HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. j BENEFIT CODE KEY m EFFECTIVE 03 -03-06 -2- 1. Q. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND UP TO TEN (10) HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF TEN (10) HOURS PER DAY MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. R. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. S. THE FIRST TWO (2) HOURS AFTER EIGHT (8) REGULAR HOURS MONDAY THROUGH FRIDAY AND THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL OTHER OVERTIME HOURS WORKED, EXCEPT LABOR DAY, SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THEE TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. T. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, EXCEPT MAKE -UP DAYS, SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED AFTER 6:00PM SATURDAY TO 6:00AM MONDAY AND ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. U. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT THREE TIMES THE HOURLYRATE OF WAGE. V. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. W. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS (EXCEPT MAKE-UP DAYS) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE- HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE 2. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. THE FIRST SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF SIX (6) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF 'TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. D. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES TIM HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT STRAIGHT TIME IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. E. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS OR HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS OR ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. F. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT THE STRAIGHT HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE INCLUDING HOLIDAY PAY. H. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES TIE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. I. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS AND HOLIDAYS (EXCEPT LABOR DAY) SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE - HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND ON LABOR DAY SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. J. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON PAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE, • BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03-03-06 -3- INCLUDING THE HOLIDAY PAY. ALL HOURS WORKED ON UNPAID HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 2. K. ALL HOURS WORKED ON HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE IN ADDITION TO THE HOLIDAY PAY. M. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. O. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. P. THE FIRST EIGHT (8) HOURS ON SATURDAY SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE -HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT 8) HOURS ON SATURDAY AND ALL HOURS WORKED ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT TWO TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. 4. A. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. ALL HOURS WORKED ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS SHALL BE PAID AT DOUBLE THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. HOLIDAY CODES 5. A. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). B. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). D. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). E. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). F. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). G. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). H. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS (6). I. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). J. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). N. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). P. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (6). R. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, ONE -HALF DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (7 1/2). S. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND THE DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS (10). BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -06 5. V. PAID HOLIDAYS: SIX (6) PAID HOLIDAYS. W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NINE (9) PAID HOLIDAYS. X. HOLIDAYS: AFTER 520 HOURS - NEW YEARS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY. AFTER 2080 HOURS - NEW YEAR'S DAY, WASHINGTON'S BIRTHDAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY AND A FLOATING HOLIDAY (8). Y. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY FOLLOWING THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). Z. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). 6. A. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). B. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S EVE DAY, NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE'S DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). C. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEARS DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORK DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). D. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, THE DAY BEFORE OR THE DAY AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (9). F. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS' DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (11). I. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (7). L. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY. (8) Q. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, VETERANS DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY AND CHRISTMAS DAY (8). UNPAID HOLIDAY_ PRESIDENTS' DAY. T. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS' DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE LAST WORKING DAY BEFORE CHRISTMAS DAY, AND CHRISTMAS DAY (9). U. HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, THE FRIDAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, THE DAY BEFORE CILRISTPAAS DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY (9). V. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS EVE DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, AND ONE DAY OF THE EMPLOYEE'S CHOICE (9). W. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY (10). X. PAID HOLIDAYS: NEW YEAR'S DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER NEW YEAR'S DAY, PRESIDENTS DAY, MEMORIAL DAY, INDEPENDENCE DAY, LABOR DAY, THANKSGIVING DAY, DAY AFTER THANKSGIVING DAY, CHRISTMAS DAY, DAY BEFORE OR AFTER CHRISTMAS DAY, EMPLOYEE'S BIRTHDAY (11). NOTE CODES 8. A. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 175' - $2.25 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 175' TO 250' - $5.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 175 FEET BENEFIT CODE KEY - EFFECTIVE 03 -03 -06 -5- OVER 250' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE, PROVIDED IT IS NO LESS THAN THE SCALE LISTED FOR 250 FEET C. THE STANDBY RATE OF PAY FOR DIVERS SHALL BE ONE -HALF TIMES THE DIVERS RATE OF PAY. IN ADDITION TO THE HOURLY WAGE AND FRINGE BENEFITS, THE FOLLOWING DEPTH PREMIUMS APPLY TO DEPTHS OF FIFTY FEET OR MORE: OVER 50' TO 100' - $1.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 50 FEET OVER 100' TO 150' - $1.50 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 100 FEET OVER 150' TO 200' - $2.00 PER FOOT FOR EACH FOOT OVER 150 FEET OVER 200' - DIVERS MAY NAME THEIR OWN PRICE D. WORKERS WORKING WITH SUPPLIED AIR ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE AN ADDITIONAL $1.00 PER HOUR. L. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $0.75, LEVEL B: $0.50, AND LEVEL C: $0.25. M. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS: LEVELS A & B: $1.00, LEVELS C & D: $0.50. N. WORKERS ON HAZMAT PROJECTS RECEIVE ADDITIONAL HOURLY PREMIUMS AS FOLLOWS - LEVEL A: $1.00, LEVEL B: $0.75, LEVEL C: $0.50, AND LEVEL D: $0.25. J 1 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy State (Regarding the Production of "Standard" or "Non- standard" Items) Below is the department's (State L &I's) list of criteria to be used in determining whether a prefabricated item is "standard" or "non- standard ". For items not appearing on WSDOT's predetermined list, these criteria shall be used by the Contractor (and the Contractor's subcontractors, agents to subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators) to determine coverage under RCW 39.12. The production, in the State of Washington, of non - standard items is covered by RCW 39,12, and the production of stAndArd items is not. The production of any itern outside the State of Washington is not covered by RCW 39.12. 1. Is the item fabricated fora ublic works project? p If not, it is not subject to ROW 39.12. If it is, go to question 2. { 2. Is the item fabricated on the public works jobsite? if it is, the work is covered under ROW 39.12. If not, go to question 3. 3. is the item fabricated in an assembly /fabrication plant set up for, and dedicated primarily to, the public works project? If it is, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If not, go to question 4. 4. Does the item require any assembly, cutting, modification or other fabrication by the supplier? If not, the work is not covered by ROW 39.12. If yes, go to question 5. 5. is the prefabricated item intended for the public works project typically an inventory item which could reasonahly be c old on the general market? If not, the work is covered by RCW 39.12. If yes, go to question 6. 6. Does the specific prefabricated item, generally defined as standard, have any 1 unusual characteristics such as shape, type of material, strength requirements, J finish, etc? If yes, the work is covered under RCW 39.12. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, WSDOT's Predetermined List, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$ Pagel WSDOT's Predetermined List for Suppliers - Manufacturers - Fabricators Below is a list of potentially prefabricated items, originally furnished by WSDOT to Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, that may be considered non- standard and therefore covered by the prevailing wage law, RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "YES" column should be considered to be non - standard and therefore covered by RCW 39.12. Items marked with an X in the "NO" column should be considered to be standard and therefore not covered. Of course, exceptions to this general list may occur, and in that case shall be evaluated according to the criteria described in State and L &I's policy statement. ITEM DESCRIPTION YES NO 1. Manhole Ring & Cover - manhole type 1, 2, 3, and 4. X For use with Catch Basin type 2. The casting to meet AASHTO -M -105, class 30 gray iron casting. See Std. Plan B -23a, B -23b, B -23c, B -23d and B -25. 2. Frame & Grate - frame and Grate for Catch Basin type X 1, 1 L, 1 P, 2, and Concrete Inlets. Cast frame may be grade 70 -36 steel, class 30 gray cast iron or grade 80 -55 -06 ductile iron. The cast grate may be grade 70 -36 steel or grade 80 -55 -06 ductile iron. See Std. Plan B -1, B -1 L, B -1 P, B -2, B -2a, B -2b, B -2c, B -2d, B -2e, B -3, and B -3a. 3. Grate Inlet & Drop Inlet Frame & Grate - Frame and X Grate for Grate Inlets Type 1 or 2 or Drop Inlets Type 1 or 2. Angle iron frame to be cast into top of inlet. See Std. Plan B -4b, B -4c, B -4d, B -4f, or B -4h. Frames & Grates to be galvanized. 4. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced X concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes smaller than 60 inch diameter. 5. Concrete Pipe - Plain Concrete pipe and reinforced X concrete pipe Class 2 to 5 sizes larger than 60 inch J diameter. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 2 YES NO 6. Corrugated Steel Pipe - Steel lock seam corrugated X pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be treated, 1 thru 5. 7. Corrugated Aluminum Pipe - Aluminum lock seam X corrugated pipe for culverts and storm sewers, sizes ( 30 inch to 120 inches in diameter. May also be t #5 8. Anchor Bolts & Nuts - Anchor Bolts and Nuts, for X mounting sign structures, luminaries and other items, shall be made from commercial bolt stocck. See Contract Plans and Std. Plans for size and material type. 9. Aluminum Pedestrian Handrail - Pedestrian handrail X conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the contract plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). 1n. Major stn c ti iral St Fabrication - Fabrication of X major steel items such as trusses, beams, girders, etc., for bridges. 11. Minor Structural Steel Fabrication - Fabrication of X minor steel items such as special hangers, brackets, access doors for structures, access ladders for irrigation boxes, bridge expansion joint systems, etc., involving welding, cutting, punching and /or boring of holes. See Contact Plans for item description and shop drawings. 12. Aluminum Bridge Railing Type BP - Metal bridge railing X conforming to the type and material specifications set forth in the Contract Plans. Welding of aluminum shall be in accordance with Section 9- 28.14(3). $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 3 YES NO 13. Concrete Piling -- Precast - Prestressed concrete piling for X use as 55 and 70 ton concrete piling. Concrete to conform to Section 9 -19.1 of Std. Spec.. Shop drawings for approval shall be provided per Section 6- 05.3(3) of the Std. Spec. See Std. Plans E -4 and E -4a 14. Manhole Type 1, 2, 3 and 4 - Precast Manholes with risers X and flat top slab and /or cones. See Std. Plans B -23a, B -23b, B -23c, and B -23d. 15. Drywell - Drywell as specified in Section 9 -12.7 . of the Std. Sec. See Std. Plan B -27. X 16. Catch Basin - Catch Basin type 1, 1 L, 1 P, and 2, X including risers, frames maybe cast into riser. See Std. Plans B -1, B -1 a, B -1 b, B -1 e. 17. Precast Concrete Inlet - Concrete Inlet with risers, X frames may be cast into risers. See Std. Plan B -26. 18. Drop Inlet Type 1 - Drop Inlet Type 1 with support X angles and grate. See Std. Plans B -4f and B -4h. 19. Drop Inlet Type 2 - Drop Inlet type 2 with support X angles and grate. See Std. Plans B -4g and B -4h. J 20. Grate Inlet Type 2 - Grate Inlet Type 2 with risers and X top unit with bearing angles. 21. Precast Concrete Utility Vaults - Precast Concrete X utility vaults of various sizes. Used for in ground storage of utility facilities and controls. See Contract Plans for size and construction requirements. Shop drawings are to be provided for approval prior to casting. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 4 YES NO 22. Vault Risers - For use with Valve Vaults and Utilities X Vaults. 23. Valve Vault - For use with underground utilities. X . See Contract Plans for details. 24. Precast Concrete Barrier - Precast Concrete Barrier for X use as new barrier or may also be used as Temporary Concrete Barrier. Only new state approved barrier may be used as permanent barrier. 25. Reinforced Earth Wall Panels - Reinforced X Earth Wall Panels in size and shape as shown in the Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and materials to be used. See Shop Drawing. Fabrication at other locations may be approved, after facilities inspection, contact HQ. Lab. 26. Precast Concrete Walls - Precast Concrete Walls - X tilt -up wall panel in size and shape as shown in Plans. Fabrication plant has annual approval for methods and m to be used. to be IAJI'�.1. 27. Precast Railroad Crossings - Concrete Crossing Structure X Slabs. 28. 12, 18 and 26 inch Standard Precast Prestressed X Girder - Standard Precast Prestressed Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates pp g 3 $$2$$ Page 5 YES NO 29. Prestressed Concrete Girder Series 4 -14 - X Prestressed Concrete Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 30. Prestressed Tri -Beam Girder - Prestressed Tri -Beam X Girders for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 31. Prestressed Precast Hollow -Core Slab - Precast X Prestressed Hollow -core slab for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(25)c. 1 ' 1 32. Prestressed -Bulb Tee Girder - Bulb Tee Prestressed X Girder for use in structures. Fabricator plant has annual approval of methods and materials to be used. Shop Drawing to be provided for approval prior to casting girders. See Std. Spec. Section 6- 02.3(26)A. 33. Monument Case and Cover - To meet AASHTO -M -105 class X 30 gray iron casting. See Std. Plan H -7. 34. Cantilever Sign Structure - Cantilever Sign Structure X fabricated from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -183. See Std. Plans G -3, G -3a, G -3b, and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. I 35. Mono -tube Sign Structures - Mono -tube Sign Bridge X fabricated to details shown in the Plans. Shop drawings for approval are required prior to fabrication. i $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 6 I YES NO 36. Steel Sign Bridges - Steel Sign Bridges fabricated X from steel tubing meeting AASHTO -M -138 for Aluminum Alloys. See Std. Plans G -2. G2a. and Contract Plans for details. The steel structure shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with AASHTO -M -111. 37. Steel Sign Post - Fabricated steel sign posts as detailed X in Std. Plan G -8a, G -8b, G -8c, G -8d, G -8e, G -8f, and G -8h. Shop drawings for approval are to beprovided prior to fabrication. 38. Light Standard - Prestressed - Spun, prestressed, hollow, X concrete poles. 3A I ight Standards - Lighting St for use X on highway illumination systems, poles to be fabricated to conform with methods an d ma as specified on Std. • Plan J -1 a. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 40. Traffic Signal Standards - Traffic Signal Standards for X use on highway and/or street signal systems. Standards to be fabricated to conform with methods and material as specified on Std. Plans J -7a and J -7c. See Special Provisions for pre- approved drawings. 41. Traffic Curb, Type A or C Precast - Type A or C X Precast traffic curb, for use in construction of raised channelization, and other traffic delineation uses such as parking lots, rest areas, etc. NOTE: Acceptance based on inspection of Fabrication Plant and an advance sample of curb section to be submitted for approval by Engineer. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 7 YES NO 42. Traffic Signs - Prior to approval of a Fabricator X X of Traffic Signs, the sources of the following custom std. materials must be submitted and approved msg msg for reflective sheeting, legend material, and aluminum sheeting. NOTE: * ** Fabrication inspection required. Only signs tagged "Fabrication Approved" by WSDOT Sign Fabrication Inspector to be installed. 43. Cutting & bending reinforcing steel X 44. Guardrail components X X custom standard end sect. sect. 45. Aggregates /Concrete mixes Covered by WAC 296- 127 -018 46. Asphalt Covered by WAC 296- 127 -018 47. Fiber fabrics X 48. Electrical wiring /components X 49. treated or untreated timber piles X 50. Girder pads (elastomeric bearing) X $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 8 YES NO 51. Standard Dimension lumber X 52. Irrigation components X 53. Fencing materials X 54. Guide Posts X 55. Raised Pavement Markers X 56. Epoxy X 57. Cribbing X 58. Water distribution materials X 59. Steel "H" piles X 60. Steel pipe for concrete pile casings X 61. Steel pile tips, standard X 62. Steel s ile tips, p p� X 1 $$ $$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 9 WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/03/06 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield Kittitas, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla and Whitman Fitter 12.76 1 Welder 12.76 1 Machine Operator 12.66 1 Painter 10.20 1 Laborer 8.13 1 Counties Covered: Benton Welder 16.70 1 Machine Operator 10.53 1 • Painter 9.76 1 Counties Covered: Chelan Fitter 15.04 1 Welder 12.24 1 Machine Operator 9.71 1 Painter 9.93 1 Laborer 9.10 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan and Skagit Fitter 15.16 1 Welder 15.16 1 Machine Operator 10.66 1 Painter 11.41 1 Laborer 11.13 1 • $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 10 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/03/06 Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Clark Layerout 27.16 1J 6B r. Fitter 26.75 1J 6B Welder 26.14 1J 6B Painter 23.24 1 J 6B Machine Operator on on 1 J Laborer 19.70 1J 6B Counties Covered: Snohomish Fitter 15.38 1 Welder 15.38 1 Machine Operator 8.84 1 Painter 9.98 1 Laborer 9.79 1 Counties Covered: Spokane Fitter 12.59 1 Welder 10.80 1 Machine Operator 13.26 1 Painter 10.27 1 Laborer 7.98 1 Counties Covered: Thurston Layerout 25.98 1R 6T Fitter 23.90 1R 6T Welder 21.83 1R 6T Machine Operator 18.72 1R 6T Laborer 15.61 1R 6T Counties Covered: Whatcom 1 Fitter /Welder 13.81 1 Machine Operator 13.81 1 Laborer 9.00 1 $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 11 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/03/06 • Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Yakima Fitter 12.00 1 Welder 11.32 1 Machine Operator 11.32 1 Painter 12.00 1 Laborer 10.31 1 Counties Covered: Cowlitz Fitter 23.65 1B 6V Welder 23.65 1B 6V Machine Operator 23.65 1B 6V Counties Covered: Grant Fitter 10.79 1 Welder 10.79 1 Painter 7.63 1 Counties Covered: King Fitter 15.86 1 Welder 15.48 1 Machine Operator 13.04 1 Painter 11.10 1 Laborer 9.78 1 Counties Covered: Kitsap Fitter 26.96 1 Welder 13.83 1 Machine Operator 13.83 1 Laborer 7.63 1 J _j $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 12 METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP) 03/03/06 • Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code fl Counties Covered: Kiickitat, Skamania and Wahkiakum Fitter /Welder 16.99 1 Machine Operator 17.21 1 Painter 17.03 1 Laborer 10.44 1 Counties Covered: Pierce Fitter 15.25 1 Welder 13.98 1 Machine Operator 13.98 , Laborer 9 1 $$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$ Page 13 1 _ WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/03/06 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code l Counties Covered: Adams, Asotin, Benton, Columbia, Douglas, Ferry, Garfield, Grant, Lincoln, Okanogan, Pend Oreille, Stevens, Walla Walla, and Whitman All Classifications 9.96 1 Counties Covered: J Franklin i All Classifications 11.50 1 Counties Covered: l King All Classifications 12.30 2K 5B 1 Counties Covered: Pierce All Classifications 9.28 1 I Counties Covered: 1 Chelan, Kittitas, Klickitat and Skamania All Classifications 8.61 1 Counties Covered: Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Grays Harbor, Island, Jefferson, Kitsap, Lewis, Mason, Pacific, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Thurston, 1 Wahkiakum All Classifications 13.50 1 1 '.1 $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 14 I WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES - EFFECTIVE 03/03/06 FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS Over PREVAILING Time Holiday Note Classification WAGE Code Code Code Counties Covered: Spokane All Classifications 20.23 1 Counties Covered: Yakima Craftsman 8.65 1 Laborer 7.63 1 Counties Covered: Whatcom All Classifications 13.67 1 I . I _ l $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 15 • Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Policy Statements (Regarding Production and Delivery of Gravel, Concrete, Asphalt, etc.) The following two letters from the State Department of Labor and Industries (State L &I) dated August 18, 1992 and June 18, 1999, clarify the intent and establish policy for administrating the provisions of WAC 296- 127 -018 COVERAGE AND EXEMPTIONS OF WORKERS INVOLVED IN THE PRODUCTION AND DELIVERY OF GRAVEL, CONCRETE, ASPHALT, OR SIMILAR MATERIALS. Any firm with questions regarding the policy, these letters, or for determinations of covered and non - covered workers shall be directed to State L &I at (360) 902 -5330. Effective September 1, 1993, minimum prevailing wages for all work covered by WAC 296 -127 -018 for the production and /or delivery of materials to a public works contract will be found under the regular classification of work for Teamsters, Power Equipment Operators, etc. I $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 16 ESAC DIVISION - TELEPHONE (206) 586 -6887 PO BOX 44540, OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504 -4540 August 18, 1992 TO: All Interested Parties FROM: Jim P. Christensen Acting Industrial Statistician SUBJECT: Materials Suppliers - WAC 296- 127 -018 This memo is intended to provide greater clarity reaardina the application of WAC 296 - 127 -018 to awarding agencies, contractors, subcontractors, material suppliers and other interested parties. The information contained herein should not be construed to cover all possible scenarios which might require the payment of prevailing wage. The absence of a particular activity under the heading "PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR" does not mean that the activity is not covered, Separate Material Supplier Equipment Operator rates have been eliminated. For those cases w h e r e pr n facility is set fo. the i ,„ � uu�,o, � ,avil�� iS set up ivy t� ie 5pecjfi% purpose of supplying materials to a public works construction site, prevailing wage rates for operators of equipment such as crushers and batch plants can be found under Power Equipment Operators. PREVAILING WAGES ARE REQUIRED FOR: 1. Hauling materials away from a public works project site, including excavated materials, demolished materials, etc. 2. Delivery of materials to a public works project sit using a method that involves incorporation of the delivered materials into the project using such as spreading, leveling, rolling, etc. 3. The production of materials at a facility that is established for the specific, but not necessarily exclusive, purpose of supplying materials for a public works project. 4. Delivery of the materials mentioned in #3 ahove, regardless of the method o f delivery. PREVAILING WAGES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR: 1. The production of materials by employees of an established materials supplier, in a permanent facility, as well as the delivery of these materials, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 2. Delivery of materials by a common or contract carrier, as long as delivery does not include incorporation of the materials into the job site. 3. Production of materials for unspecified future use. $$1$$ Supplemental To Wage Rates $$2$$ Page 17 ST.,7 t < {% w�8 39 ry� STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES June 18, 1999 TO: Kerry S. Radcliff, Editor Washington State Register FROM: Gary Moore, Director Department of Labor and Industries SUBJECT: Notice re WAC 296- 127 -018, Coverage and exemptions of workers involved in the production and delivery of gravel, concrete, asphalt, or similar materials The department wishes to publish the following Notice in the next edition of the Washington State Register: NOTICE Under the current material supplier regulations, WAC 296- 127 -018, the department takes the position that prevailing wages do not apply to the delivery of wet concrete to public works sites, unless the drivers do something more than just deliver the concrete. Drivers delivering concrete into a crane and bucket, hopper of a pump truck, or forms or footings, are not entitled to prevailing wages unless they operate machinery or use tools that screed, float, or put a finish on the concrete. This position applies only to the delivery of wet concrete. It does not extend to the delivery of asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed rock, or other similar materials covered under WAC 296- 127 -018. The department's position applies only to this regulation. If you need additional information regarding this matter, please contact Greg Mowat, Program Manager, Employment Standards, at P.O. Box 44510, Olympia, WA 98504 -4510, or call (360) 902 -5310. Please publish the above Notice in WSR 99 -13. If you have questions or need additional information, please call Selwyn Walters at 902 -4206. Thank you. j Cc: Selwyn Walters, Rules Coordinator Patrick Woods, Assistant Director Greg Mowat, Program Manager $$1$$ Supplemental to Wage Rates $$2$$ 18 1 INTRODUCTION 2 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the 3 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. 4 5 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 6 7 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract 8 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational 9 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the 10 Amendment or the latest date of revision. 11 12 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard 13 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project. i J 1 SECTION 1 -07, LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 2 August 1, 2005 3 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed 4 The first, second, and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: 5 6 The Contractor shall always comply with all Federal, State, tribal or local laws, l ordinances, and regulations that affect work under the contract. The Contractor shall 8 indemnify, defend, and save harmless the State (including the Governor, Commission, 9 Secretary, and any agents, officers, and employees) against any claims that may arise 10 because the Contractor (or any employee of the Contractor or subcontractor or 11 materialperson) violated a legal requirement, 12 • 13 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all workers and shall comply with 14 all appropriate state safety and health standards, codes, rules, and regulations, • 15 including, but not limited to, those promulgated under the Washington Industry Safety 16 and H Art RO.W Chanter 4Q 17 W lSH0) and as set forth in Title 296 WA (C . .. .... ... Filth Ant .. .,. .s.. RVe Tu, ( - . t r. ew ee e� and as set forth e! e Title � ye e -- aeu. 17 (Department of Labor and Industries). The Contractor shall likewise be obligated to 18 comply with all federal safety and health standards, codes, rules, and regulations that 19 may be applicable to the contract work. 20 21 Without usurping the authority of other agencies, the Contracting Agency will cooperate • 22 with them in their efforts to enforce legal requirements. Upon awareness of a violation 23 of a legal requirement, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in an effort to achieve 24 compliance. The Engineer may also notify the agency responsible for enforcement if 25 the Engineer deems that action is necessary to achieve compliance with legal 26 requirements. The Engineer will also assist the enforcement agency to obtain 27 Contractor compliance to the extent such assistance is consistent with the provisions of 28 the contract. 29 30 1 -07.5 Fish and Wildlife and Ecology Regulations 31 The section title is revised to read: 4r) JJ I - V /.J GIIVItVIIIIICIILQI RC9U1cL1VtIb 34 35 1- 07.5(1) General - 36 This section is revised to read: 37 38 Throughout the work, the Contractor shall comply with all current rules of the resource 39 agencies having jurisdiction over the affected areas. Some, though not all, of these 40 rules are summarized below. Any of these agencies may, without prejudice to the 41 Contracting Agency, add rules as needed to protect game, fish, or the environment. 42 43 The following restrictions apply to all work: 44 45 No work shall occur within the jurisdictional areas unless authorized in the contract 46 provisions and associated environmental permits. 47 48 No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line except as may be 49 specified in the contract. 50 1 No equipment shall enter waters of the State, except as may be specified in the 2 contract. 3 4 1- 07.5(2) State Department of Fish and Wildlife 5 Item 7 is deleted. 6 7 1- 07.5(3) State Department of Ecology 8 This section is revised to read: 9 10 In doing the work, the Contractor shall: 11 12 1. Get a waste discharge permit from the Ecology Department before: 13 14 a. Washing aggregate; or 15 b. Discharging water from pit sites or excavations into a ground or 16 surface waterway when the water contains turbidity, silt, or foreign 17 materials. 18 19 2. Give the Project Engineer a copy of each waste discharge permit before the 20 work begins. 21 22 3. Control drainage and erosion in a manner that reduces waterway pollution. 23 24 4. Perform work in such a manner that all materials and substances not 25 specifically identified in the contract documents to be placed in the water do 26 not enter waters of the State, including wetlands. 27 28 5. Use equipment that is free of external petroleum -based products. 29 30 6. Remove accumulations of soil and debris from drive mechanisms (wheels, 31 tracks, tires) and undercarriage of equipment prior to using equipment below 32 the ordinary high water line. 33 34 7. Clean loose dirt and debris from all materials placed below the ordinary high 35 water line. No materials shall be placed below the ordinary high water line 36 without the Engineer's approval. 37 38 8. Notify the Engineer and Ecology Department immediately should oil, 39 chemicals, or sewage spill into waters of the State. 40 41 1- 07.7(2) Load Limit Restrictions 42 Item 1 is supplemented with the following: 43 44 If the Contractor desires to utilize work methods resulting in load that exceed any of the 45 restrictions described above, the Contractor shall submit calculations and other 46 supporting information (as specified in Section 6 -01.6 for bridges under construction) to 47 the Engineer for approval in accordance with Sections 6 -01.6 and 6 -01.9. The Engineer 48 will review the calculations and supporting information to determine if the loading meets 49 the criteria specified in Section 6 -01.6. The Contractor shall not place or operate 50 construction vehicles or equipment on or over the structure until receiving the 51 Engineer's approval of the submittal. 52 j 1 1- 07.11(10)B Required Records and Retention 2 The third and fourth paragraphs are revised to read: I 3 4 Monthly Employment Utilization Reports 5 WSDOT Form #820 -010 or substitute form as approved by the Contracting Agency. 6 This form is required for all federally assisted projects if the contract is equal to or 7 greater then $10,000 and for every associated subcontract equal to or greater than O ,. o $ 10,000. These monthly reports are to be maintained in the respective Contractor or 9 10 subcontractor's records. 11 In addition, for contracts with a value of $100,000 or more, the Contractor shall submit • l 12 copies of the completed WSDOT form 820 -010 or approved substitute to the 13 Contracting Agency by the fifth of each month throughout the term of the contract. The 14 Contractor shall also collect and submit these forms monthly from every subcontractor 15 who holds a subcontract with a value of $100,000 or more. 16 17 Failure to submit the required reports by their rll,A dates ma,. res i th w ithh o ldin g o f --: --'- _ . . • •• ••• •.. •.. •. dates may result in the withholding L1••er �: 18 progress estimate payments. 19 20 1- 07.13(4) Repair of Damage • 21 This section is revised to read: 22 23 The Contractor shall promptly repair all damage to either temporary or permanent work 24 as directed by the Engineer. For damage qualifying for relief under Sections 1- 07.13(1), 25 1- 07.13(2) or 1- 07.13(3), payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.4 using 26 the estimated bid item "Reimbursement for Third Party Damage ". 27 28 In the event the Contracting Agency pays for damage to the Contractor's work or for 29 damage to the Contractor's equipment caused by third parties, any claim the Contractor 30 had or may have had against the third party shall be deemed assigned to the 31 Contracting Agency, to the extent of the Contracting Agency's payment for such 32 damage. 33 yv 34 Payment will be limited to rep o f d amaged - Payment will be ��.��.... �... repair damaged work only. No payment will be made for 35 delay or disruption of work. 36 37 For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency 38 has entered an amount for "Reimbursement For Third Party Damage" in the proposal to 1 39 become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 40 41 1 -07.14 Responsibility for Damage 42 The first paragraph is revised to read: 43 44 The State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, and all officers and employees of the 45 State, including but not limited to those of the Department, will not be responsible in any 46 manner: for any loss or damage that may happen to the work or any part; for any loss of 47 material or damage to any of the materials' or other things used or employed in the j 48 performance of work; for injury to or death of any persons, either workers or the public; 49 or for damage to the public for any cause which might have been prevented by the 50 Contractor, or the workers, or anyone employed by the Contractor. 51 52 The first sentence of the third paragraph is revised to read: 1 1 2 Subject to the limitations in this section, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and 3 save harmless the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, and all officers and 4 employees of the State from all claims, suits, or actions brought for injuries to, or death 5 of, any persons or damages resulting from construction of the work or in consequence 6 of any negligence regarding the work, the use of any improper materials in the work, 7 caused in whole or in part by any act or omission by the Contractor or the agents or 8 employees of the Contractor during performance or at any time before final acceptance. - 9 In addition to any remedy authorized by law, the State may retain so much of the money 10 due the Contractor as deemed necessary by the Engineer to ensure indemnification 11 until disposition has been made of such suits or claims. f - 12 13 This section is supplemented with the following: 14 15 The Contracting Agency will forward to the Contractor all claims filed against the State 16 according to RCW 4.92.100 that are deemed to have arisen in relation to the 17 Contractor's work or activities under this contract, and, in the opinion of the Contracting 18 Agency, are subject to the defense, indemnity, and insurance provisions of these 19 Standard Specifications. Claims will be deemed tendered to the Contractor and insurer, 20 who has named the State as a named insured or an additional insured under the 21 contract's insurance provisions, once the claim has been forwarded via certified mail to 22 the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide a copy of the claim to 23 the Contractor's designated insurance agent who has obtained /met the contract's 24 insurance provision requirements. 25 26 Within 60 calendar days following the date a claim is sent by the Contracting Agency to 27 the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Claimant and WSDOT (Risk Management 28 Office, PO Box 47418, Olympia, WA 98504 -7418) of the following: 29 30 a. whether the claim is allowed or is denied in whole or in part, and, if so, the 31 specific reasons for the denial of the individual claim, and if not denied in full, 32 when payment has been or will be made to the claimant(s) for the portion of 33 the claim that is allowed, or 34 35 b. if resolution negotiations are continuing. In this event, status updates will be 36 reported no longer than every 60 calendar days until the claim is resolved or a 37 lawsuit is filed. 1 38 39 If the Contractor fails to provide the above notification within 60 calendar days, then the 40 Contractor shall yield to the Contracting Agency sole and exclusive discretion to allow 41 all or part of the claim on behalf of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be 42 deemed to have WAIVED any and all defenses, objections, or other avoidances to 43 the Contracting Agency's allowance of the claim, or the amount allowed by the 44 Contracting Agency, under common law, constitution, statute, or the contract and 45 these Standard Specifications. If all or part of a claim is allowed, the Contracting 46 Agency will notify the Contractor via certified mail that it has allowed all or part of the 47 claim and make appropriate payments to the claimant(s) with State funds. 48 49 Payments of State funds by the Contracting Agency to claimant(s) under this section will 50 be made on behalf of the Contractor and at the expense of the Contractor, and the J 51 Contractor shall be unconditionally obligated to reimburse the Contracting Agency for 52 the "total reimbursement amount ", which is the sum of the amount paid to the 1 1 11 costs ..I the Contracting 1'._ -. 1 1' A� 1 claimant(s), plus all costs incurred by the Conti acting Agency in evaluating the 2 circumstances surrounding the claim, the allowance of the claim, the amount due to the 3 claimant, and all other direct costs for the Contracting Agency's a a ar tr an d 4 payment of the claim on the Contractor's behalf. The Contracting Agency will be 5 authorized to withhold the total reimbursement amount from amounts due the 6 Contractor, or, if no further payments are to be made to the Contractor under the 7 contract, the Contractor shall directly reimburse the Contracting Agency for the amounts 8 paid within 30 days of the date notice that the claim was allowed was sent to the 9 Contractor. In the event reimbursement from the Contractor is not received by the 10 Contracting Agency within 30 days, interest shall accrue on the total reimbursement 11 amount owing at the rate of 12 per cent per annum calculated at a daily rate from the 12 date the contractor was notified that the claim was allowed. The Contracting Agency's 13 costs to enforce recovery of these amounts are additive to the amounts owing. 14 15 1-07.15(1) Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures Plan 16 This section is revised to read: 17 18 The Contractor shall prepare a project specific spill prevention, control and 19 countermeasures (SPCC) plan to be used for the duration of the project. The plan shall 20 be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of any on site construction 21 activities. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the plan at the work site, including 22 any necessary updates as the work progresses. If hazardous materials are 23 encountered during construction, the Contractor shall do everything possible to control 24 and contain the material until appropriate measures can be taken Hazardous material, 25 as referred to within this specification, is defined in RCW 70.105.010 under "Hazardous 26 Substances ". Occupational safety and health requirements that may pertain to SPCC 27 planning are contained in but not limited to WAC 296 -824 and WAC 296 -843. _ 28 . J 29 The SPCC plan shall address the following project - specific information: 30 31 1. SPCC Plan Elements 32 33 A. Site information ..1T Identify general site information useful in construction planning, 35 recognizing potential sources of spills, and identifying personnel 36 responsible for managing and implementing the plan. 37 38 B. Project Site Description 39 Identify staging, storage, maintenance, and refueling areas and their . 40 relationship to drainage pathways, waterways, and other sensitive ,i 41 areas. Specifically address: 42 43 the Contractor's equipment maintenance, refueling, and 44 cleaning activities. 45 • the Contractor's on site storage areas for hazardous 46 materials. 47 j 48 C. Spill Prevention and Containment 49 For each of the locations identified in B, above, specifically address: 50 51 1. Spill prevention and containment measures to be used at J 5 e location. J 1 2. The method of collecting and treating, or disposing of runoff 2 from each location. 3 3. The method of diverting project runoff from each location. 4 5 D. Spill Response 6 Outline spill response procedures including assessment of the 7 hazard, securing spill response and personal protective equipment, 8 containing and eliminating the spill source, and mitigation, removal 9 and disposal of the material. 10 11 E. Standby, On -Site, Material and Equipment 12 The plan shall identify the equipment and materials the Contractor will 13 maintain on site to carry out the preventive and responsive measures 14 for the items listed. 15 16 F. Reporting 17 The plan shall list all federal, state and local agency telephone 18 numbers the Contractor must notify in the event of a spill. 19 20 G. Program Management 21 Identify site security measures, inspection procedures and personnel 22 training procedures as they relate to spill prevention, containment, 23 response, management and cleanup. 24 25 H. Preexisting Contamination 26 If preexisting contamination in the project area is described elsewhere 27 in the plans or specifications, the SPCC plan shall indicate measures 28 the Contractor will take to conduct work without allowing release or 29 further spreading of the materials. 30 31 I. Work Below the Ordinary High Water Line 32 Identify equipment that will be used below the ordinary high water 33 line. Outline daily inspection and cleanup procedures that ensure 34 equipment is free of all external petroleum -based products. Identify 35 refueling procedures for equipment that cannot be moved from below 36 the ordinary high water line. 37 38 2. Attachments 39 40 A. Site plan showing the locations identified in (1. B. and 1. C.) noted 41 previously. 42 43 B. Spill and Incident Report Forms, if any, that the Contractor will be 44 using. 45 Implementation Requirements 46 The Contractor shall implement prevention and containment measures identified in the 47 SPCC plan prior to performing any of the following: 48 49 Placing materials or equipment in staging or storage areas 50 Equipment refueling 51 Equipment washing 52 Stockpiling contaminated materials 1 2 Payment , 3 The lump sum contract price for the "SPCC Plan" shall he f p f or: 4 5 1. All costs associated with creating the SPCC plan. 6 7 2. All costs associated with providing and maintaining on site standby materials 8 and equipment described in the SPCC plan. 9 10 3. All costs associated with implementing the prevention and containment 11 measures identified in the approved SPCC plan. 12 13 As to other costs associated with spills the contractor may request payment as provided 14 for in the Contract. No payment shall be made if the spill was caused by or resulted 15 from the Contractor's operations, negligence or omissions. 16 17 17 1- 0`7.16(1) Privat /Pnhlic Property _ . _. . ... - - .... a ... ..5 18 This section is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall not use Contracting Agency owned or controlled property other 21 than that directly affected by the contract work without the approval of the Engineer. If 22 the Engineer grants such approval, the Contractor shall then vacate the area when 23 ordered to do so by the Engineer. Approval to temporarily use the property shall not 24 create any entitlement to further use or to compensation for any conditions or 25 requirements imposed. 26 27 The Contractor shall protect private or public property on or in the vicinity of the work 28 site. The Contractor shall ensure that it is not removed, damaged, destroyed, or 29 prevented from being used unless the contract so specifies. 30 31 Property includes land, utilities, trees, landscaping, improvements legally on the right-of- 32 way, markers, monuments, buildings, structures, pipe, conduit, sewer or water lines, 33 signs, and other property of all description whether shown on the plans or not. 34 35 If the Engineer orders , or if otherwise necessary, the Contractor shall install protection, 36 acceptable to the Engineer, for property such as that listed in the previous paragraph. 37 The Contractor is responsible for locating and protecting all property that is subject to 38 damage by the construction operation. 39 40 If the Contractor (or agents /employees of the Contractor) damage, destroy, or interfere 41 with the use of such property, the Contractor shall restore it to original condition. The 42 Contractor shall also halt any interference with the property's use. if the Contractor 43 refuses or does not respond immediately, the Engineer may have such property 44 restored by other means and subtract the cost from money that will be or is due the 45 Contractor. 46 47 The Contractor may access the worksite from adjacent properties. The Contractor shall 48 not use or allow others to use this access to merge with public traffic. During non - 49 working hours, the Contractor shall provide a physical barrier that is either locked or 50 physically unable to be moved without equipment. The access shall not go through any 51 existing structures. The access may go through fencing. The Contractor shall control 1 52 or prevent animals from entering the wo rk s it e to the d eg r ee th th -- or r • - ^ " -^ " •' -. ' .+ from .. v � cwt �. the ry vl ICJ RIr to U IG same lAG degree that they were - 1 controlled before the fence was removed. The Contractor shall prevent persons not 2 involved in the contract work from entering the worksite through the access or through 3 trails and pathways intersected by the access. If the contract documents require that 4 existing trails or pathways be maintained during construction, the Contractor will insure 5 the safe passage of trail or pathway users. The Contractor shall effectively control 6 airborne particulates that are generated by use of the access. The location and use of 7 the access shall not adversely affect wetlands or sensitive areas in any manner. The 8 Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all haul road agreements, permits and /or 9 easements associated with the access. The Contractor shall replace any fence, repair 10 any damage and restore the site to its original state when the access is no longer 11 needed. The Contractor shall bear all costs associated with this worksite access. 12 13 1- 07.16(2) Vegetation Protection and Restoration 14 The new paragraph below is inserted to follow the third paragraph: 15 16 Any pruning activity required to complete the work as specified shall be performed by 17 persons qualified as a Certified Arborist at the direction of the Engineer. 18 19 In the fifth paragraph, "Guide for Plant Appraisal, Eighth Edition" is revised to read "Guide for 20 Plant Appraisal, Current Edition ". 21 22 1- 07.16(3) Fences, Mailboxes, Incidentals 23 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read: 24 25 The Contractor shall maintain any temporary fencing to prevent pedestrians from } 26 entering the worksite and to preserve livestock, crops, or property when working 27 through or adjacent to private property. 28 29 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance 30 This section is revised to read: 31 32 The Contractor shall obtain and keep in force the following policies of insurance. The 33 policies shall be with companies or through sources approved by the State Insurance 34 Commissioner pursuant to Chapter 48.05, RCW. Unless otherwise indicated below, the 35 policies shall be kept in force from the execution date of the contract until the date of 36 acceptance by the Secretary (Section 1- 05.12). 37 38 1. Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance providing bodily injury and property 39 damage liability coverage with limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the 40 aggregate for each policy period, written on Insurance Services Office (ISO) form 41 CG0009 together with Washington State Department of Transportation Amendatory 1 42 Endorsement No. CG 29 08, specifying the State of Washington as a named 43 insured. 44 45 The Contractor may choose to terminate this insurance after the date of Substantial 46 Completion as determined by the Engineer or, should Substantial Completion not 47 be achieved, after the date of Physical Completion as determined by the Engineer. 48 In the event the Contractor elects to terminate this coverage, prior to acceptance of 49 the contract, the Contractor shall first obtain an endorsement to the Commercial 50 General Liability Insurance described below that establishes the Contracting 51 Agency on that policy as an additional insured. 52 j 1 2. Commercial General Liability Insurance written under ISO Form CG0001 or its 2 equivalent with minimum limits of $3,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate 3 for each policy period. This protection may he a CGL policy or any combination of 4 primary, umbrella or excess liability coverage affording total liability limits of not less 5 than $3,000,000. Products and completed operations coverage shall be provided 6 for a period of one year following final acceptance of the work. 7 8 3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance providing bodily injury and property 9 damage liability coverage for all owned and nonowned vehicles assigned to or used 10 in the performance of the work with a combined single limit of not less than 11 $1,000,000 each occurrence with the State named as an additional insured in 12 connection with the Contractor's Performance of the contract. 13 14 The Owners and Contractors Protective Insurance policy shall not be subject to a 15 deductible or contain provisions for a deductible. The Commercial General Liability 16 policy and the Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance policy may, at the discretion 17 of the Contractor, contain cl such provisions If a ded applies to any claim tinder 18 these policies, then payment of that deductible will be the responsibility of the 19 Contractor, notwithstanding any claim of liability against the Contracting Agency. 20 However in no event shall any provision for a deductible provide for a deductible in 21 excess of $50,000.00. 22 23 Prior to contract execution, the Contractor shall file with the Department of 24 Transportation, Contract Payment Section, P.O. Box 47420, Olympia, WA 98504 -7420, 25 ACORD Form Certificates of Insurance evidencing the minimum insurance coverages 26 required under these specifications. 27 28 All insurance policies and Certificates of Insurance shall include a requirement providing 29 for a minimum of 45 days prior written notice to the Contracting Agency of any 30 cancellation or reduction of coverage. All insurance coverage required by this section 31 shall be written and provided by "occurrence- based" policy forms rather than by "claims 32 made" forms. 33 '2A Failure ....L ..F LL... Contractor ..L�.� L� .- L.:.., al.. ., ..1 shall v'T Failure of l he pall UI LI l VUI ILI a .,LUI LU I I IC1intai I the insurance as l equir ed shall 35 constitute a material breach of contract upon which the Contracting Agency may, after 36 giving five working days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately 37 terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any 38 and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to 39 the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, 40 offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 41 42 All costs for insurance, including any payments of deductible amounts, shall be 43 considered incidental to and included in the unit contract prices and no additional 44 payment will be made. 45 .] 46 1 -07.20 Patented Devices, Materials, and Processes 47 This section is revised to read: 48 49 The Contractor shall assume all costs arising from the use of patented devices, 50 materials, or processes used on or incorporated in the work, and agrees to indemnify, 51 defend, and save harmless the State, Governor, Commission, Secretary, and their duly J 1 authorized agents and employees from all actions of any nature for, or on account of the 2 use of any patented devices, materials, or processes. 3 4 1- 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic 5 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 6 7 The Contractor shall enter interstate highways only through legal movements from 8 existing roads, streets, and through other access points specifically allowed by the 9 contract documents. 10 11 The fourth sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read: 12 13 Deficiencies not caused by the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the 14 Contractor, when ordered by the Engineer, at the Contracting Agency's expense. 15 16 In the sixth paragraph, 3. "C ", the first sentence is revised to read: 17 18 Temporary concrete barrier or other approved barrier installed on the traffic side of the 19 drop -off with 2 feet between the drop -off and the back of the barrier and a new edge of 20 pavement stripe a minimum of 2 feet from the face of the barrier. 21 22 1 -07.26 Personal Liability of Public Officers 23 This section is revised to read: 24 25 Neither the Governor, the Commission, the Secretary, the Engineer, nor any other 26 officer or employee of the State shall be personally liable for any acts or failure to act in 27 connection with the contract, it being understood that in such matters, they are acting 28 solely as agents of the State. 29 1 - j j j j J I 1 SECTION 1 -09, MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 2 August 1, 2005 3 1 -09.1 Measurement of Quantities 4 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following: 5 6 Hour - measured for each hour that work is actually performed. Portions of an hour will 7 be rounded up to a half hour. 8 9 1-09.6 Force Account 10 On page 1 -91, under "For Labor", the fourth and fifth sentences in the second 11 paragraph are deleted. 12 13 1 -09.7 Mobilization 14 Under the second paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: 15 16 \n /hen the substantial completion date has been established for the project, payment of 17 any amount bid for mobilization in excess of 10 percent of the total original contract 18 amount will be paid. 19 • • • ._J j 1 SECTION 1 -10, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 2 August 1, 2005 3 Section 1 -10 is revised in its entirety to read: 4 5 1 -10.1 General 6 The Contractor, utilizing contractor labor and contractor - provided equipment and 7 materials (except when such labor, equipment or materials are to be provided by the 8 Contracting Agency as specifically identified herein), shall plan, manage, supervise and 9 perform all temporary traffic control activities needed to support the work of the contract. 10 11 1 10.1(1) Materials 12 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: 13 14 Stop /Slow Paddles 9 -35.1 15 Construction Signs 9 -35.2 16 Wood Sign Posts 9 -35.3 17 Sequential Arrow Signs 9 -35.4 18 Portable Changeable Message Signs 9 -35.5 19 Barricades 9 -35.6 20 Traffic Safety Drums 9 -35.7 21 Barrier Drums 9 -35.8 22 Traffic Cones 9 -35.9 23 Tubular Markers 9 -35.10 24 Warning Lights and Flashers 9 -35.11 25 Truck - Mounted Attenuator 9 -35.12 26 27 1 10.1(2) Description } 28 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, spotters and all other personnel required for labor 29 for traffic control activities and not otherwise specified as being furnished by the 30 Contracting Agency. 31 32 The Contractor shall perform all procedures necessary to support the contract work. 33 34 The Contractor shall provide signs and other traffic control devices not otherwise 35 specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and 36 maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control 37 devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a 38 result of the Contractor's operations which may occur on or adjacent to highways, 39 roads, or streets. No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway until all 40 necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. 41 42 The traffic control resources and activities described shall be used for the safety of the ( 43 public, of the Contractor's employees, and of the Contracting Agency's personnel and to 44 facilitate the movement of the traveling public. Traffic control resources and activities 45 may be used for the separation or merging of public and construction traffic when such 46 use is in accordance with a specific approved traffic control plan. 47 48 Upon failure of the Contractor to immediately provide flaggers; erect, maintain, and 49 remove signs; or provide, erect, maintain, and remove other traffic control devices when 50 ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contracting Agency may, without further notice to j i the Contractor or the Surety, perform any of the above and deduct all of the costs from 2 the Contractor's payments. 4 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing adequate labor, sufficient signs, and 5 other traffic control devices, and for performing traffic control procedures needed for the 6 protection of the work and the public at all times regardless of whether or not the labor, • 7 devices or procedures have been ordered by the Engineer, furnished by the Contracting 8 Agency, or paid for by the Contracting Agency. 9 10 Wherever possible when performing contract work, the Contractor's equipment shall 11 follow normal and legal traffic movements. The Contractor's ingress and egress of the 12 work area shall be accomplished with as little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic . 13 control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices in a reverse sequence to 14 that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the workzone. 15 When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved traffic control 16 plans, equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic. 17 18 The Contractor is advised that the Contracting Agency may have entered into operating 19 agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations for cooperative activities. 20 Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, law 21 enforcement personnel may enter the workzone for enforcement purposes and may 22 participate in the Contractor's traffic control activities. The responsibility under the ! 23 contract for all traffic control resides with the Contractor and any such participation by 24 law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control activities will be referenced in the 25 Special Provisions or will be preceded by an agreement and, if appropriate, a cost 26 adjustment. Nothing in this contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the part of 27 the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization. 28 29 1 - 10.2 Traffic Control Management 30 31 1 - 10.2(1) General 32 It is the Contractor's responsibility to plan, conduct and safely perform the work. The 33 Contractor shall manage temporary traffic control with his or her own staff. Traffic 34 control management responsibilities shall be formally assigned to one or more company 35 supervisors who are actively involved in the planning and management of field contract 36 activities. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the formal 37 assignment. The duties of traffic control management may not be subcontracted. 38 39 The Contractor shall designate an individual or individuals to perform the duties of the 40 primary Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS). The designation shall also identify an 41 alternate TCS who can assume the duties of the primary TCS in the event of that 42 person's inability to perform. The TCS shall be responsible for safe implementation of 43 approved Traffic Control Plans provided by the Contractor. i 44 45 The designated individuals shall be certified as worksite traffic control supervisors by 46 one of the organizations listed in the Special Provisions. Possession of a current 47 flagging card by the TCS is mandatory. A traffic control management assignment and a . 48 TCS designation are required on all projects that will utilize traffic control. 49 1 50 51 The Contractor shall maintain 24 -hour telephone numbers at which the Contractor's assigned traffic control management personnel and the TCS can be contacted and be 52 52 available upon the Engineer's request at other than normal working hours. These l j 1 persons shall have the resources, ability and authority to expeditiously correct any 2 deficiency in the traffic control system. 3 4 1 10.2(1)A Traffic Control Management 5 The responsibilities of the Contractor's traffic control management personnel shall 6 include: 7 8 1. Overseeing and approving the actions of the Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) 9 to ensure that proper safety and traffic control measures are implemented and 10 consistent with the specific requirements created by the Contractor's 11 workzones and the Contract. Some form of oversight shall be in place and 12 effective even when the traffic control management personnel are not present 13 at the jobsite. 14 15 2. Providing the Contractor's designated TCS with approved Traffic Control Plans 16 (TCPs) which are compatible with the work operations and traffic control for 17 which they will be implemented. Having the latest adopted edition of the 18 Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways 19 (MUTCD,) including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD and 20 applicable standards and specifications available at all times on the project. 21 22 3. Discussing proposed traffic control measures and coordinating implementation 23 of the Contractor - adopted traffic control plan(s) with the Engineer. 24 25 4. Coordinating all traffic control operations, including those of subcontractors 26 and suppliers, with each other and with any adjacent construction or 27 maintenance operations. 28 29 5. Coordinating the project's activities (such as ramp closures, road closures, and 30 lane closures) with appropriate police, fire control agencies, city or county 31 engineering, medical emergency agencies, school districts, and transit 32 companies. 33 34 6. Overseeing all requirements of the contract that contribute to the convenience, 35 safety, and orderly movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 36 37 7. Reviewing the TCS's diaries daily and being aware of field traffic control J 38 39 operations. 40 8. Being present on -site a sufficient amount of time to adequately satisfy the 41 above - listed responsibilities. 42 43 Failure to carry out any of the above - listed responsibilities shall be a failure to comply 44 with the contract and may result in a suspension of work as described in Section 1 -08.6. 45 46 1 10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor 47 A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be present on the project whenever flagging or 48 spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized or less frequently, as authorized by 49 the Engineer. 50 1 The TCS shall personally perform all the duties of the TCS. During nonwork periods, 2 the TCS shall be available to the job site within a 45- minute time period after notification 3 by the Engineer_ 4 5 The TCS's duties shall include: 6 7 1. Having a current set of approved traffic control plans (TCPs), applicable 8 contract provisions as provided by the Contractor, the latest adopted edition of 9 the MUTCD, including the Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD, the 10 book Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and applicable 11 standards and specifications. 12 13 2. Inspecting traffic control devices and nighttime lighting for proper location, 14 installation, message, cleanliness, and effect on the traveling public. Traffic 15 control devices shall be inspected at least once per hour during working hours 16 except that Class A signs and nighttime lighting need to be checked only once 17 a week. Traffic e c control de lft i p for 24 hour?, _h_n _1__ a Yyti..� -ems. a ae eet.: control e.r� �.fG V �'., p S _ in ? �l�?4 v 1e e i � a l �e�s �, or ?::L': � .°,:: :: . - �° 18 inspected once during the nonworking hours when they are initially set up 19 (during daylight or darkness, whichever is opposite of the working hours). The r 20 TCS shall correct, or arrange to have corrected, any deficiencies noted during 21 these inspections. 22 23 3. Preparing a daily traffic control diary on each day that traffic control is 24 performed using DOT Forms 421 -040A and 421-040B, and submitting them to 25 the Engineer no later than the end of the next working day. The Contractor 26 may use alternate forms if approved by the Engineer. Diary entries shall 27 include, but not be limited to: I 28 29 a. Time of day when signs and traffic control devices are installed and 30 Yemoved, 31 b. Location and condition of signs and traffic control devices, 32 c. Revisions to the traffic control plan, 33 d. Lighting utilized at night, and 34 e. Observations of traffic conditions. 35 36 4. Making minor revisions to the traffic control -plan to accommodate site 37 conditions provided that the original intent of the traffic control plan is 38 maintained and the revision has the concurrence of both the Contractor and 39 the Engineer. 40 41 5. Attending traffic control coordinating meetings or coordination activities as 42 necessary for full understanding and effective performance. 43 44 6. Ensuring that all needed traffic control devices and equipment are available 45 and in good working condition prior to the need to install or utilize them. 46 47 The TCS may perform the work described in Section 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers and 48 Spotters or in Section 1- 10.3(1)5 Other Traffic Control Labor and be compensated 49 under those bid items, provided that the duties of the TCS are accomplished. 50 i 1 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans 2 The traffic control plan or plans appearing in the contract documents show a method of 3 handling traffic. All construction signs, flaggers, spotters and other traffic control 4 devices are shown on the traffic control plan(s) except for emergency situations. Where 5 mainline contract traffic control plans are developed with the intent of operating without 6 the use of flaggers or spotters, the plans shall contain a note that states, "NO 7 FLAGGERS OR SPOTTERS ". The use of flaggers or spotters to supplement these 8 traffic control plans will not be allowed except in a case where no other means of traffic 9 control can be used or in the event of an emergency. If the Contractor proposes the 10 use of flaggers or spotters with one of these plans, this will constitute a modification 11 requiring approval by the Engineer. The modified plans shall show locations for all the 12 required advance warning signs and a safe, protected location for the flagging station. 13 If flagging is to be performed during hours of darkness, the plan shall include 14 appropriate illumination for the flagging station. 15 16 When the Contractor's chosen method of performing the work in the contract requires 17 some form of temporary traffic control, the Contractor shall either: (1.) designate and 18 adopt, in writing, the traffic control plan or plans from the contract documents that 19 support that method; or (2.) submit a Contractor's plan that modifies, supplements or 20 replaces a plan from the contract documents. Any Contractor - proposed modification, 21 supplement or replacement shall show the necessary construction signs, flaggers, 22 spotters and other traffic control devices required to support the work. Any Contractor - 23 proposed traffic control plan shall conform to the established standards for plan 24 development as shown in the MUTCD, Part VI. The Contractor's submittal, either 25 designating and adopting a traffic control plan from the contract documents or proposing 26 a Contractor - developed plan, shall be provided to the Engineer for approval at least ten 27 calendar days in advance of the time the signs and other traffic control devices are 28 scheduled to be installed and utilized. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for 29 submitting any proposed traffic control plan or modification, obtaining the Engineer's 30 approval and providing copies of the approved Traffic Control Plans to the Traffic 31 Control Supervisor. 32 33 1 10.2(3) Conformance to Established Standards 34 Flagging, signs, and all other traffic control devices and procedures furnished or 35 provided shall conform to the standards established in the latest WSDOT adopted 36 edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways 37 (MUTCD,) published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Washington 38 State Modifications to the MUTCD. Judgment of the quality of devices furnished will be 39 based upon Quality Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, published by the 40 American Traffic Safety Services Association. Copies of the MUTCD and Quality 41 Guidelines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices may be purchased from the American 42 Traffic Safety Services Association, 15 Riverside Parkway, Suite 100, Fredericksburg, 43 Virginia 22406 -1022. The Washington State Modifications to the MUTCD may be 44 obtained from the Department of Transportation, Olympia, Washington 98504. 45 46 In addition to the standards of the MUTCD described above, the Contracting Agency 47 has scheduled the implementation of crashworthiness requirements for most workzone 48 devices. The National Cooperative Highway Research Project (NCHRP) Report 350 49 has established requirements for crash testing. Workzone devices are divided into four 50 categories. Each of those categories and, where applicable, the schedule for j 51 implementation is described below: 52 J i I 1 Category q ,� +�. items that _ �� Categ. or y 1 includes those itei t ri that are small and lightweight, channeiizing, and 2 delineating devices that have been in common use for many years and are known to be 3 crashworthy by crash testing of si d ev i ces or years of demonstrable safe 4 performance. These include cones, tubular markers, flexible delineator posts, and 5 plastic drums. All Category 1 devices used on the project shall meet the requirements 6 of NCHRP 350 as certified by the manufacturer of the device. 7 8 Category 2 includes devices that are not expected to produce significant vehicular 9 velocity change, but may otherwise be hazardous. Examples of this class are 10 barricades, portable sign supports and signs, intrusion alarms and vertical panels. All 11 new Category 2 devices purchased after October 1, 2000 shall meet the requirements . 12 of NCHRP 350. Existing equipment, purchased prior to October 1, 2000, may be used 13 on the project until December 31, 2007. For the purpose of definition, a sign support 14 and sign shall be considered a single unit. A new sign may be purchased for an existing 15 sign support and the entire unit will be defined as "existing equipment." . 16 1 a Category 3 is for hardware expected to cause significant velocity changes or other 18 potentially harmful reactions to impacting vehicles. Barriers, fixed sign supports, crash 19 cushions, truck mounted attenuators (TMA's) and other work zone devices not meeting 20 the definitions of Category 1 or 2 are examples from this category. Many Category 3 21 devices are defined in the design of the project. Where this is the case, NCHRP 350 22 requirements have been incorporated into the design and the Contractor complies with 23 the requirements by constructing devices according to the plans and specifications. 24 Where the device is a product chosen by the Contractor, the device chosen must be 25 compliant with the requirements of NCHRP 350. 26 27 Category 4 includes portable or trailer- mounted devices such as arrow displays, 28 temporary traffic signals, area lighting supports, and portable changeable message 29 signs. There is presently no implementation schedule for mandatory crashworthiness 30 compliance for these devices. 31 32 The condition of signs and traffic control devices shall be acceptable or marginal as 33 defined in the book Quality Guide lines for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices, and will 34 be accepted based on a visual inspection by the Engineer. The Engineer's decision on 35 the condition of a sign or traffic control device shall be final. A sign or traffic control 36 device determined to be unacceptable shall be removed from the project and replaced 37 within 12 hours of notification. 38 39 1 - 10.3 Traffic Control Labor, hrn' diires a D ev i ces 40 41 1 10.3(1) Traffic Control Labor 42 The Contractor shall furnish all personnel for flagging, spotting, for the execution of all 43 procedures related to temporary traffic control and for the setup, maintenance and l 44 removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to 1 45 control traffic during construction operations. 46 47 Workers engaged as flaggers or spotters shall wear reflective vests and hard hats. :i 48 During hours of darkness, white coveralls or white or yellow rain gear shall also be 49 worn. The vests and other apparel shall be in conformance with Section 1 -07.8. 50 t j 1 1- 10.3(1)A Flaggers and Spotters 2 Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans 3 or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current 4 flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or Idaho. The 5 flagging card shall be immediately available and shown to the Contracting Agency upon 6 request. 7 8 Flagging stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where 9 construction operations require stopping or diverting public traffic. Flagging stations 10 shall be staffed only when flagging is required. This staffing may be continuous or 11 intermittent, depending on the nature of the construction activity. Whenever a flagger is } 12 not required to stop or divert traffic, the flagger shall move away from the flagging 13 station to a safer location. During hours of darkness, flagging stations shall be 14 illuminated in a manner that insures that flaggers can easily be seen but that does not 15 cause glare to the traveling public. Flaggers shall be equipped with portable two -way 16 radios, with a range suitable for the project. The radios shall be capable of having direct 17 contact with project management (foremen, superintendents, etc.). 18 19 The Contractor shall furnish the MUTCD standard Stop /Slow paddles for all flagging 20 operations. The specification for Stop /Slow paddles in Section 9 -35.1 requires 24" 21 paddles and all new paddles purchased for the project shall conform to those 22 provisions. Previously specified 18" paddles may be used at the request of the 23 Contractor until December 31, 2005. 24 25 Spotting stations shall be shown on Traffic Control Plans at locations where a spotter 26 can detect errant drivers or other hazards and provide an effective warning to other 27 workers. Spotting stations will not be allowed at locations where the spotter will be in 28 unnecessary danger. The Contractor shall furnish noise - makers or other effective 29 warning devices for spotting operations. The duties of a spotter shall not include 30 flagging. 31 32 1 10.3(1)B Other Traffic Control Labor 33 In addition to flagging or spotting duties, the Contractor shall provide personnel for all 34 other traffic control procedures required by the construction operations and for the labor 35 to install, maintain and remove any traffic control devices shown on Traffic Control 36 Plans. 37 38 1 10.3(2) Traffic Control Procedures 39 40 1 10.3(2)A One - Way Traffic Control 41 The project work may require that traffic be maintained on a portion of the roadway 42 during the progress of the work using one -way traffic control. If this is the case, the 43 Contractor's operation shall be confined to one -half the roadway, permitting traffic on 44 the other half. If shown on an approved traffic control plan or directed by the Engineer, 45 one -way traffic control, in accordance with the MUTCD, shall be provided and shall also 46 conform to the following requirements: 47 48 In any one -way traffic control configuration, side roads and approaches will be closed or 49 controlled by a flagger or by appropriate approved signing. A side road flagger will 50 coordinate with end flaggers where there is line of sight and with the pilot car where the 51 end flaggers cannot be seen. 52 J • 1 Queues of vehicles will be allowed to take turns passing through the workzone in the 2 single open lane. When one -way traffic control is in effect, Contractor vehicles shall not 3 T use the open traffic lane e x ce pt w hile following the same l d routes r f N' while is Ivllvvv77 7i� it le same rules and r oIiLCJ required of 4 the public traffic. 5 6 As conditions permit, the Contractor shall, at the end of each day, leave the work area 7 in such condition that it can be traveled without damage to the work, without danger to 8 traffic, and without one -way traffic control. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, one -way _1 9 traffic control cannot be dispensed with after working hours, then the operation will be 10 continued throughout the non - working hours. 11 12 1 10.3(2)B Rolling Slowdown 13 For work operations on multi -lane roadways that necessitate short -term roadway 14 closures of 15 minutes or less, the Contractor may implement a rolling slowdown. 15 Where included in an approved traffic control plan, a rolling slowdown shall be 16 accomplished using one traffic control vehicle with flashing amber lights for each lane to 17 be slowed down plus one control vehicle to serve as a chase vehicle for traffic ahead of 18 the blockade. The traffic control vehicles shall enter the roadway and form a moving 19 blockade to reduce traffic speeds and create a clear area in front of the moving 20 blockade to accomplish the work without a total stoppage of traffic. 21 22 A portable changeable message sign shall be placed ahead of the starting point of the 23 traffic control to warn traffic of the slowdown. The sign shall be placed far enough ' 24 ahead of the work to avoid any ex pected b of vehicles. any expected ii'Y.7 7a L. Li i .s of VGi 71 Lles. 25 26 The location where the traffic control vehicles shall begin the slowdown and the speed 27 at which the moving blockade will be allowed to travel will be calculated to 28 accommodate the estimated time needed for closure. The chase control vehicle shall 29 follow the slowest vehicle ahead of the blockade. When the chase vehicle passes, the 30 Contractor may begin the work operation. in the event that the work operation is not 31 completed when the moving blockade reaches the site, all work except that necessary 32 to clear the roadway shall cease immediately and the roadway shall be cleared and 33 reopened as soon as possible. 34 35 All ramps and entrances to the roadway between the moving blockade and work 36 operation shall be temporarily closed using flaggers. Radio communications between 37 the work operation and the moving blockade shall be established and utilized to adjust J 38 39 the speed of the blockade to accommodate the closure time needed. 40 1 10.3(2)C Lane Closure Setup /Takedown 41 Where allowed by the contract and where shown on approved traffic control plans or 42 directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall set up traffic control measures to close 43 one or more lanes of a multi -lane facility. When this is to occur, the following sequence 44 shall be followed: 45 46 1. Advance warning signs are set up on the shoulder of the roadway opposite the 47 lane to be closed, 48 49 2. Advance warning signs are set up on the same shoulder as the lane to be 50 closed, 51 f J J , 1 3. A truck - mounted attenuator, with arrow board, is moved into place at the 2 beginning of the closure taper, 3 4 4. Channelization devices are placed to mark the taper and the length of the 5 closure as shown on the traffic control plan. 6 7 Once the lane is closed, the TMA/arrow board combination may be replaced 8 with an arrow board without attenuator. 9 10 If additional lanes are to be closed, this shall be done in sequence with previous lane 11 closures using the same sequence of activities. A truck - mounted attenuator with arrow 12 board is required during the process of closing each additional lane and may be 13 replaced with an arrow board without attenuator after the lane is closed. Each closed 14 lane shall be marked with a separate arrow board at all times. 15 16 Traffic control for lane closures shall be removed in the reverse order of its installation. 17 18 1 10.3(2)D Mobile Operations 19 Where construction operations are such that movement along the length of a roadway is 20 continuous or near - continuous to the extent that a stationary traffic control layout will not 21 be effective, the Contractor shall implement a moving, or mobile, traffic control scheme. 22 Such moving control shall always be conducted in the same direction as the adjacent 23 traffic. 24 25 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where directed by the Engineer, 26 mobile traffic control shall consist of portable equipment, moving with the operation. A 27 portable changeable message sign shall be established in advance of the operation, far 28 enough back to provide warning of both the operation and of any queue of traffic that 29 has formed during the operation. The advance sign shall be continuously moved to stay 30 near the back of the queue at all times. A truck - mounted attenuator, with arrow board, 31 shall be positioned and maintained at a fixed distance upstream of the work. A shadow 32 vehicle, with truck - mounted attenuator shall be positioned and maintained immediately 33 upstream of the work. 34 35 1 10.3(2)E Patrol & Maintain Traffic Control Measures 36 At all times, when temporary traffic control measures are in place, the Contractor shall 37 provide for patrolling and maintaining these measures. The work shall consist of 38 resetting mislocated devices, assuring visibility of all devices, cleaning and repairing -- 39 where necessary, providing maintenance for all equipment, including replacing batteries 40 and light bulbs as well as keeping motorized and electronic items functioning, and 41 adjusting the location of devices to respond to actual conditions, such as queue length, 42 unanticipated traffic conflicts and other areas where planned traffic control has proven 43 ineffective. . 1 44 45 This work shall be performed by the Contractor, either by or under the direction of the 46 Traffic Control Supervisor. Personnel, with vehicles if necessary, shall be dispatched so 47 that all traffic control can be reviewed at least once per hour during working hours and 48 at least once during each non - working day. 49 50 1 10.3(3) Traffic Control Devices j 51 1 1 1- 10.3(3)A Construction Signs 2 All construction signs required by approved traffic control plans, as well as any other 3 a appropriate signs direccted b the En shall be furnished d by the Contractor. t__ T; the Engineer shall be IUrl iisllCU U�7 Ilia Lro(Ilr at:lUi�. 1ne 4 Contractor shall provide the posts or supports and erect and maintain the signs in a 5 clean, neat, and presentable condition until the need for them has ended. Post 6 mounted signs shall be installed as shown in Standard Plans G -1 and G -4a. Sign 7 attachment to posts shall conform to the applicable detail shown in Standard Plan G -9b. 8 When the need for construction signs has ended, the Contractor, upon approval of the 9 Engineer, shall remove all signs, posts, and supports from the project and they shall 10 remain the property of the Contractor. 11 12 No passing zones on the existing roadway that are marked with paint striping and which 13 striping is to be obliterated by construction operations shall be replaced by "Do Not 14 Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs. The Contractor shall provide and install the posts 15 and signs. The signs shall be maintained by the Contractor until they are removed or 16 until the contract is physically completed. When the project includes striping by the 17 Contractor, the signs and posts s ha l l b _� by the ".., -., se _ sv_ , the signs and posts 3a shall ��v removed loitUE� 'v' y ii iU CUri lrCic €or when the no 18 passing zones are reestablished by striping. The signs and posts will become the 19 property of the Contractor. When the Contractor is not responsible for striping and 20 when the striping by others is not completed when the project is physically completed, 21 the posts and signs shall be left in place and shall become the property of the 22 Contracting Agency. 23 24 All existing signs, new permanent sign installed under this contract, and construction 25 signs installed under this contract that are inappropriate for the traffic configuration at a 26 given time shall be removed or completely covered with metal, plywood, or an Engineer 27 approved product specifically manufactured for sign covering during periods when they 28 are not needed. 29 30 Construction signs will be divided into two classes. Class A construction signs are 31 those signs that remain in service throughout the construction or during a major phase 32 of the work. They are mounted on posts, existing fixed structures, or substantial 33 supports of a semipermanent nature. Class A signs will be designated as such on the '2,1 _.1 Traffic n_ -_ .,T approved I lamc Control Plan. "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" signs are classified 35 as Class A construction signs. Sign and support installation for Class A signs shall be 36 in accordance with the Contract Plans or the Standard Plans. Class B construction 37 signs are those signs that are placed and removed daily, or are used for short durations 38 which may extend for one or more days. They are mounted on portable or temporary 1 39 mountings. 40 41 Where it is necessary to add weight eight to signs for stability, the only allowed method will be 42 a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a maximum 43 weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the ground. 44 45 Signs, posts, or supports that are lost, stolen, damaged, destroyed, or which the 46 Engineer deems to be unacceptable while their use is required on the project shall be 47 replaced by the Contractor. 48 49 1 10.3(3)B Sequential Arrow Signs 50 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 51 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain sequential arrow signs. In some 1 locations, the sign will be shown as a unit with an attenuator. In other locations, the 2 plan will indicate a stand -alone unit. 3 4 1 10.3(3)C Portable Changeable Message Sign 5 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 6 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain portable changeable message signs. 7 These signs shall be available, on -site, for the entire duration of their projected use. 8 9 1 10.3(3)D Barricades 10 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 11 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain barricades. Barricades shall be kept in 12 good repair and shall be removed immediately when, in the opinion of the Engineer, 13 they are no longer functioning as designed. 14 15 Where it is necessary to add weight to barricades for stability, the only allowed method 16 will be a bag of sand that will rupture on impact. The bag of sand shall have a 17 maximum weight of 40 pounds, and shall be suspended no more than 1 foot from the 18 ground. 19 20 1 10.3(3)E Traffic Safety Drums 21 Where shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, or where ordered by the Engineer, 22 the Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic safety drums. 23 24 Used drums may be utilized, provided all drums used on the project are of essentially 25 the same configuration. 26 27 The drums shall be designed to resist overturning by means of a weighted lower unit 28 that will separate from the drum when impacted by a vehicle. 29 30 Drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the drum and 31 reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines that a drum has 32 been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate reflectivity, a replacement 33 drum shall be furnished. 34 35 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be 36 removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 37 38 1 10.3(3)F Barrier Drums 39 Where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans and as ordered by the Engineer, 40 barrier drums shall be placed on temporary concrete barrier at the following j 41 approximate spacing: 42 43 Concrete Barrier Barrier Drum 44 Placement Spacing in Feet 45 Tangents 1 /2 mile or less 2 times posted speed limit 46 Tangents greater than 1 /2 mile 4 times posted speed limit 47 Tapers and Curves posted speed limit 48 49 Note 1 A minimum of 3 barrier drums shall be used. Note 2 50 A minimum of 5 barrier drums shall be used. j 1 2 Temporary concrete barrier reflectors may be excluded when using barrier drums. 3 4 Both legs of the barrier drums shall be completely filled with sand. The top oval should 5 not be filled. 6 7 Used barrier drums may be used, provided all barrier drums used on the project are of • 8 essentially the same configuration. 11 9 10 Barrier drums shall be regularly maintained to ensure that they are clean and that the 11 barrier drum and reflective material are in good condition. If the Engineer determines 12 that a barrier drum has been damaged beyond usefulness, or provides inadequate 13 reflectivity, a replacement barrier drum shall be furnished. • 14 15 When the Engineer determines that the drums are no longer required, they shall be 16 removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor. 18 1 - 10.3(3)G Traffic Cones 19 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 20 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain traffic cones. Cones shall be kept in good 21 repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. Where wind 22 or moving traffic frequently displace cones, an effective method of stabilizing cones, . 23 such as stacking two together at each location, shall be employed. 24 25 1 10.3(3)H Tubular Markers 26 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 27 Contractor shall provide, install and maintain tubular markers. Tubular markers shall be ' 28 kept in good repair and shall be removed immediately when directed by the Engineer. 29 Tubular markers are secondary devices and are not to be used as substitutes for cones 30 or other delineation devices without an approved traffic control plan. 31 32 Where the Traffic Control Plan shows pavement - mounted tubular markers, the adhesive 33 used to fasten the base to the pavement shall be suitable for the purpose, as approved 34 by the Engineer. During the removal of pavement - mounted tubular markers, care shall 35 be taken to avoid damage to the existing pavement. Any such damage shall be 36 repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. ° 37 38 1- 10.3(3)1 Warning Lights and Flashers 39 Where shown attached to traffic control devices on an approved traffic control plan or 40 where ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and maintain flashing 41 warning lights. Lights attached to advance warning signs shall be Type B, high - 42 intensity. Lights attached to traffic safety drums, barricades or other signs shall be Type 43 C, steady- burning low intensity or, where attention is to be directed to a specific device, 44 Type A, flashing low - intensity units. 45 46 1 10.3(3)J Truck - Mounted Attenuator 47 Where shown on an approved traffic control plan or where ordered by the Engineer, the 48 Contractor shall provide, operate and maintain truck - mounted impact attenuators 49 (TMA). These attenuators shall be available, on -site, for the entire duration of their I 50 projected use. a 51 1 A 1 The TMA shall be positioned to separate and protect construction workzone activities 2 from normal traffic flow. 3 4 During use, the attenuator shall be in the full down - and - locked position. For stationary • 5 operations, the truck's parking brake shall be set. 6 7 1 -10.4 Measurement 8 9 1- 10.4(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 10 When the bid proposal contains the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", there will 11 be no measurement of unit items for work defined by Section 1 -10 except as described 12 in Section 1- 10.4(3). Also, except as described in Section 1- 10.4(3), all of Sections 1- 13 10.4(2) and 1- 10.5(2) is deleted. 14 15 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Project Temporary 16 Traffic Control." 17 18 1 10.4(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals 19 When the bid proposal does not contain the item "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", 20 Sections 1- 10.4(1) and 1- 10.5(1) are deleted and the bid proposal will contain some or 21 all of the following items, measured as noted. 22 23 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Traffic Control 24 Supervisor." 25 26 "Flaggers and Spotters" will be measured by the hour. Hours will be measured for each 27 flagging or spotting station, shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan, when that 28 station is staffed in accordance with Section 1- 10.3(1)A. When a flagging station is 29 staffed on an intermittent basis, no deduction will be made in measured hours provided 30 that the person staffing the station is in a standby mode and is not performing other 31 duties. 32 33 "Other Traffic Control Labor" will be measured by the hour. With the exception of 34 patrolling and maintaining, hours will be measured for each person engaged in any one 35 of the following activities: 36 37 • Operating a pilot vehicle during one -way piloted traffic control. 38 39 • Operating a traffic control vehicle or a chase vehicle during a rolling slowdown 40 operation. 41 42 • Operating a vehicle or placing /removing traffic control devices during the setup 43 or takedown of a lane closure. Performing preliminary work to prepare for 44 placing and removing these devices. 45 46 • Operating any of the moving traffic control equipment, or adjusting signing 47 during a mobile operation as described in Section 1- 10.3(2)D. 48 49 • Patrolling and maintaining traffic control measures as described in Section 1- 50 10.3(2)E. The hours of one person will be measured for each patrol route 51 necessary to accomplish the review frequency required by the provision, 52 regardless of the actual number of persons per route. A 2 • Placing and removing Class B construction signs. Performing preliminary work 3 to prepare for placing and removing these signs. 4 5 • Relocation of Portable Changeable Message Signs within the project limits. 6 7 • Installing and removing Barricades Traffic Safety nn nic Barrier nn ims 8 Cones, Tubular Markers and Warning Lights and Flashers to carry out 9 approved Traffic Control Plan(s). Performing preliminary work to prepare for 10 installing these devices. 11 12 Time spent on activities other than those listed will not be measured under this 13 item. 14 15 "Construction Signs, Class A" will be measured by the square foot of panel area for 16 each sign designated on an approved Traffic Control Plan as Class A or for each 17 construction sign installed as ordered by the Engineer and designated as Class A at the 18 time of the order. Class A signs may be used in more than one location and will be 19 measured for each new installation. Class B construction signs will not be measured. 20 Sign posts or supports will not be measured. 21 22 "Sequential Arrow Sign" will be measured by the hour for the ti1e that each sign is 23 operating as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan or as directed by the Engineer. 24 25 "Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured per each one time only for each 26 portable changeable message sign used on the project. The final pay quantity shall be 27 the maximum number of such signs in place at any one time as approved by the 28 Engineer. 29 30 "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign" will be measured by the hour for 31 each hour of operation. The hours of operation will be determined by the Engineer. 32 Hours of operation in excess of those determined by the Engineer will be at the 33 Contractor's expense. 34 35 "Truck Mounted Impact Attenuator" will be measured per each one time only for each 36 truck with mounted impact attenuator used on the project: The final pay quantity shall 37 be the maximum number of truck - mounted impact attenuators in place at any one time. 38 39 "Operation of Tru Mnt Im art Att nater" will be measured by the hour for each -,- era -i --- o. Truck- oud 1 d ......e.. p e..0 b ,,,..�,su,.,u by �,,.. h�u, ��, 40 truck - mounted attenuator manned and operated. Manned and operated shall be when 41 the truck - mounted impact attenuator has an operator and is required to move, in 42 operating position, with the construction operation or when moving the TMA from one 43 position to another on the project. } 44 45 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the force account item of "Repair Truck - 46 Mounted Impact Attenuator". 47 48 No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of "Other Temporary 49 Traffic Control ". 50 1 1- 10.4(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 2 The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 3 Section 1- 10.4(1) and also include one or more of the items included above in Section 4 1- 10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding measurement provision in Section 1- 5 10.4(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be measured as specified. 6 7 1 10.4(4) Owner - Provided Resources 8 The contract provisions may call for specific items of labor, materials or equipment, 9 noted in Section 1 -10 as the responsibility of the Contractor, to be supplied by the 10 Contracting Agency. When this occurs, there will be no adjustment in measurement of 1 unit quantities. 12 13 1 -10.5 Payment 14 1 1- 10.5(1) Lump Sum Bid for Project (No Unit Items) 1 6 "Project Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. 1 7 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 1 8 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1 -10, except for costs 1 9 compensated by bid proposal items inserted through contract provisions as described in 20 Section 1- 10.4(3). 21 22 1 10.5(2) Item Bids with Lump Sum for Incidentals 23 "Traffic Control Supervisor", lump sum. 24 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 25 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1- 10.2(1)B. 26 27 "Flaggers and Spotters ", per hour. 28 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 29 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by 30 the Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1- 10.3(1)A. 31 32 "Other Traffic Control Labor ", per hour. 33 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 34 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all labor costs incurred 35 by the Contractor in performing the contract work specifically mentioned for this item in 36 Section 1- 10.4(2). 37 38 "Construction Signs Class A ", per square foot. 39 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 40 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 41 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 42 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)A. In the event that "Do Not Pass" and "Pass With Care" 43 signs must be left in place, a change order, as described in Section 1 -04.4, will be 44 required. When the bid proposal contains the item "Sign Covering ", then covering those 45 signs indicated in the contract will be measured and paid according to Section 8 -21. 46 47 "Sequential Arrow Sign ", per hour. 48 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 49 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 50 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work J 51 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)B. 52 J • 1 "Portable Changeable Message Sign'', per each. 2 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in nn d with Section 1-10.4(2), Hall I 1..11 a: ... F,. l� 1., -t labor, 3 ai, sairUai tl e vv�u a Seva ava o sl kill be full 1. J11 I�JeI IJdLIVI l IUI all costs of iduvi , 4 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in procuring all portable changeable • 5 message signs required for the project and for transporting these signs to and from the 6 project. l 7 8 "Operation of Portable Changeable Message Sign ", per hour. 9 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 10 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 11 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 12 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)0 except for costs compensated separately under the 13 items "Other Traffic Control Labor" and "Portable Changeable Message Sign ". 14 15 "Truck- Mounted Impact Attenuator ", per each. 16 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 47 accordance with Section A A!1 A //1\ _1__11 be t. -11 compensation for _11 costs of labor, a r a ccop daanc ; n�i t h .Section . - : 0.=: (2), shall be : ull compenst�ation for aU costts of 18 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in performing the contract work 19 described in Section 1- 10.3(3)J except for costs compensated separately under the 20 items "Operation of Truck- Mounted Impact Attenuator" and "Repair Truck - Mounted 21 Impact Attenuator". 22 23 "Operation of Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator ", per hour. 24 The unit contract price, when applied to the number of units measured for this item in 25 accordance with Section 1- 10.4(2), shall be full compensation for all costs of labor, 26 materials and equipment incurred by the Contractor in operating truck - mounted impact 27 attenuators on the project. 28 29 "Repair Truck - Mounted Impact Attenuator ", by force account. 30 All costs of repairing or replacing truck - mounted impact attenuators that are damaged 31 by the motoring public while in use as shown on an approved Traffic Control Plan will be 32 paid for by force account as specified in Section 1 -09.6. To provide a common proposal 33 for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated the amount of force account for 34 "Repair Truck- Mounted impact Attenuator" and has entered the amount in the Proposal 35 to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. Truck - mounted attenuators 36 damaged due to the Contractor's operation or damaged in any manner when not in use 37 shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting 38 Agency. 39 40 "Other Temporary Traffic Control ", lump sum. 41 The lump sum contract payment shall be full compensation for all costs incurred by the 42 Contractor in performing the contract work defined in Section 1 -10, and which costs are 43 not compensated by one of the above - listed items. 44 45 1 10.5(3) Reinstating Unit Items with Lump Sum Traffic Control 46 The contract provisions may establish the project as lump sum, in accordance with 47 Section 1- 10.4(1) and also reinstate the measurement of one or more of the items 48 described in Section 1- 10.4(2). When that occurs, the corresponding payment provision 49 in Section 1- 10.5(2) is not deleted and the work under that item will be paid as specified. 1 1 SECTION 1 -99, APWA SUPPLEMENT 2 August 1, 2005 3 1 -01.3 Definitions (APWA only) page 1 -119 4 The first paragraph under "Add the following:" is revised to read: 5 6 All references in the Standard Specifications to the terms "State ", "Governor", 7 "Department of Transportation ", "Washington State Transportation Commission ", 8 "Commission ", "Secretary of Transportation ", "Secretary", "Headquarters ", and "State 9 Treasurer" shall be revised to read "Contracting Agency ". 10 11 Section 1 - 04.2 (APWA Only) page 1 - 125 12 The second paragraph is revised to read: 13 14 Any inconsistency in the parts of the contract shall be resolved by following this order of 15 precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 16 17 1. Addenda, 18 2. Proposal Form, 19 3. Special Provisions, 20 4. Contract Plans, 21 5. Amendments to Division 1 -99 APWA Supplement 22 6. Division 1 -99 APWA Supplement 23 7. Amendments to the WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications, 24 8. WSDOT /APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal 25 Construction 26 9. Contracting Agency's Standard Plans (if any) 27 10. WSDOT /APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 28 29 Section 1 07.18.4 (APWA Only) Page 1 - 134 and 1 - 135 30 This section is revised to read: 31 32 When the Contractor delivers the executed contract for the work to the Contracting 33 Agency it shall be accompanied by a Certificate(s) of Insurance and endorsements for 34 each policy of insurance meeting the requirements set forth above. The certificate must 35 conform to the following requirements: 36 37 An ACORD certificate Form 25 -S, showing the insuring company, policy effective dates, 38 limits of liability and the Schedule of Forms and Endorsements. 39 40 A copy of the endorsement naming Contracting Agency and any other entities required 41 by the Contract Provisions as Additional Insured(s), and stating that coverage is primary 42 and noncontributory, showing the policy number, and signed by an authorized 43 representative of the insurance company on Form CG2010 (ISO) or equivalent. { 44 45 The certificate(s) shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation 46 notification to the Contracting Agency: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no 47 obligation or liability of any kind upon the company." 48 49 Section 1 - 10 Temporary Traffic Control (APWA Only) page 141 50 This section is revised to read: 51 j 1 7- i0.1(2) Description (APVWA only) 2 The third paragraph is revised to read: 0 4 The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not 5 otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor i 5 shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and 7 other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at an times 8 from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor's operations which may occur 9 on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No work shall be done on or 10 adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are 11 in place . l 1 SECTION 2 -02, REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2 August 1, 2005 3 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs 4 The section title is revised to read: 5 6 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters 7 8 The first sentence is revised to read: 9 10 In removing pavement, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the Contractor shall: 11 12 Item 3 is revised to read: 13 14 3. Make a vertical saw cut between any existing pavement, sidewalk, curb, or gutter 15 that is to remain and the portion to be removed. 16 17 2 -02.4 Measurement 18 This section is supplemented with the following: 19 20 No specific unit of measurement shall apply to the lump sum item of removal of 21 structures and obstruction. 22 23 2 - 02.5 Payment 24 The second paragraph is revised to read: 25 26 If pavements, sidewalks, curbs, or gutters lie within an excavation area, their removal 27 will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. 1 SECTION 2 -03, ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 January 5, 2004 3 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Maximum (tensity and optim m Ire content shall b determined b on o f th ._� ... . .. .. �., . .... ... � vv .. w �.• shall v 4Vltrl 11 111 ll�u by one of the 7 following methods: 8 9 1. materials with Tess than 30 percent by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve 10 shall be determined using FOP for AASHTO T 99 Method A. 11 12 2. materials with 30 percent or more by weight retained on the U.S. No. 4 sieve 13 and less than 30 percent retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be determined by 14 WSDOT Test Method No. 606 or FOP for AASHTO T 180 Method D. The 15 determination of which test procedure to use will be made solely by the 16 Contracting Agency. 17 18 3. materials with 30 percent or more retained on the 3/4 inch sieve shall be 19 determined by WSDOT Test Method No. 606. 20 21 In pine,- density will b d using Test Methods WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 17 determined u.� l� eV�s Ivw vvOvvl FOP IVI �SH . IIJ T 22 310 and WSDOT SOP for T 615. _i 1 1 SECTION 4 -04, BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 2 January 5, 2004 3 4- 04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction 4 In the first paragraph, the first sentence is revised to read: l 5 6 Immediately following spreading and final shaping, each layer of surfacing shall be 7 compacted to at least 95 percent of the standard density determined by the 8 requirements of Section 2- 03.3(14)D before the next succeeding layer of surfacing or 9 pavement is placed. j 1 1 SECTION 5 -04, HOT MIX ASPHALT 2 August 1, 2005 3 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design 4 The first paragraph "1. General ", is revised to read: 5 6 1. General_ Prinr to the prnrduction of HMA\ th C shall determine a desi - --- -- --- r ._. _ .. .. ...... y ... .... �,��..�� uvw�iu��. a design 7 aggregate structure and asphalt binder content in accordance with WSDOT 8 Standard Operating Procedure 732. Once the design aggregate structure and 9 asphalt binder content have been determined, the Contractor shall provide test data 10 demonstrating that the design meets the requirements of Sections 9- 03.8(2) and 9- 11 03.8(6) on WSDOT HMA Mix Design Submittal form 350 -042. In no case shall the 12 paving begin before the determination of anti -strip requirements has been made. 13 14 5 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture 15 In Item 2 (Aggregates) the second sentence is revised to read: 1 J 17 The acceptance criteria for aggregate properties of sand equivalent, fine aggregate 18 angularity and fracture will be their conformance to the requirements of Section 9- 19 03.8(2). 20 21 In item 3, C (Test R u!s t� the se and third are revised d # d: C. s (Test e..�... -„ h paragraphs u. c , ev.Seu �o read: 22 23 Subiot sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by 24 the Contractor. For HMA mixture accepted by statistical evaluation with a mix design 25 that did not meet the verification tolerances, the test results in the test section including 26 the percent air voids (Va) may be challenged. To challenge test results, the Contractor 27 shall submit a written challenge within five working days after receipt of the specific test 28 results. A split of the original acceptance sample will be sent for testing to either the 29 Region Materials Lab or the State Materials Lab as determined by the Project Engineer. 30 The split of the sample with challenged results will not be tested with the same 31 equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The challenge 32 sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and for asphalt binder content. 33 34 The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the 35 acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: 36 37 Deviation 38 U.S. No. 4 sieve and larger Percent passing +4.0 39 U.S. No. 8 sieve Percent passing ±2.0 40 U.S. No. 200 sieve Percent passing ±0.4 .] 41 Asphalt binder % Percent binder content ±0.3 42 Va % Percent Va ±0.7 43 44 Item 3, D. (Test Methods) is revised to read: 45 46 D. Test Methods 47 Testing of HMA for compliance of volumetric properties (VMA, VFA and Va) will be 48 by WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure SOP 731. Testing for compliance of 49 asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for 50 compliance of gradation will be by WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27/T 11. 51 J 1 In item 3,E (Test Section - HMA Mixture) the first sentence in the third paragraph is revised 2 to read: 3 4 For a test section to be acceptable, with or without a verified mix design, the pay factor 5 (PFi) for each of gradation, asphalt binder, VMA, VFA and Va shall be 0.95 or greater, 6 and the remaining test requirements in Section 9- 03.8(2) (dust/asphalt ratio, sand 7 equivalent, fine aggregate angularity and fracture) shall conform to the requirements of 8 that Section. 9 10 5 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness 11 In the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 12 13 The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than 1/8 inch from the 14 lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. 15 16 5 - 04.4 Measurement 17 The first sentence is revised to read: 18 19 HMA CL. PG , HMA for CL. PG , and Commercial HMA will be 20 measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1 -09.2, with no deduction being made 21 for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of 22 the mixture. 23 24 5 - 04.5 Payment 25 The statement for the pay item " Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" is revised to read: 26 27 The unit contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" 28 shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 29 04.3(5)E with the exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA 30 shall be included in the unit contract price per ton for "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl._ 31 PG ", per ton. _J 1 SEC T iON 5 -05, CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2 August 1, 2005 3 5 05.3(7) Placing, Spreading, and Compacting Concrete 4 The second paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 The average density of the cares shall be at least 97 percent of the approved mix - - - - o - density - � the -- .. ..... ... . ....... .. ... ,.. of ui�. approved 7 design density with no cores having a density of less than 96 percent. 8 9 5 05.3(1) Concrete Mix Design for Paving 10 Number 1. Materials, is revised to read: 11 12 1. Materials. Materials shall conform to Section 5 -05.2. Fine aggregate shall 13 conform to Section 9- 03.1(2), Class 1. Coarse aggregate shall conform to Section 14 9- 03.1(4) AASHTO grading No. 467. An alternate combined gradation may be 15 proposed, which has a maximum aggregate size equal to or greater than a 2 -inch 16 square sieve. The combined aggregate gradation shall conform to Section 9- 17 03.1(5). 18 19 Fly ash, if used, shall not exceed 35 percent by weight of the total cementitious 20 material, shall conform to Section 9 -23.9 and shall be limited to Class F with a 21 maximum CaO content of 15 percent by weight. 22 23 Ground granulated blast furnace slag, if used, shall not exceed 25 percent by 24 weight of the total cementitious material and shall conform to Section 9- 23.10. 25 When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the 26 concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 35 percent by 27 weight of the total cementitious material. As an alternative to the use of fly ash, 28 ground granulated blast furnace slag and cement as separate components, a 29 blended hydraulic cement that meets the requirements of Section 9- 01.2(4) 30 Blended Hydraulic Cements may be used. 31 32 The water /cement ratio shall be calculated on the total weight of cementitious 33 material. The following are considered cementitious materials: Portland cement, 34 fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag and microsilica. The minimum 35 cementitious material for any mix design shall be 564 pounds per cubic yard. 1 SECTION 8 -01, EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 2 August 1, 2005 3 8- 01.3(1)B Erosion and Sediment Control (ESC) Lead 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 The Contractor shall identify the ESC Lead at the preconstruction discussions. The 7 ESC Lead shall have, for the life of the contract, a current Certificate of Training in 8 Construction Site Erosion and Sediment Control from a course approved by WSDOT's 9 Statewide Erosion Control Coordinator. 10 11 The ESC Lead shall implement the Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) 12 plan. Implementation shall include, but is not limited to: 13 14 1. Installing and maintaining all temporary erosion and sediment control Best 15 Management Practices (BMPs) included in the TESC plan to assure continued 16 performance of their intended function. Damaged or inadequate TESC BMPs 17 shall be corrected immediately. 18 19 2. Inspecting all on -site erosion and sediment control BMPs at least once every 20 five working days and each working day there is a runoff event. Inspections 21 shall occur within 24 hours of the runoff event. A TESC Inspection Report 22 shall be prepared for each inspection and shall be included in the TESC file. A 23 copy of each TESC Inspection Report shall be submitted to the Engineer no 24 later than the end of the next working day following the inspection. The report 25 shall include, but not be limited to: 26 27 a. When, where and how BMPs were installed, maintained, modified, 28 and removed; 29 b. Observations of BMP effectiveness and proper placement; 30 c. Recommendations for improving future BMP performance with 31 upgraded or replacement BMPs when inspections reveal TESC plan 32 inadequacies. 33 34 3. Updating and maintaining a TESC file on site that includes, but is not limited to: 35 36 a. TESC Inspection Reports. 37 b. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control (TESC) plan narrative. 38 c. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System construction permit 39 (Notice of Intent). 40 d. Other applicable permits. 41 42 Upon request, the file shall be provided to the Engineer for review. 43 44 8 01.3(1)C Ground Water 45 This section including title is revised to read: 46 47 8 01.3(1)C Water Management 48 1. Ground Water 49 When ground water is encountered in an excavation, it shall be treated and 50 discharged as follows: 51 J 1 A. When the ground water conforms to Water Quality Standards for Surface 2 Waters of the State of Washington (Chapter 173 -201A WAC), it may j 3 bypass detention and treatment facilities and be routed directly to its 4 normal discharge point at a rate and method that will not cause erosion. 5 6 B. When the turbidity of the ground water is similar to the turbidity of the site 7 runoff, the around water may be treated using the Game detention and 8 treatment facilities being used to treat the site runoff and then discharged 9 at a rate that will not cause erosion. 10 11 C. When the turbidity is greater than the turbidity of the site runoff, the ground 12 water shall be treated separately until the turbidity is similar to or better 13 than the site runoff, and then may be combined and treated as in B, 14 above. 15 2. Process Water 16 All water generated on site from construction or washing activities that is more 17 turbid than site runoff shall be treated separately until the turbidity is the same or 18 less than the site runoff, and then may be combined and treated as in 1B, above. 19 Water may be infiltrated upon the approval of the Engineer. 20 21 3. Offsite Water 22 The Contractor shall, prior to disrupti of the normal watercourse, intercept the 23 offsite stormwater and pipe it either through or around the project site. This water 24 shall not be combined with onsite stormwater and shaii be discharged at its pre- 25 construction outfall point in such a manner that there is no increase in erosion 26 below the site. 27 28 The method for performing this work shall be provided by the Contractor for the 29 Engineer's approval. J 1 SECTION 8 -02, ROADSIDE RESTORATION 2 August 1, 2005 3 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Before starting any work that disturbs the earth and as described in Sections 8 -01, 8 -02 7 and 8 -03, the Contractor shall submit a roadside work plan for approval by the 8 Engineer. The roadside work plan shall define the work necessary to provide all 9 contract requirements, including: clearing and grubbing, roadway excavation and 10 embankment, planting area preparation, seeding, planting, plant replacement, irrigation, 11 and weed control in narrative form. 12 13 The Roadside Work Plan shall also include the following: 14 15 Progress Schedule 16 In accordance with Section 1 -08.3, the Progress Schedule shall include the 17 planned time periods for work necessary to provide all contract requirements 18 covered in Sections 8 -01, 8 -02, and 8 -03. Where appropriate, notes on the 19 schedule shall indicate the calendar dates during which these activities must occur. 20 21 Weed Control Plan 22 The Weed Control Plan shall be submitted and approved prior to starting any work 23 defined in Section 8- 02.3(2). 24 25 The weed control plan shall show the scheduling of all weed control measures 26 required under the Contract including, hand weeding, rototilling, applications of 27 herbicides, noxious weed control, mowing, and shoulder slope weed control. Target 28 weeds and unwanted vegetation to be removed shall be identified and listed in the 29 weed control plan. 30 31 The plan shall be prepared and signed by a licensed Commercial Pest Control 32 Consultant when chemical pesticides are proposed. The plan shall include 33 methods of weed control; dates of weed control operations; and the name, 34 application rate, and Material Safety Data sheets of all proposed herbicides. In 35 addition, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a copy of the current 36 product label for each pesticide and spray adjuvant to be used. These product l 37 labels shall be submitted with the weed control plan for approval. J 38 39 Plant Establishment Plan 40 The Plant Establishment Plan shall be prepared in accordance with Section 8- J 41 02.3(13), submitted and approved prior to initial planting acceptance in accordance 42 with Section 8- 02.3(12). The Plan shall show the proposed scheduling of activities, 43 materials, equipment to be utilized for the first year plant establishment, and an 44 emergency contact person. The Plan shall include the management of the 45 irrigation system, when applicable. Should the plan become unworkable at any time 46 during the first year plant establishment, the Contractor shall submit a revised plan J 47 prior to proceeding with further work. 48 49 No on -site soil placement, grading, weed control, irrigation, or planting work shall 50 begin until the plan is approved. Upon approval of the roadside work plan by the 51 Engineer, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the approved plan. 1 1 2 8- 02.3(12) Completion of Initial Planting 3 item 1. is revised to read: 4 5 1. 100 percent of each of the plant material categories shall be installed as shown in 6 the Contract Plans. A minimum of 95% shall be in a healthy and vigorous growing 7 condition_ as descrihed in Section 8 -07 on May 3l 8 9 8 -02.5 Payment 10 The 11th paragraph is revised to read: 11 12 Payment shall be increased to 70 percent of the unit contract price per each for - 13 contracted plant material at the completion of the initial planting. 14 1 The 12th paragraph is revised to read: 17 Pa yment ..4...11 L... _r to the i a shall be increased tai ;he appi opriate percentage upon accomplishment of 18 the following phases of plant establishment. 19 20 3 months after completion of initial planting 80% 21 6 months after completion of initial planting 90% • ) 22 Completion of 1st year plant establishment 100% • 23 24 The 25th paragraph is revised to read: 25 • 26 "Fine Compost ", per cubic yard. 27 28 The below bid item is inserted to follow the 25th paragraph: 29 "Course Compost ", per cubic yard. 31 32 The 26th paragraph is revised to read: 33 n Jet The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Fine Compost" or "Course Compost" shall be 35 full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the existing soil. • • --J _-J 1 SECTION 8 -04, CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 2 December 6, 2004 3 8- 04.3(1)A Extruded Cement Concrete Curb 4 The second and third paragraphs are revised to read: 5 6 The pavement shall be dry and cleaned of loose and deleterious material prior to curb 7 placement. Cement concrete curbs shall be anchored to the existing pavement by 8 placing steel tie bars 1 foot on each side of every joint. 9 10 Tie bars shall meet the dimensions shown in the Standard Plans. j 1 SECTION 8 -14, CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 2 August 22, 2005 3 8- 14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete 4 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: Sidewalk ramps shall he of the type specified in the Plans Th detectable warning - - .. . .. ..... ., the type specified in the Plans. ro. � i �c detectable vv 7 pattern shall have the truncated dome shape shown in the Standard Plans and may be 8 installed using a manufactured material before or after the concrete has cured, or by • 9 installing masonry or ceramic tiles. Embossing or stamping the wet concrete to achieve 10 the truncated dome pattern or using a mold into which a catalyst hardened material is 11 applied shall not be allowed. Acceptable manufacturers' products are shown on the 12 Qualified Products List. 13 14 When masonry or ceramic tiles are used to create the detectable warning pattern, the 15 Contractor shall block out the detectable warning pattern area to the depth required for 16 installation of the tiles and finish the construction of the concrete ramp. After the 17 concrete has set and the forms have been removed, the Contractor shall install the tiles 18 using standard masonry practices. 19 20 The two -foot wide detectable warning pattern area on the ramp shall be yellow and shall 21 match Federal Standard 595a, color number iii . when painting the detectable 22 warning pattern is required, paint shall conform to section 9- 34.2(1). 23 24 Section 8 -14.3 is supplemented with the following: 25 26 8 14.3(5) Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit 27 Where shown in the plans, the Contractor shall retrofit existing cement concrete 28 sidewalk ramps by installing a detectable warning pattern having the truncated dome 29 shape shown in the Standard Plans. The warning pattern shall be the width of the ramp 30 and cover the bottom two feet of the ramp. The truncated dome pattern shall be 31 perpendicular to the long axis of the ramp. 33 The Contractor shall use one of the detectable warning pattern products listed in the 34 Qualified Products List or submit another manufacturer's_ product for approval by the 35 Engineer. The warning pattern shall be capable of being bonded to an existing cement 36 concrete surface. The surface of the warning pattern, excluding the domes, shall not be 37 more than 3/8 inch above the surface of the concrete after installation. 38 } 39 8 -14.4 Measurement 40 This section is supplemented with the following: 41 42 Ramp detectable warning retrofit will be measured by the square foot of truncated dome 43 material installed on the existing ramp. 44 45 8 - 14.5 Payment 46 The following new bid item is inserted after "Cement Conc. Sidewalk Ramp Type ", per 1 47 each. 48 49 "Ramp Detectable Warning Retrofit ", per square foot. 1 SECTION 8- 20,ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 2 April 5, 2004 3 8- 20.3(5) Conduit 4 The third sentence in the seventeenth paragraph is revised to read: 5 6 Grout shall obtain a minimum of 4000 psi compressive strength at 7 days. 7 8 8 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull boxes 9 This section is supplemented with the following: 10 11 Where conduit and junction boxes are placed in barrier, the Prime Contractor shall 12 coordinate the work of the Contractor constructing the barrier and the electrical 13 Contractor so that each junction box placed in the barrier is placed in correct alignment 14 with respect to the barrier, with the face of the box flush or uniformly chamfered within %2 15 inch of the barrier surface. If any point on the surface of the junction box placed in 16 barrier is recessed more than 1/2 inch from the surface of the barrier, the Contractor 17 shall install a box extension meeting the Engineer's approval and grout around the 18 extension or remove and replace the entire section of barrier. 19 20 8 20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding 21 The first paragraph is revised to read: 22 23 All metallic appurtenances containing electrical conductors (luminaires, light standards, 24 cabinets, metallic conduit, non - metallic conduit, etc.) shall be made mechanically and 25 electrically secure to form a continuous systems which shall be effectively grounded. 26 Where metallic conduit systems are employed, the conduit system constitutes the 27 equipment grounding conductor. Where nonmetallic conduit is installed, the installation 28 shall include an equipment ground conductor, in addition to the conductors noted in the 29 contract. Bonding jumpers and equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in 30 accordance with Section 9 -29.3. The equipment ground conductor between the 31 isolation switch and the sign lighter fixtures may be No. 14 AWG stranded copper 32 conductor. Where parallel circuits are enclosed in a common conduit, the equipment 33 grounding conductor shall be sized by the rating of the largest overcurrent device 34 serving any circuit contained within the conduit. 35 36 8 20.3(11) Testing 37 The fourth paragraph is revised to read: 38 39 When the project includes a traffic signal system, the Contractor shall conduct tests 40 noted in Section 8- 20.3(14)D. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a minimum of 41 five days advance written notice of the proposed traffic signal turn -on date and time. 42 The traffic signal turn -on procedure shall not begin until all required channelization, 43 pavement markings, illumination, signs, and sign lights are substantially complete and 44 operational unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide 45 traffic control to stop all traffic from entering the intersection. The Contracting Agency 46 electronics technician will program the controller and enter the timing data, then turn 47 the traffic signal system to its flash mode to verify proper flash indications. The 48 Contracting Agency electronics technician will then conduct functional tests to 49 demonstrate that each part of the traffic signal system functions as specified. The 50 Contractor shall conduct functional tests to demonstrate that each part of the j 1 illumination system, or other electrical system, functions as specified. These 2 demonstration shall be conducted in the presence of a Contracting Agency electronic 3 technician, the Contracting Agency electrical inspector, and Regional Traffic Engineer or 4 his /her designee. The Contracting Agency electronics technician will then turn the 5 traffic signal to stop- and -go operation for no Tess than one full cycle. Based on the 1 6 results of the turn -on, the Engineer will direct the Contracting Agency electronics 7 technician to either turn the traffic signal on to normal stop- and -go operation to turn the 8 signal to flash mode for a period not to exceed five calendar days, or to turn the signal 9 off and require the Contractor to cover all signal displays and correct all deficiencies. _-J 1 1 SECTION 9 -01, PORTLAND CEMENT 2 December 6, 2004 3 9- 01.2(1) Portland Cement 4 This section is revised to read: 5 6 Portland cement shall conform to the requirements for Types I, II, or III cement of the 7 Standard Specifications for Portland Cement, AASHTO M 85 or ASTM C 150, except 8 that the content of alkalis shall not exceed 0.75 percent by weight calculated as Na 9 plus 0.658 K except that the content of Tricalcium aluminate (C shall not 10 exceed 8 percent by weight calculated as 2.650Al minus 1.692Fe The total 11 amount of processing additions used shall not exceed 1% of the weight of portland 12 cement clinker. The type and amount of processing additions used shall be shown on 13 mill test reports. 14 15 The time of setting shall be determined by the Vicat Test method, AASHTO T 131 or 16 ASTM C 191. 17 18 9 01.2(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement 19 This section is revised to read: 20 21 Blended hydraulic cement shall be either Type IP (MS), Type I (SM) (MS) or Type I 22 (PM) (MS) cement conforming to AASHTO M 240 and meet the following additional 23 requirements: 24 25 1. Type IP(MS) Portland - Pozzolan Cement with moderate sulfate resistance. 26 27 This product shall be limited to Portland Cement and Pozzolan. Pozzolan shall 28 be limited to fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag. Fly ash is limited 29 between 15 percent and 35 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 30 Ground granulated blast furnace slag is limited between 15 percent and 25 31 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 32 33 2. Type I(SM) (MS) Slag Modified Portland Cement with moderate sulfate } 34 resistance. 35 36 This product shall be limited to Portland Cement and ground granulated blast 37 furnace slag. The addition of ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be } 38 limited to a maximum of 25 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 39 40 3. Type l(PM)(MS) Pozzolan — Modified Portland Cement with moderate sulfate 41 resistance. 42 43 The product shall be limited to Portland Cement and pozzolan. The pozzolan 44 shall be limited to fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag at a 45 maximum of 15 percent by weight of the cementitious material. 46 47 The source and weight of the fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag shall be 48 certified on the cement mill test certificate and shall be reported as a percent by weight 49 of the total cementitious material. The fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag 50 constituent content in the finished cement will not vary morethan plus or minus 5 51 percent by weight of the finished cement from the certified value. J 2 Fly ash shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -23.9 of these Standard Specifications. 3 4 Ground granulated blast furnace slag shall meet the requirements of Section 9 -23.10 of 5 these Standard Specifications. 1 1 SECTION 9 -02, BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 2 August 1, 2005 3 9- 02.1(3) Rapid- Curing (RC) Liquid Asphalt 4 The column headings MC -70, MC -250, MC -800, and MC -3000 are revised to RC -70, RC- 5 250, RC -800, and RC -3000 respectively. 6 7 The RC -250 requirement for "Residue of 680 °F distillation % volume by difference" is revised 8 from67to65. 9 10 9- 02.1(4)A Performance Grade (PG) Asphalt Cement 11 This section including title is revised to read: 12 13 9- 02.1(4)A Performance Graded Asphalt Binder 14 PG58 PG64 PG70 PG76 Performance Grade -22 -28 1 -34 -22 -28 -34 -22 -28 -34 -22 -28 Original Binder Flash point temp, AASHTO T48 Minimum 230 °C Viscosity, AASHTO T316 Maximum 3 Pa • s, test 135 temp, °C Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G* /sin❑, minimum 58 64 70 76 1.00 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad /s, °C Rolling Thin Film Oven Residue (AASHTO T240) Mass Change, Maximum, 1 . 00 percent Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G* /sin❑, minimum 58 64 70 76 2.20 kPa Test temp. @ 10 rad /s, ° C Pressure Aging Vessel Residue (AASHTO R28) PAV aging temperature, 100 °C Dynamic shear, AASHTO T315 G *sing maximum 5000 kPa Test temp. @ 22 19 16 25 22 19 28 25 22 31 28 10 rad /s, °C Creep stiffness, AASHTO T313 S, maximum 300 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 -24 -12 -18 MPa, m - value, minimum 0.300 Test temp. @ 60 s, °C 15 16 All Performance Grade asphalt binders not included in this chart shall be determined by 17 Table 1- Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Specification in AASHTO M320. J 18 1 9- 02.1(9) Coal Tar Pitch Emulsion 2 The first two sentences are replaced with the following: 0 4 The coal tar pitch emulsions shall conform to the requirements found in ASTM D 5727. I .. l 1 1 SECTION 9 -03, AGGREGATES 2 August 22, 2005 3 9- 03.1(1) General Requirements 4 This section is revised to read: 1 5 6 Portland cement concrete aggregates shall be manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or ll 7 sand and gravel in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 -01. 8 9 Aggregates tested in accordance with AASHTO T 303 or ASTM C 1260 with expansion 10 greater than 0.20 percent are Alkali Silica Reactive (ASR) and will require mitigating 11 measures. Aggregates tested in accordance with ASTM C 1293 with expansion greater 12 than 0.04 percent are Alkali Silica Reactive (ASR) and will require mitigating measures. 13 14 Aggregates for use in Commercial Concrete as defined in 6-02.3(2)B shall not require 15 mitigation. 16 17 Mitigating measures for aggregates with expansions from 0.21 to 0.45 percent, when 18 tested in accordance with AASHTO T 303 or ASTM C 1260, may be accomplished by 19 using low alkali cement as per 9- 01.2(3) or by using 25% Class F fly ash by total weight 20 of the cementitious materials. The Contractor may submit an alternative mitigating 21 measure through the Project Engineer to the State Materials Laboratory for - approval 22 along with evidence in the form of test results from AASHTO T 303 or ASTM C 1260 23 that demonstrate the mitigation when used with the proposed aggregate controls 24 expansion to 0.20 percent or Tess. The agency may test the proposed ASR mitigation 25 measure to verify its effectiveness. In the event of a dispute, the agency's results will 26 prevail. 27 28 Mitigating measures for aggregates with expansions greater than 0.45 percent when 29 tested in accordance with AASHTO T -303 or ASTM C -1260 shall include the use of low 30 alkali cement per 9- 01.2(3) and may include the use of fly ash, lithium compound 31 admixtures, ground granulated blast furnace slag or other material as approved by the 32 Engineer. The Contractor shall submit evidence in the form of test results from ASTM C 33 1260 or AASHTO T 303 through the Project Engineer to the State Materials Laboratory 34 that demonstrate the proposed mitigation when used with the aggregates proposed will 35 control the potential expansion to 0.20 percent or less before the aggregate source may 36 be used in concrete. The agency may test the proposed ASR mitigation measure to 37 verify its effectiveness. In the event of a dispute, the agency's results will prevail. 38 39 Passing petrographic analysis (ASTM C 295) accepted by WSDOT prior to August 1, 40 2005, is acceptable as proof of mitigation until the aggregate source is reevaluated. 41 42 ASTM C 1293 sampling and testing must be coordinated through the WSDOT State 43 Materials Laboratory, Documentation Section utilizing the ASA (Aggregate Source 44 Approval ) process. Cost of sampling, testing, and processing will be borne by the 45 source owner. 46 47 9 03.1(4)C Grading 48 The third paragraph is revised to read: 49 50 In individual tests, a variation of four under the minimum percentages or over the 51 maximum percentages will be permitted, provided the average of three consecutive 1 1 tests is within the specification limits. Coarse aggregate shall contain no piece of greater 2 size than two times the maximum sieve size for the specified grading measured along 3 the line of greatest dimension. 4 5 9 03.1(5) Combined Aggregate Gradation for Portland Cement Concrete • 6 This section is revised to read: 7 8 As an option to using Coarse and Fine graded aggregates for Portland Cement 9 Concrete, aggregate gradation may consist of a combined gradation. Aggregates shall 10 consist of sand, gravel, crushed stone, or other inert material or combinations thereof, 11 having hard, strong durable particles free from adherent coatings. Aggregates shall be 12 washed to remove clay, loam, alkali, organic matter, silt, bark, sticks, or other 13 deleterious matter. 14 15 9 Grading 16 This section is revised to read: 17 18 If a nominal maximum aggregate size is not specified, the Contractor shall determine 19 the nominal maximum aggregate size, using AC1 211.1 as a guide. In no case will the 20 maximum aggregate size exceed one -fifth of the narrowest dimension between sides of • 21 the forms, one -third the depth of slabs, nor three - fourths of the minimum clear spacing 22 between individual reinforcing bars, bundles of bars, or pretensioning strands. 23 24 The combined aggregate shall conform to the following requirements based upon the 25 nominal maximum aggregate size. ] 26 27 Nominal Maximum 28 Aggregate Size 1 -1/2 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 No. 4 29 30 2 100 3I 1-1/2 $ 1400' 1 00 32 1 82400* 1 no 33 3/4 62 -88 87 100 34 1/2 57 -83 0 100 35 3/8 43 -64 60 -88 8:64i1:00* 100 ' 36 4 29 -47 34 -54 41 -64 48 -73 6.8� _1:.00 37 8 19 -34 22 -39 27 -47 31 -54 39 -73 1 38 16 12 -25 14 -29 17 -34 20 -39 24 -54 28 -73 I 39 30 7-18 Q_71 9-25 11-29 13-39 16-54 40 50 3 -14 3 -15 4 -18 5 -21 6 -29 7 -39 41 100 0 -10 0 -11 0 -14 0 -15 0 -21 0 -29 42 200 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 0 -2.0 43 44 *' = Nominal Maximum Size 45 46 All percentages are by weight. _ 47 48 Nominal maximum size for concrete aggregate is defined as the smallest standard sieve 49 opening through which the entire amount of the aggregate is permitted to pass. 50 Standard sieve sizes shall be those listed in ASTM C 33. 51 J 3 1 The Contracting Agency may sample each component aggregate prior to introduction to 2 the weigh batcher or as otherwise determined by the Engineer. Each separate 3 component will be sieve analyzed alone per AASHTO Test Method T- 11/27. All 4 material components will be mathematically re- combined by proportions (Weighted • 5 Average), supplied by the Contractor. 6 7 9 03.8(2) HMA Test Requirements 8 Number 1 is revised to read: 9 10 Vacant. 11 12 Item 3 is revised to read: 13 14 3. The uncompacted void content for the combined fine aggregate is tested in 15 accordance with WSDOT Test Method for AASHTO T 304, Method A. The 16 minimum percent voids shall be as required in the following table: 17 18 Traffic HMA Evaluation 19 ESAL's (millions) Statistical & Nonstiatistical Commercial 20 < 3 40 40 21 >_ 3 44 40 22 23 The last paragraph of this section is revised to read: 24 25 When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific contract or for a 26 future contract, the fine aggregate angularity, fracture, and sand equivalent 27 requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a 28 stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the specifications for fine 29 aggregate angularity, fracture, and sand equivalents shall apply at the time of its 30 introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. 31 32 9 03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 33 The requirement for "VMA" is revised to read: 34 35 VMA 1.5% below minimum value in 9- 03.8(2) 36 37 9 03.12(4) Gravel Backfill for Drains 38 The percent Passing for Sieve size 3/8" square is revised from "10 - 40" to "0 - 40 ". 39 40 9 03.12(5) Gravel Backfill for Drywells 41 The percent passing for sieve size 1" square is revised to "50- 100 ". 42 43 9 03.14(1) Gravel Borrow 44 This section is supplemented with the following: 45 46 Ballast may be substituted for gravel borrow for embankment construction. 47 48 Section 9 -03.14 is supplemented with the following: 49 50 9 03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall 51 All backfill material used in the reinforced soil zone of the geosynthetic retaining wall 52 shall conform to requirements of Section 9- 03.14(1) and shall be free draining, free from 1 organic or otherwise deleterious material. The material shall be substantially free of 2 shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled materials, 3 such as glass, shredded tires, portiand cement concrete rubble, or asphaltic concrete 4 rubble. The backfill material shall meet the following requirements: 5 6 Property Test Method Allowable Test Value 7 Los Angeles Wear, 8 500 rev. AASHTO T 96 35 percent max. 9 Degradation WSDOT Test Method 113 15 min. 10 pH AASHTO T 289 -91 ** 11 12 ** 4.5 to 9 for permanent walls and 3 to 10 for temporary wails 13 14 Wall backfill material satisfying these gradation, durability and chemical requirements 15 shall be classified as nonaggressive. 16 17 9 Recycled Hot Mix Asphalt 18 The Maximum Bitumen Content (Percent) for Gravel Borrow is revised from "0" to "1.2 ". _.l i 1 SECTION 9 -15, IRRIGATION SYSTEM 2 January 5, 2004 3 9 -15.2 Drip Tubing 4 The second sentence is revised to read: 5 6 Drip tubing shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.045 inch. ll 7 1 SECTION 9 -29, ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 2 April 4, 2005 3 9 -29.3 Conductors, Cable 4 Under the second paragraph, item 5 is revised to read: J 6 5 Pnle and bracket c able shall be a t cond cabl r for 600 volts. The ... .+. .+ ... ..�. bracket cable shall a two-conductor cable rated for 600 VVI W. The 7 individual conductors shall be one red and one black 19- strand No. 10 AWG 8 copper, assembled parallel. The conductor insulation shall be 45 -mil polyvinyl 9 chloride or a 600 volt rated cross - linked polyethylene. The Jacketing shall be . 10 polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride not less than 45 -mils thick. If luminaires with 11 remote ballasts are specified in the contract, this same cable shall be used 12 between luminaire and ballast for both timber and ornamental pole construction. If 13 the luminaire requires fixture wire temperatures greater than 75 °C, the outer jacket 14 shall be stripped for that portion of the cable inside the luminaire. The single 15 conductors shall then be sheathed with braided fiberglass sleeving of the 16 temperature rating recommended by the luminaire manufacturer. 17 18 9 - 29.6 Light and Signal Standards 19 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following: 20 21 Fabrication of light and signal standards shall conform to the applicable requirements of • 22 Section 6- 03.3(14). 23 24 9 29.6(1) Light and Signal Standards 25 This section including title is revised to read: 26 27 9 29.6(1) Steel Light and Signal Standards 28 Steel plates and shapes for light and Signal standards shall conform to ASTM A 36, 29 except that structural shapes may conform to ASTM A 992. Shafts for light and signal 30 standards, except Type PPB signal standards, shall conform to ASTM A 572 Grade 50. 31 Shafts and caps for Type PPB signal standards, siipfitters for type PS i, FB, and RM 32 t signal s1.LAI tanrdard e I n,m1-1 all pi d./ pe J s II c n forr, d AST1\A A Gam] Gr In- -1-t f v, J G1 aJ G IV uu V i C JIIg11 1.V111 V1111 LL/ I JO B. u / �aJ 1 IV !1 VIQUC Q J C tlIQ LCJ iv! 33 light standards shall conform to ASTM A 572, Grade 50, except as otherwise noted in 34 the Standard plans for fixed base light standards. Base plates for signal standards shall 35 conform to ASTM A 36. Connecting bolts shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Fasteners 36 for handhole covers, bands on lighting brackets, and connector attachment brackets 37 shall conform to ASTM F 593. 38 39 Light and signal standards shall be hot - dipped galvanized in accordance with AASHTO 40 M 111 and AASHTO M 232. 41 42 Steel used for light and signal standards shall have a controlled silicon content of either 43 0.00 to 0.04 percent or 0.15 to 0.25 percent. Mill test certificates verifying the silicon 44 content of the steel shall be submitted to both the galvanizer and the Engineer prior to 45 beginning galvanizing operations. 46 47 9 29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware 4 8 This section is revised to read: I r ill Siip plates and anchor plates for light standards and for Type FB and RIBA si ` ••1� 1 "•�"�"" ••• .,.. �.+. for light standards and for Type 1 V and 1 \IVI signal 51 standards shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 572 Grade 50. The keeper 3 1 plate shall be 28 gage, conforming to ASTM A 653 coating designation G 90. Clamping 2 bolts for slip base assemblies and slip base adapters shall conform to AASHTO M 164. } 3 Studs and bolts for slip base adapters shall conform to AASHTO M 164. Nuts shall 4 conform to AASHTO M 291 Grade DH. Hardened washers shall conform to AASHTO 5 M 293. Plate washers shall conform to ASTM A 36. 6 7 Galvanized bolts shall meet standard specification 9- 06.5(4). 8 9 9 - 29.10 Luminaires 10 Under the first paragraph, the third sentence in item D is revised to read: 11 12 All internal luminaire assemblies shall be assembled on or fabricated from either 13 stainless steel or galvanized steel. 14 15 9 - 29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers 16 This section is supplemented with the following: 17 18 All Traffic Signal Control Equipment Shall be Tested As Follows. 19 20 The supplier shall: 21 22 1. Seven days prior to shipping, arrange appointment for controller cabinet 23 assembly, and testing at the WSDOT Materials Laboratory or the facility 24 designated in the Special Provisions. 25 26 2. Assembly shall be defined as but not limited to tightening all screws, nuts 27 and bolts, verifying that all wiring is clear of moving parts and properly 28 secured, installing all pluggables, connecting all cables, Verify that all 29 contract required documents are present, proper documentation is 30 provided, and all equipment required by the contract is installed. 31 32 3. The assembly shall be done at the designated WSDOT facility in the 33 presence of WSDOT personnel. 34 35 4. The supplier shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by this 36 specification and the contract Plans and Special Provisions perform as 37 intended. Demonstration shall include but not be limited to energizing the 38 cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian movements, 4 39 overlaps (as required by the Contract Provisions) operate per Washington 40 State Standard Specifications Section 9- 29.13. The supplier shall place 41 the controller in minimum recall with interval timing set at convenient value 42 for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory demonstration the controller 43 assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for testing. 44 45 5. If the assembly, and acceptance for testing is not complete within 5 46 working days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the return of 47 the assembly to the supplier, with collect freight charges to the supplier. 48 49 6. The Contractor will be notified when the testing is complete, and where 50 the assembly is to be picked -up for delivery to the project. 51 1 7. The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components that 2 fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting Agency. A 3 failure shall be defined as a component that no longer functions as 4 intended under the conditions required or does not meet the requirements 5 of the Contract Specifications and is at the soul discretion of WSDOT. 6 7 8. Any part or component of the controller assembly, including the cabinet 8 that is rejected shall not be submitted for use by WSDOT or any City or 9 County in the State of Washington. 10 11 9 29.13(6) Radio Interference Suppressers 12 in the first paragraph, the second sentence is revised to read: 13 14 Interference suppressers shall be of a design which will minimize interference in both 15 broadcast and aircraft frequencies, and shall provide a minimum attenuation of 50 16 decibels over a frequency range of 200 kilohertz to 75 megahertz when used in 17 connection with normal installations 18 19 9 29.13(7) Traffic Actuated Controllers 20 In the first paragraph, item 3 is revised to read: 21 22 3. A minimum of four overlaps. 23 24 9 29.13(7)B Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers 2 5 5 Under the first paragraph, item 2 is supplemented with the following: 27 The controller cabinet shall have all cabinet wiring installed for eight vehicle phases, 28 four pedestrian phases, four emergency pre - empts, four overlaps (OL A, B, 0, D). 29 30 Under the first paragraph, item 7 is revised to read: 31 32 7. A "Display Panel" when noted in the contract. The display panel shall depict a 33 generic eight -phase operation. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the 34 front cabinet door and the mounting shall be of a design that allows positioning of 35 the panel in four orientations 90 degrees from each other. The mounting shall be 36 removable without use of any tools. Incandescent red, yellow, green, walk and 1 37 don't walk indicator lights shall be provided for each phase. The indicator lights 38 shall be connected to the associated field terminals. The connecting cable shall be 39 long enough to allow f a n y mounting orientation. A to will the i wu� Dui � V� IGI Ita�iVl 1. 1 VV diodes will vC allowed in 6110 40 display panel. A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be 41 provided. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels and functions as 42 follows: 43 44 a. Display On — Signal indicator lamps will display the operation of the 45 intersection. 46 47 b. Test — All indicator lamps shall be energized. 48 49 c. Display Off — all signal indicator lamps shall be de- energized. 50 51 A "Detector Panel ", as specified in Standard Specification Section 9- 29.12(7)D, 52 shall be installed. The panel shall be mounted on the inside of the front cabinet • J 1 door. The detector panel shall be constructed as a single unit. Detector switches 2 with separate operate, test, and off positions shall be provided for each field 3 detector input circuit. A high intensity light emitting diode (LED) shall be provided 4 for each switch. The lamp shall energize upon vehicle, pedestrian or test switch 5 actuation. The test switch shall provide a spring loaded momentary contact that will 6 place a call into the controller. When in the OFF position, respective detector 7 circuits will be disconnected. In the operate position, each respective detector 8 circuit shall operate normally. Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels 9 and functions as follows: 10 11 a. Display On — Detector indicator lights shall operate consistent with their 12 respective switches. 13 14 b. Display Off — detector indicator lights shall be de- energized. 15 16 A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be provided. The 17 disconnect shall include a means to jumper detection calls when the display panel 18 is disconnected. All switches on the panel shall be marked with its associated plan 19 detector number. All markers shall be permanent. 20 21 9 29.13(7)D NEMA Controller Cabinets 22 This section is revised to read: 23 24 Each traffic - actuated NEMA controller shall be housed in a weatherproof cabinet 25 conforming to the following requirements: 26 27 1. Construction shall be of 0.073 -inch minimum thickness series 300 stainless 28 steel or 0.125 minimum thickness 5052 H32 ASTM B209 alloy aluminum. The 29 stainless steel shall be annealed or one - quarter- hardness complying with 30 ASTM A666 stainless steel sheet. Cabinets may be finished inside with an 31 approved finish coat of exterior white enamel. If no other coating is specified 32 in the Contract Provisions the exterior of all cabinets shall be bare metal. All 33 controller cabinets shall be furnished with front and rear doors. 34 35 2. The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support the 36 controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set squarely on shelves 37 or be mounted in racks and shall be removable without turning, tilting, or 38 rotating or relocating one device to remove another. A 24 slot rack or racks 39 shall be installed. The rack(s) shall be wired for 2 channel loop detectors and 40 as follows. Slots 1 & 2 phase 1 loop detectors. Slots 3, 4, & 5 phase 2 loop 41 detectors. Slots 6 & 7 phase 3 loop detectors. Slots 8, 9, & 10 phase 4 loop 42 detectors. Slots 11 & 12 phase 5 loop deterctors. Slots 13, 14, & 15 phase 6 43 loop detectors. Slots 16 & 17 phase 7 loop detectors. Slots 18, 19 & 20 phase 1 44 8 loop detectors. Slot 21 upper phase 1 loop detector. Slot 21 lower phase 5 45 detector. Slot 22 wired for a 2 channel discriminator channels A, C. Slot 23 46 wired for a 2 channel discriminator, channels B, D. Slot 24 wired for a 4 47 channel discriminator, wired for channel A, B, C, D. All loop detector slots 48 shall be wired for presence/ pulse detection/ extension. If an external power 49 supply is required in order for the entire racks(s) to be powered it shall be 50 installed. All rack(s) slots shall be labeled with engraved identification strips. 51 1 3. Additional detection utilizing the "D" connector shall be installed in accordance 2 with the contract. The cabinet shall be of adequate size to properly house the 3 controller and all required appurtenances and auxiliary equipment in an upright 4 position with a clearance of at least 3 inches from the vent fan and filter to 5 allow for proper air flow. In no case shall more than 70 percent of the cabinet 6 volume be used. There shall be at least a 2 -inch clearance between shelf 7 mounted equipment and the cabinet wall or equipment mounted on the cabinet 8 wall. the - - -- - -- 9 10 4. The cabinet shall have an air intake vent on the lower half of the front door, : 11 with a 12 inch by 16 inch by 1 inch removable throw away filter, secured in 12 place with a spring - loaded framework. 13 14 5. The cabinet door(s) shall be provided with: 15 16 a. Spring loaded construction core locks capable of accepting a Best 17 type CX series six segment (core installed by others) shall be 18 installed in each door with the exception of the police panel door. 19 Cabinet doors shall each have a three point latch system. 20 21 b. A police panel assembly shall be installed in the front door and shall 22 have a stainless steel hinge pin and a police panel lock. Two police 23 keys with shafts a minimum of 1 3/4 inches long shall be provided 24 with each cabinet. with 25 26 c. All doors and police pane! door shall have one piece closed cell, 27 neoprene gaskets. 28 29 d. A two position doorstop assembly. Front and rear interior light control 30 switches. 31 32 9 29.13(7)E Type 170E, 170E HC - 11, 2070, 2070 Lite, ATC Controller Cabinets 33 This section is revised to read: 34 35 The above controllers shall be housed in a Models 332, Double 332, 336, 336S, 303 36 ITS /ATC cabinets, or as specified in the contract. Each door shall be furnished with a • 37 construction core lock conforming to Standard Specifications 9 -29.13 (7)D 5a, b and c 38 above. A police panel with door, stainless steel hinge pin and lock shall be provided. 39 Two police keys with shafts a minimum of 1 '3/4" long shall be provided with each 40 cabinet. Each of these cabinets shall be furnished with auxiliary equipment described in 41 Standard Specification 9- 29.13(7)C. Type 334 cabinets for traffic data station controller 42 furnished shall meet current Caltrans 170E specifications, as stated in Standard 43 Specification 9- 29.13(7) and as follows. Camera control and DMS local control cabinets 44 shall contain the equipment shown in the Plans. The cabinet shall have the same j 45 external physical dimensions and appearance of Model 334 cabinets. 46 47 1. The cabinet shall be fabricated of stainless steel or sheet aluminum in 48 accordance with Section 9- 29.13(7)D, item number 1. Painted steel, painted or 49 anodized aluminum is not allowed. 50 51 2. Cabinet doors shall have a three -point latch and two - position stop assembly 52 with spring ioaded construction core lock capable of accepting a Best lock j 1 company type, with 6 -pin CX series core. The Contractor shall supply 2 construction cores. Upon contract completion, the Contractor shall deliver two 3 master keys to the Engineer. 4 5 3. Field wire terminals shall be labeled in accordance with the Field Wiring Chart. } 6 7 4. A shatterproof fluorescent interior cabinet lights with self - starting ballast shall 8 be furnished, one fixture mounted on the rear rack near the top and the second 9 mounted at the top of the front rack. Door switches shall automatically turn on 10 both lights when either door is opened. 11 12 5. One controller unit shelf, which attaches to the front rails of the EIA rack, shall 13 be provided in lieu of the two controller unit support angles. The shelf shall be 14 fabricated from aluminum and shall be installed such that it does not interfere 15 with access to any terminal block. The shelf shall contain a rollout flip -top 16 drawer for storage of wiring diagrams and manuals. 17 18 A disposable paper filter element of at least 180 square inches shall be provided in lieu 19 of a metal filter. 20 21 All traffic data and ramp meter cabinets shall include the following accessories: 22 23 1. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a fully operable controller equipped as 24 specified in the Contract Provisions. 25 26 2. Two input files, except on Type 303 and 336 cabinet shall be supplied, each 27 using 133 millimeters of rack height. 28 29 3. Power Distribution Assembly shall be PDA #3 as detailed in the January 1989 30 Ca!trans 170 specification, with all current amendments. 31 32 The PDA #3 shall contain three Model 200 Load Switches. 33 34 A transient voltage protection device shall be provided, which plugs into the 35 controller unit receptacle and in turn accepts the controller plug and meets the 36 electrical requirements of Section 9- 29.13(7)B(3) item e. 37 38 A second transfer relay, Model 430, shall be mounted on the rear of the PDA 39 #3 and wired as shown in the Plans. 40 41 4. Police Panel shall contain only one DPDT toggle switch. The switch shall be 42 labeled POLICE CONTROL, ON -OFF. 43 44 5. Display Panel 45 46 A. General 47 Each cabinet shall be furnished with a display panel. The panel shall be 48 mounted, showing and providing detection for inputs and specified 49 controller outputs, at the top of the front rack above the controller unit. 50 The display panel shall be fabricated from brushed aluminum and 51 constructed according to the detail in the Plans. 52 j 1 B. Text 2 All text on the display panel shall be black in color and silk screened 3 directly to the panel except the Phenolic detector and cabinet nameplates. 4 A nameplate for each loop shall be engraved with a 1/4 inch nominal text 5 according to the ITS Field Wiring Charts. The nameplates shall be 6 permanently affixed to the display panel. 7 8 C. LEDs 9 The LEDs for the display panel shall meet the following specifications: 10 11 Case size T 1 -3/4 12 Viewing angle 50° minimum 13 Brightness 8 Milli candelas 14 15 LEDs with RED, YELLOW or GREEN as part of their labels shall be red, 16 yellow or green in color. All other LEDs shall be red. All LEDs shall have 17 tinted J J:Ll.._ _ J lenses. tinted Sailiised 18 19 D. Detector Display Control Switch 20 Each display panel shall be equipped with one detector display control 21 switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 22 23 ON 24 Detector display LEDs shall operate consistent with their separate 25 switches. 26 27 OFF 28 All detector indicator LEDs shall be de- energized. Detector calls shall j 29 continue to reach the controller. 30 31 TEST 32 All detector indicator LEDs shall illuminate and no calls shall be 33 placed to the controller. 34 35 E. Advance Warning Sign Control Switch 36 Each display panel shall be equipped with one advance warning sign 37 control switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows: 38 39 AUTOMATIC 40 Sign Relay shall energize upon ground true call from controller. .`) 41 42 SIGN OFF 43 Sign Relay shall de- energize. l 44 45 SIGN ON 46 Sign Relay shall energize. 47 48 F. Sign Relay 49 The sign relay shall be plugged into a socket installed on the rear of the 50 ' display panel. The relay shall be wired as shown in the Plans. The relay 51 coil shall draw (or sink) 50 milliamperes ± 10% from the 170E controller 52 and have a DPDT contact rating not less than 10 amperes. A 1N4004 j 1 diode shall be placed across the relay coil to suppress voltage spikes. 2 The anode terminal shall be connected to terminal #7 of the relay as 3 labeled in the Plans. The relay shall energize when the METERING 4 indicator LED is lit. 5 6 G. Detector Input Indicators 7 One display LED and one spring - loaded two - position SPST toggle switch 8 shall be provided for each of the 40 detection inputs. These LEDs and 9 switches shall function as follows: 10 11 TEST 12 When the switch is in the test position, a call shall be placed to the 13 controller and energize the associated LED. The switch shall 14 automatically return to the run position when it is released. 15 16 RUN 17 In the run position the LEDs shall illuminate for the duration of each 18 call to the controller. 19 20 H. Controller Output Indicators 21 The display panel shall contain a series of output indicator LEDs mounted 22 below the detection indicators. The layout shall be according to the detail 23 in the Plans. These LEDs shall illuminate upon a ground true output from 24 the controller via the C5 connector. 25 26 The output indicator LEDs shall have resistors in series to drop the voltage 27 from 24 volts DC to their rated voltage and limit current below their rated 28 current. The anode connection of each LED to +24 VDC shall be wired 29 through the resistor. 30 1 31 I. Connectors 32 Connection to the display panel shall be made by three connectors, one 33 pin (labeled P2) and one socket (labeled P1) and one labeled C5. The P1 34 and P2 connectors shall be 50 -pin cannon D series, or equivalent 50 pin 35 connectors and shall be compatible such that the two connectors can be i 36 connected directly to one another to bypass the input detection. Wiring for 37 the P1, P2 and C5 connectors shall be as shown in the Plans. 38 39 The Contractor shall install wire connectors P1, P2, C1 P, C2, C4, C5 and 40 C6 according to the pin assignments shown in the Plans. 41 42 6. Model 204 Flasher Unit 43 Each Model 334 ramp meter cabinet shall be supplied with one Model 204 sign 44 flasher unit mounted on the right rear side panel. The flasher shall be powered 45 from T1 -2. The outputs from the flasher shall be wired to T1 -5 and T1 -6. 46 47 7. Fiber Optic Patch Panel 48 The Contractor shall provide and install a rack - mounted fiber optic patch panel 49 as identified in the Plans. 50 1 Cabinet Wiring 2 1. Terminal blocks TB1 through TB9 shall be installed on the Input Panel. 3 Layout and position assignment ent of the terminal blocks shall be as noted in 4 the Plans. 5 6 Terminals for field wiring in traffic data and /or ramp metering controller 7 cabinet shall be labeled, numbered and connected in accordance with the 8 following: 9 10 Terminal Terminal and Connection 11 Block Pos. Wire Numbers Identification 12 TBS 501 -502 AC Power, Neutral 13 T1 -2 641 Sign on 14 T1 -4 643 Sign off 15 T1 -5 644 Flasher Output NC 16 T1 -6 645 Flasher Output NO 17 A TA .4-i 631 Lan"' 3 18 T4 -2 632 Lane 3 - Yellow 19 T4 -3 633 Lane 3 - Green 20 T4 -4 621 Lane 2 - Red 21 T4 -5 622 Lane 2 - Yellow 22 T4 -6 623 Lane 2 - Green 23 T4 -7 611 Lane 1 - Red 24 T -8 612 Lane 1 - Yellow 25 T4 -9 613 Lane 1 - Green 26 27 Loop lead -in cables shall be labeled and connected to cabinet terminals 28 according to the ITS Field Wiring Chart. This chart will be provided by the 29 Engineer within 20 days of the Contractor's request. 30 31 9 29.16(2)A Optical Units 32 Under the first paragraph, number 4 (warranty) is deleted. 33 34 9 - 29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons 35 The third paragraph is deleted 36 37 9 - 29.21 Flashing Beacon 38 This section is revised to read: 39 40 Flashing beacons shall be installed as detailed in the Plans, as specified in the Special 41 Provisions, and as described below: 42 43 Controllers for flashing beacons shall be as specified in Section 9- 29.15. 44 45 Beacons shall consist of single section, 8 -inch or 12 -inch traffic signal heads, three 46 or four -way adjustable, meeting all of the applicable requirements of Section 9- 47 29.16. Displays (red or yellow) may be either LED type or incandescent. 12 inch 48 yellow displays shall be dimmed 50% after dark. 49 50 Mounting brackets, mountings, and installation shall meet all applicable 51 requirements of Section 9- 29.17. 52 J 1 Lenses shall be either red or amber, glass or polycarbonate as noted in the Plans 2 or as determined by the Engineer. 3 4 9 - 29.24 Service Cabinets 5 Under the first paragraph, item F is revised to read: 6 7 F. The minimum size of control circuit conductors used in service cabinets shall be 8 No. 14 AWG stranded copper. 1 9 10 All electrical contactors shall have the Ioadside terminals toward the front (door 11 side) of the service cabinet. 12 13 Under the first paragraph, the fourth sentence of item I is revised to read: 14 15 No electrical devices shall be connected to the dead front panel. 16 17 9 - 29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets 18 Under the first paragraph, the fourth sentence of item 3 is revised to read: 19 20 The Contractor shall supply construction cores with two master keys. The keys shall be 21 delivered to the Engineer. 1 J j 1 SECTION 9 -35, TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL MATERIALS 2 August 1, 2005 3 Temporary traffic control materials in this section consist of various traffic communication, 4 channelization and protection items described in Section 1 -10 and listed below: i 5 6 Stop /Slow Paddles 7 Construction Signs 8 Wood Sign Posts 9 Sequential Arrow Signs 10 Portable Changeable Message Signs 11 Barricades 12 Traffic Safety Drums 13 Barrier Drums 14 Traffic Cones 15 Tubular Markers 16 Warning Lights and Flashers 17 Truck- Mounted Attenuator 18 19 The basis for acceptance of temporary traffic control devices and materials shall be visual 20 inspection by the Engineer's representative. No sampling or testing will be done except that 21 deemed necessary to support the visual inspection. Reque for Appro o f Mat an d 22 Qualified Products List submittals are not required. Certification for crashworthiness 23 according to NCHRP 350 will be required as described in Section 1- 102(3). 24 25 "MUTCD," as used in this section, shall refer to the latest WSDOT adopted edition of the 26 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. In the event of 27 conflicts between the MUTCD and the contract provisions, then the provisions shall govern. 28 29 9 - 35.1 StopiSlow Paddies 30 Paddles shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum width 31 shall be 24 inches. 32 33 9 - 35.2 Construction Signs 34 Construction signs shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and shall meet the 35 requirements of NCHRP Report 350 for Category 2 devices. Except as noted below, any 36 sign /sign stand combination that satisfies these requirements will be acceptable. 37 38 Where aluminum sheeting is used to fabricate signs, it shah have a minimum thickness of 39 0.080 inches and a maximum thickness of 0.125 inches. 40 41 All orange background signs shall be fabricated with Type X reflective sheeting. All post - 42 mounted signs with Type X sheeting shall use a nylon washer between the twist fasteners 43 (screw heads, bolts or nuts) and the reflective sheeting. 44 45 Any fabric sign which otherwise meets the requirements of this section and was purchased 46 prior to July 1, 2004, may be utilized until December 31, 2007. If a fabric sign is used, it 47 shall have been fabricated with Type VI reflective sheeting. 48 49 9 - 35.3 Wood Sign Posts 50 Use the charts below to determine post size for construction signs. 51 1 One Post Installation 2 3 Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 4 4x4 - 16.0 5 4x6 17.0 20.0 6 6x6 21.0 25.0 7 6x8 26.0 31.0 8 } 9 Two Post Installation 10 11 (For signs 5 feet or greater in width) 12 13 Post Size Min. Sign Sq. Ft. Max. Sign Sq. Ft. 14 4x4 - 16.0 15 4x6 17.0 36.0 16 6x6 37.0 46.0 17 6x8 47.0 75.0 * 18 19 * The Engineer shall determine post size for signs greater than 75 square feet. 20 21 Sign posts shall conform to the grades and usage listed below. Grades shall be 22 determined by the current standards of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau 23 (WCLIB) or the Western Wood Products Association (WWPA). 24 25 4 x 4 Construction grade (Light Framing, 26 Section 122 -b WCLIB) or (Section 27 40.11 WWPA) 28 4 x 6 No. 1 and better, grade (Structural 29 Joists and Planks, Section 123 -b 30 WCLIB) or (Section 62.11 WWPA) 31 6 x 6, 6 x 8, 8 x 10 No. 1 and better, grade (Posts and 32 Timbers, Section 131 -b WCLIB) or 33 (Section 80.11 WWPA) 34 6 x 10, 6 x 12 No. 1 and better, grade (Beams and 35 Stringers, Section 130 -b WCLIB) or 36 (Section 70.11 WWPA) 37 38 9 - 35.4 Sequential Arrow Signs 39 Sequential Arrow Signs shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented with the 40 following: 41 42 Sequential arrow signs furnished for stationary lane closures on this project shall be 43 Type C. 44 The color of the light emitted shall be yellow. 45 The dimming feature shall be automatic, reacting to changes in light without a 46 requirement for manual adjustment. 47 48 9 - 35.5 Portable Changeable Message Signs 49 Portable Changeable Message Signs (PCMS) shall meet the requirements of the MUTCD 50 and the following: 51 52 The PCMS shall employ one of the following technologies: q 7 2 1. Fiber optic /shutter 3 2. I ight emitting diode 4 3. Light emitting diode /shutter 5 4. Flip disk 6 7 Regardless of the technology, the PCMS shall meet the followina general requirements: 8 } 9 • Be light emitting and must not rely solely on reflected light. The emitted light shall 10 be generated using fiber optic or LED technology. 11 12 • Have a display consisting of individually controlled pixels no larger than 2 1/2 inch 13 by 2 1/2 inch. If the display is composed of individual character modules, the space 14 between modules must be minimized so alphanumeric characters of any size 15 specified below can be displayed at any location within the matrix. 16 17 When activated, the pixels shall display a yellow or orange image. When not 18 activated, the pixels shall display a flat black image that matches the background of 19 the sign face. 20 21 • Be capable of displaying alphanumeric characters that are a minimum of 18 inches 22 in height. The width of alphanumeric characters shall be appropriate for the font. 23 The PCMS shall be capable of displaying three lines of eight characters per line - 24 with a minimum of one pixel separation between each line. 25 26 • The PCMS message, using 18 -inch characters, shall be legible by a person with 27 20/20 corrected vision from a distance of not less than 800 feet centered on an axis 28 perpendicular to the sign face. 29 30 • The sign display shall be covered by a stable, impact resistant polycarbonate face. 31 The sign face shall be non -glare from all angles and shall not degrade due to 32 exposure to ultraviolet light. 33 34 • Be capable of simultaneously activating all pixels for the purpose of pixel 35 diagnostics. Any sign that employs flip disk or shutter technology shall be 36 programmable to activate the disks /shutters once a day to clean the electrical 37 components. This feature shall not occur when the sign is displaying an active 38 message. flq 40 • The light source shall be energized only when the sign is displaying an active 41 message. 42 43 The PCMS panels and related equipment shall be permanently mounted on a trailer with all 44 controls and power generating equipment. 45 46 The PCMS shall be operated by a controller that provides the following functions: 47 48 1. Select any preprogrammed message by entering a code. • 49 2. Sequence the display of at least five messages. 50 3. Blank the sign. 51 4. Program a new message, which may include animated arrows and chevrons. 52 5. Mirror the message currently being displayed or programmed. 1 j 1 2 9 -35.6 Barricades 3 Barricades shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD supplemented by the further 4 requirements of Standard Plan H -2. 5 6 9 - 35.7 Traffic Safety Drums 7 Traffic safety drums shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD and the following: 8 9 The drums shall have the following additional physical characteristics: 10 11 Material Fabricated from low- density polyethylene that meets the 12 requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. 13 14 Overall Width 18 -inch minimum in the direction(s)of traffic flow. 15 16 Shape Rectangular, hexagonal, circular, or flat -sided semi - circular. 17 18 Color The base color of the drum shall be fade resistant safety 19 orange. 20 21 The traffic safety drums shall be designed to accommodate at least one portable Tight unit. 22 The method of attachment shall ensure that the Tight does not separate from the drum upon 23 impact. 24 25 Drums and Tight units shall meet the crashworthiness requirements of NCHRP 350 as 26 described in Section 1- 10.2(3). 27 28 When recommended by the manufacturer, drums shall be treated to ensure proper adhesion 29 of the reflective sheeting. 30 31 9 - 35.8 Barrier Drums 32 Barrier drums shall be small traffic safety drums, manufactured specifically for traffic control 33 purposes to straddle a concrete barrier and shall be fabricated from low- density polyethylene 34 that meets the requirements of ASTM D 4976 and is UV stabilized. 35 36 The barrier drums shall meet the following general specifications: 37 38 Total height 22 in., ± 1 in. 39 Cross - section hollow oval 40 10 in. X 14 in., ± 1 in. 1 41 Formed support legs length 13 in., ± 1 in. J 42 Space between legs 6 1/4 in. min. 43 (taper to fit conc. barrier) 44 Weight 33 lb. ± 4 lb. 45 with legs filled with sand. 46 Color Fade resistant safety orange. 47 48 Barrier drums shall have three 4 -inch reflective white stripes, (one complete and two partial). 49 Stripes shall be fabricated from Type III or Type IV reflective sheeting. 50 51 When recommended by the manufacturer, barrier drums shall be treated to ensure proper 52 adhesion of the reflective sheeting. _J 2 9 -35.9 Traffic Cones 3 Cones shade conform to the requirements of the MUTCD, except that the minimum height 4 shall be 28 inches. 5 6 9 - 35.10 Tubular Markers 7 Tubular markers shall conform to the requirements of the MI ITCH ex that the m inim um • 8 height shall be 28 inches. 9 10 Pavement - mounted tubular markers shall consist of a surface- mounted assembly which 11 uses a separate base with a detachable tubular marker held in place by means of a locking 12 device. 13 14 9 - 35.11 Warning Lights and Flashers 15 Warning lights and flashers shall conform to the requirements of the MUTCD. 16 17 9 - 35.12 Truck Attenuator 18 The Truck - Mounted Attenuator (TMA) shall be selected from the approved units listed on the 19 Qualified Products List. The TMA shall be mounted on a vehicle with a minimum weight of 20 15,000 pounds and a maximum weight in accordance with the manufacturer's 21 recommendations. Ballast used to obtain the minimum weight requirement, or any other 22 object th is placed on the vehicle shall be securely anchored such that it will be retained on • 23 the vehicle during an impact. The Contractor shall provide certification that the unit complies 24 with NCHRP 230 or 350 requirements. Units fabricated after 1998 must comply with 25 NCHRP 350 requirements. • 26 27 The TMA shall have an adjustable height so that it can be placed at the correct elevation 28 during usage and to a safe height for transporting. If needed, the Contractor shall install 29 additional lights to provide fully visible brake lights at all times. 30 31 The TMA unit shall have a chevron pattern on the rear of the unit. The standard chevron 32 pattern shall consist of 4 -inch yellow stripes, alternating non - reflective black and reflective 33 yellow sheeting, slanted at 45 degrees in an inverted "V" with the "V" at the center of the unit. • • _,l APWA SECTION 5 -04 6 -2 5 -04 HOT MIX ASPHALT ( * * * * * *) APWA Section 5 -04 is revised in its entirety to read: 5 - 04.1 Description This work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant -mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications and the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross - sections shown in the Plans. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. HMA Class A, Class B, Class D, Class F, and Class G are designated as leveling or wearing courses. HMA Class E is designated as a pavement base course. With the exception of HMA Class D, all mixtures are considered dense graded HMA. 5 - 04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9- 02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9- 02.1(6) Anti- Stripping Additive 9 -02.4 Aggregates 5- 04.3(8)A2 Blending Sand 9- 03.8(4) Mineral Filler 9- 03.8(5) The contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine aggregates, blending sand, and mineral filler. The Contractor shall have the option of utilizing recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the amount up to 20 percent of total aggregate weight in combination with new aggregate in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from HMA removed under the contract, if any, or old HMA from an existing stockpile. Recycled materials shall not be used in HMA Class D. When aggregates or a source for the production of aggregates is provided by the Contracting Agency, the approximate percentage of asphalt binder required in the mixture for the particular class of pavement will be set forth in the special provisions. The percentage is based upon a midline gradation mix design for the source provided. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the contract. Prior to the submittal of the mix design, the Contractor shall provide a written designation of the grade of PG asphalt binder to be used. The Contractor may propose the pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA mix and the surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots. A heavy application of tack coat will be applied to all joints. For roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor's operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the tack coat shall be CSS -1, CSS -1 h, or STE -1 emulsified asphalt. The CSS -1 and CSS -1 h emulsified asphalt may be diluted with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The emulsified asphalt shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. 5 04.3(5)B Preparation of Untreated Roadway When designated in the plans the existing roadway shall be prepared and the roadway primed as pr in S ect i on 5-02.3(2)A, except that application of asphalt and one application Section aggregate, which shall conf to aggregate for HMA Class B as listed in Section 5- 04.3(8) or other granular materials approved by the Engineer, will be required. All other provisions of Section 5-02 pertaining to bituminous surface treatment Class A shall apply, except as hereinafter modified. The prime coat shall be applied over the full length of the project, and HMA shall not be placed until the prime coat has cured for 5 days unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Should any holes, breaks, or irregularities develop in the roadway surface after the prime coat has been applied, they shall be patched with HMA, as described in Section 5- 04,3(5)A, in advance of placing the HMA. The Contractor shall maintain the completed prime coat by blading or brooming with equipment and procedures approved by the Engineer, until the HMA pavement is placed. After the maintenance, patching or repair work has been completed and j immediately prior to placing the HMA, th surface o f the prime coat shall be swept clean of all dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. When the prime coat application is not specified in the Special Provisions or __, sh in the Plane the C sha the the Plans, �.�, .� ,.. Contractor ai.wi ai ia prepare ll IC Ui ll(eclLeQ roadway as described above and shall omit the prime coat treatment. The HMA shall be constructed on the prepared subgrade. The actual excavation depth may vary to a maximum depth of 1 -foot maximum, depending upon where stable foundation material is encountered, as determined by the Engineer. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 3 feet unless shown otherwise in the Plans. All pavement repair areas shall be sawcut before removal, or shall be removed by a pavement grinder approved by the Engineer. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5- 04.3(5)A, and shall be applied to all edges of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time. The areas shall be excavated, backfilled, and compacted within the same day's working shift, in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor for disposal off the right of way. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement areas not designated to be removed. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts. Each lift shall not exceed 0.35 foot compacted depth. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical tamper or a roller as approved by the Engineer. HMA for pavement repair shall be HMA Class A, B, E, or F at the Contractor's option, unless otherwise specified in the contract. 5 04.3(6) Heating of Asphalt Binder 1 The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum J recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25 °F. 1 5 04.3(7) Preparation of Aggregates _1 The aggregates shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3- 02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate. The aggregates shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure a minimum of segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. • A B D E F G Fracture, by weight (See Note) 1 2 3 4 4 2 Sand Equivalent Min. 45 45 - -a 45 35 45 1 The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 90 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. 2 The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 75 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. 3 The fracture requirements are at least two fractured faces on 75 percent and at least one fractured face on 90 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve, U.S. No. 8 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total ( sample. 4 The fracture requirements are at least one fractured face on 50 percent of the material retained on each specification sieve size U.S. No. 10 and above, if that sieve retains more than 5 percent of the total sample. When material is being produced and stockpiled for use on a specific contract or for a future contract, the fracture and sand equivalent requirements shall apply at the time of stockpiling. When material is used from a stockpile that has not been tested as provided above, the requirements for fracture and sand equivalents shaii apply at the time of its introduction to the cold feed of the mixing plant. The properties of the aggregate in a preliminary mix design for HMA shall be such that, when it is combined within the limits set forth in Proportions of Materials and mixed in the laboratory with the designated grade of asphalt binder, HMA mixtures with the following test values can be produced: Class of HAM A B D E F G Stabilometer Value Min. 37 35 35 35 35 Cohesiometer Value Min.100 100 - -- 100 50 100 Percent Air Voids 2 -4.5 2 -4.5 - -- 2 -4.5 2 -4.5 2 -4.5 j Modified Lottman Stripping Test Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass ( C. Gradation. The materials of which HMA is composed shall be of such sizes gradings, and quantities t L proportioned .n��.�, y i uu i al lu qual IInICS that, when 1 pl oE.JVI LIUI ICU c!I IU mixed IIXCU together, they will produce a well graded mixture within the requirements listed in the table which follows. j 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design The Contractor shall obtain representative samples from mineral aggregate stockpiles, and blend sand sources to be used for HMA production and submit them for development of a mix design. Sample submittal shall include asphalt binder grade and sources, production mix gradation and combining ratios of mineral aggregate stockpiles and blend sand that will be used in production. J This will be the basis for the mix design and job mix formula. The Contractor shall allow 20 calendar days for this approval and design once the aforementioned information and material has been received. Additional time may be required if the proportions will not make an adequate design as determined by the Engineer, or if the Contractor requests more than one asphalt binder source approval. The Contractor is also advised that production of the HMA shall not commence until the job mix formula has been established. Adjustments to the job mix formula may be made per Basis of Acceptance. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval prior to changing the source of asphalt binder during the production of HMA. Blending of different asphalt binder grades sources will not be permitted. 5 04.3(8) Mixing After the required amounts of mineral materials and asphalt binder have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until a complete and uniform coating of the particles and a thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Project Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted during the daily operation but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. 5 04.3(8)A Acceptance Sampling and Testing - HMA Mixture 1. General. Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under statistical evaluation, nonstatistical evaluation or commercial evaluation. Determination of statistical evaluation, nonstatistical evaluation or commercial evaluation shall be based on proposal quantities and shall consider the total of all bid items involving HMA of a specific class. • Dense graded mixes (HMA Classes A, B, E, F, and G) will be evaluated for quality of gradation and asphalt binder content. Open graded mixes (HMA pavement Class D) will be evaluated for quality of gradation only, based on samples taken from the cold feed. Nonstatistical Evaluation will be used for HMA. Statistical Evaluation procedures will apply only to contracts that specify statistical evaluation in the contract Special Provisions. Statistical Evaluation will be administered under the provisions of Section 5- 04.5(1) for Quality Assurance Price Adjustments and evaluation of audit/. Commercial Evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores and other nonstructural applications as approved by the Project Engineer. The contractor shall select a class of HMA appropriate for the required use. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of statistical and nonstatistical evaluation. 2 Aggregates. A. General Requirements. Aggregates for HMA shall b manufactured from ledge rock, talus, or gravel in accordance with Section 3 -01. The material from which they are made shall meet the following test requirements: Los Angeles Wear, 500 Revs 30% max • Degradation Factor, Wearing Course 30 min Degradation Factor, Other Courses 20 min It shall be uniform in quality, substantially free from wood, roots, bark, extraneous materials, and adherent coatings. The presence of a thin, firmly adhering film of weathered rock will not be considered as coating unless it exists on more than 50% of the surface area of any size between consecutive laboratory sieves. Aggregate removed from deposits contaminated with various types of wood waste shall be washed, processed, selected or otherwise treated to remove sufficient wood waste so that oven —dried material retained on a U.S. No. 4 sieve shall not contain more than 0.1% by weight of material with a specific gravity less than 1.0. ' i B. Test Requirements. v�l.� A.... -. r..- .....�L.. for HMA A A ... !_ _11 the following B. 1 est 1 e emen s. Ag, g. r eg. ate IoI HMA shall meet the following test req uirements: Class of HMA The percentages of aggregate refers to completed dry mix, and includes mineral filler when used. Grading Requirements Class A Class D Class E Class F Class G Sieve Size and B Percent Passing 1 square - -- - -- 100 - -- - -- 1 square - -- --- 90 -100 - -- --= 3 4 square 100 100 5 8 square - -- - -- 67 -86 - -- - -- 1 2 square 90 -100 100 60 -80 80 -100 100 3 8 square 75 -90 97 -100 - -- - -- 97 -100 U.S. No. 4 46 -66 30 -50 34 -56 38 -70 50 -78 U.S. No. 8 - -- 5-15 - -- - -- - -- U.S. No. 10 30 -42 25 -40 30 -50 32 -53 U.S. No. 40 11 -24 - -- 10 -23 - -- 11 -24 U.S. No. 200 3.0 -7.0 2.0 -5.0 2.0 -9.0 2.0 -8.0 3.0 -7.0 5 Basis of Acceptance 1. HMA will be accepted based on its conformance to the project job mix formula (JMF). For the determination of a project JMF, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, representative samples of the various aggregates and blend sand to be used along with the gradation data showing the various aggregate stockpile averages and the proposed combining ratios and the average gradation of the completed mix. Based on this submittal l from the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the asphalt binder content, anti -strip requirement, and ignition furnace correction factor in the mix design process. Using the representative samples submitted and proposed proportion of each, trial mix tests will be run to determine the percentage of asphalt binder, by weight, to be added. The JMF thus established shall be changed only upon order of the Engineer. The intermingling of HMA mixtures produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA pavement placed during a working shift shall conform to a single job mix formula established for the class of HMA { specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. No HMA shall be produced for use on the project until the amount of asphalt binder and anti -strip additive to be added has been established. 2. Job Mix Formula — Statistical Acceptance The average gradation of the completed HMA mix submitted by the Contractor in the mix design proposal, as required in Gradation and the resulting Mix Design Recommendations, shall be the JMF. Any change or adjustment of percentages in any constituent of the JMF creates a new JMF. 3. Job Mix Formula Tolerances and Adjustments A. Tolerances — Statistical Acceptance. After the JMF is determined, the several constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Constituent of Mixture Tolerance Limits The tolerance limit for each mix constituent shall not exceed the broad band specification limits specified in 5- 04.3(8)C except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99 -100. Aggregate .- ��:. -_. All n7A11 Broad band specification passing , 3l , Broad band specification 5/8 1/2/ and 3/8 sieves limits Section 5- 04.3(8)C Proportions of Materials Aggregate passing No. 4 sieve ± 6% Aggregate passing No. 10 sieve ± 5% } Aggregate passing No. 40 sieve ± 4% Aggregate passing No. 200 sieve ± 2.0% A c ± 0.5% For open graded mix: Tolerance limits shall be for aggregate gradation only and shall be as specified in Proportions of Materials. B. Tolerances — Nonstatistical Acceptance. After the JMF is determined, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the range of the proportion specified in the broad band specifications in for gradation and the design mix asphalt binder content plus or minus 0.7 percent. C. Adjustments 1. Aggregates. Upon written request from the Contractor, the Project Engineer may approve field adjustments to the JMF including the Contractor's proposed combining ratios for mineral aggregate stockpiles and blend sand. The maximum allowed gradation change shall be 2 percent for the aggregate retained on the No. 10 sieve and above, 1 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 10 and No. 40 sieves, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. Blend sand may be changed a maximum of 5 percent. The above adjustments and /or any further adjustments as ordered by the Engineer will be considered as a new JMF. Adjustments beyond these limits will require development of a new JMF. The adjusted JMF plus or minus the allowed tolerances shall be within the range of the broad band specifications. 2. Asphalt Binder Content. The Project Engineer may order or approve the Contractor's request to change asphalt binder content a maximum of 0.3 percent from the - 1 approved JMF. No field adjustments of the JMF relative to the asphalt binder content exceeding 0.3 percent from the initial JMF will be made without the approval of the Materials Engineer. D. Commercial HMA Acceptance. The contractor shall submit a certification that the mix design submitted meets the requirements of Proportions of Materials. Verification of the mix design by the Contracting Agency is not required. The Project Engineer will determine anti -strip requirements for the HMA. 4. Hot Mix Asphalt Mixture A. Sampling 1. A sample will not be obtained from either the first or last 25 tons of mix produced in each production shift. 2. Samples for compliance of gradation and asphalt binder content will be obtained on a random basis from the hauling vehicle. The Contractor shall provide adequate platforms to enable samples to be obtained in accordance with WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 168. The platforms shall allow the sample to be taken without the Engineer entering the hauling vehicle. B. Definition of Sampling Lot and Sublot. For the purpose of acceptance sampling and testing, a lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each job mix formula (JMF), placed and represented by randomly selected samples tested for acceptance. All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples shall be evaluated collectively and shall constitute a lot. Only one lot per JMF will be expected to occur. The JMF (Job Mix Formula) is defined in Basis of Acceptance. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. If the request is approved, all of the material produced up to the time of the change will be evaluated on the basis of available tests and a new lot will begin. The quantity represented by each sample will constitute a sublot. } Sampling and testing for statistical evaluation shall be performed on a random basis at the frequency of one sample per sublot, with a minimum of five sublots per class of HMA. Sublot size shall be determined to the nearest 100 tons to provide not less than five uniform sized sublots, based on proposal quantities, with a maximum sublot size of 800 tons. Sampling and testing for nonstatistical evaluation shall be performed on a random basis at a minimum frequency of one sample for each sublot of 400 tons or each day's production, whichever is least. When proposal quantities exceed 1,200 tons for a class of HMA under ll nonstatistical evaluation, sublot size shall be determined to the J nearest 100 tons to provide not Tess than three uniform sized sublots, based on proposal quantities, with a maximum sublot size of 800 tons. C. Test Results. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed in the field at the } beginning of the next paving shift. The Engineer will also provide the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of the completed sublots after three sublots have been produced, The CPF will be provided by the midpoint of the next paving shift after sampling. Individual acceptance sample test results (gradation and asphalt binder content) may be challenged by the Contractor. A written challenge of the test results by the Contractor shall be received by the Project Eng aei within five working days after receipt of the specific test results. A split of the original acceptance sample shall be sent, for testing, to the Region Materials Lab or to State Materials Lab as determined by the Engineer. The challenged sample will not be tested with the same equipment or by the same tester that ran the original acceptance sample. The challenge sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis and asphalt binder content. The results of the challenge sample will be compared to the original results of the acceptance sample test and evaluated according to the following criteria: Deviation No. 4 sieve and larger ±4 percent No. 6 sieve to No. 80 sieve ±2 percent No. 100 and No. 200 sieve ±0.4 percent Asphalt binder % ±0.3 percent If the deviation of the challenge sample is within each parameter established, the acceptance sample will be used to determine to composite pay factor and the cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the contract, at the rate of $250 per test. If the deviation of the challenge sample is outside of any one parameter established, the challenge sample will be used to determine the composite pay factor and the cost of testing will be the Contracting Agency's responsibility. D. Test Methods. Acceptance testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be WSDOT FOP for AASHTO Test Method T 308. Acceptance testing for compliance of gradation will be WAQTC FOP for AASHTO T 27 &T11. E. Reject Mixture j 1. Rejection by Contractor. The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material at no expense to the Contracting Agency. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 2. Rejection Without Testing. The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of roadway that appears defective in gradation or asphalt binder content. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the statistical acceptance specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is Tess than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material, and in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. However, if the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency and the HMA will be compensated at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than 0.75, compensation for the rejected HMA will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit contract price added for placement and removal costs. 3. A Partial Sublot. In addition to the preceding random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be evaluated for price adjustment in accordance with the statistical evaluation section. This material will be considered a separate lot. 4. An Entire Sublot. If an entire sublot is rejected in accordance with Section 1 -06.2, four additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained and the sublot evaluated as an independent lot with the original test result included as a fifth test with the new independent lot instead of with the original lot. 5. A Lot in Progress. The Contractor shall shut down operations and 1 shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Project Engineer is satisfied that specification material can be produced: a. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or b. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or c. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is Tess than 0.75. 6. An Entire Lot. An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. The designated percentage reduction as defined in Section 1- 06.2(2)B under Financial Incentive Paragraph 1, item 3, shall be 25 percent. 5 04.3(9) Spreading and Finishing The HMA shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5- 04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the HMA mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in the Plans or in the Special Provisions, the nominal compacted depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following depths: HMA Class E 0.35 foot HMA Class A and B 0.35 foot when used for Base Course } HMA Class A, B, and F 0.25 foot HMA Class G 0.10 foot HMA Class D 0.08 foot On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF, shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. 5- 04.3(10) Compaction 5- 04.3(10)A General Immediately after the HMA mixture has been spread, struck off, and surface irregularities adjusted, it shall be thoroughly and uniformly compacted. The completed course shall be free from ridges, ruts, humps, depressions, objectionable marks, or irregularities and in conformance with the line, grade, and cross - section shown in the Plans or as established by the Engineer. If necessary, the mix design may be altered to achieve desired results. Compaction shall take place when the HMA is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. All compaction units shall be operated at the speed, within specification limits, that will produce the required compaction. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by mechanical or hand tampers. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt binder, or is in I any way defective, shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost with fresh HMA which shall be immediately compacted to conform with the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor's option, provided specification densities are attained. An exception shall be that the pneumatic tired roller shall be used between October 1 and April 1. Coverage's with a vibratory or steel wheel roller may precede pneumatic tired rolling. When HMA Class D is being constructed, the use of pneumatic rollers will not be required. Vibratory rollers shall not be operated in the vibratory mode when the internal temperature of the HMA is less than 175 °F without permission of the Engineer. In no case shall a vibratory roller be operated in a vibratory mode when checking or cracking of the mat occurs at a greater temperature. Vibratory rollers in the vibratory mode are also prohibited on bridge decks. 5 04.3(10)B Control HMA Classes A, B, E, and F used in traffic lanes, including lanes for ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10 foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than .75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1- 06.2(1), using a minimum of 91.0 percent of the reference maximum density as determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 209. The reference maximum density shall be determined as the moving average of the most recent five determinations for the lot of HMA being placed. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the statistical evaluation of five nuclear density gauge tests taken in accordance with WAQTC FOP TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 on the day the HMA is placed (after completion of the finish rolling) at locations determined by the stratified random sampling procedure conforming to WSDOT Test Method 716 within each density lot. The quantity represented by each density lot will be no greater than a single day's production or 400 tons, whichever is less. The final lot for each day of paving may be increased to 600 tons. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with a copy of the results of all acceptance testing performed within one working day. Acceptance of pavement compaction will be based on the statistical evaluation and CPF so determined. For compaction lots falling below a 1.00 pay factor and thus subject to price reduction or rejection, cores may be used as an alternate to the nuclear density gauge tests. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after paving. The cost for the coring expenses when the core results indicate the w ° specified level of relative density within a lot has not been achieved, will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the contract at the rate of $125 per core. At the start of paving, the Contractor must demonstrate to the Engineer that the HMA is compactable by constructing compaction test section(s). Test section(s) j shall be constructed using the compaction train and a variety of rolling patterns that the Contractor expects to use in the paving operation. A test section will be considered to have established compatibility, based on the results of three density determinations, when the average of the three tests exceeds 92 percent of Rice or when all three tests individually exceed 91 percent of Rice. This will require consideration of the presence of a correlation factor for the nuclear gauge and may require final resolution after the factor for the gauge is known. A minimum 1.00 compaction pay factor shall be used until a gauge correlation factor is known, and until the HMA is considered compactable. When construction of the test section(s) has demonstrated that the HMA is not compactable, paving must stop. To resume paving, all factors contributing to compaction shall be analyzed and Engineer approved changes made, which may require a new mix design. When paving is resumed, the Contractor must again, defined, ..1.....1.E that the FORA _ if the �, as previously defi3 ed, ;..3e o 3st ate a tai the FORA is compactable_ If the Contractor does not construct test section(s), the HMA is considered compactable and all HMA placed will be evaluated according to Section 5- 04.3(10)B. HMA Class A, B, E, F, and G constructed under conditions other than listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA Class D and preleveling HMA shall be compacted to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition to the randomly selected locations for tests of the density, the • Engineer may also isolate from a normal lot any area that is suspected of being defective in relative density. Such isoiated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of 5 randomly located density tests will be taken. The isolated area will then be evaluated for price adjustment in accordance with the statistical evaluation section, considering it as a separate lot. 5 04.3(11) Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid HMA only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the HMA will cool below compaction temperature. When the work is resumed, the previously compacted HMA shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. Where a scheduled transverse joint or when an unscheduled joint that must be left in place after a workshift is being made in the wearing course, strips of heavy wrapping paper shall be used. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed slightly an nd a ne joint a immed to a slightiy beveled edge for the fuli thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. When the transverse joint will be open to traffic a temporary wedge of HMA shall be constructed 50H:1V or flatter. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new HMA shall be laid against the fresh cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the traveled way. Except, on one -lane ramps a longitudinal joint may be constructed at the center of the traffic lane, subject to approval by the Project Engineer, if: 1. The ramp must remain open to traffic, or 2. The ramp is closed to traffic and a hot -lap joint is constructed. If a hot -lap joint is allowed, two paving machines shall be used; a minimum compacted density in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(10)B shall be achieved throughout the traffic lane; and construction equipment other than rollers shall not operate on any uncompacted HMA. When HMA is placed adjacent to cement concrete pavement, the Contractor shall construct longitudinal joints between the HMA and the cement concrete pavement. The joint shall be sawed to the dimensions shown on Standard Plan A -1 and filled with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 9- 04.2. 5- 04.3(12) Vacant 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than [1/8 inch from the lower edge of a 10 -foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than 1 /4 inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Project Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the • opinion of the Project Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Project Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When Portland cement concrete pavement is to be placed on HMA, the surface tolerance of the HMA shall be such that no surface elevation lies above the plan grade minus the specified plan depth of Portland cement concrete pavement. Prior to placing the Portland cement concrete pavement, any such irregularities shall be brought to the required tolerance by grinding or other means approved by the Project Engineer. il When utility appur .. ch as .Y_nhoie c •--- a nd valve boxes - - -- When ua z ca}.;�;alta'!!c!l3:,,,.; �Ll:�;! �;3 :!lCaliiivii. i:i.3Vii� iaiiLa +IciiV'c' arc located in the traveled way, the roadway shall be paved before the utility appurtenances are adjusted to the finished grade. 5 04.3(14) Planing Bituminous Pavement The surface of existing pavements or the top surface of subsurface courses shall be planed to remove irregularities and to produce a smooth surface. Planing shall be performed in such a manner that the underlying pavement is not torn, broken, or otherwise damaged by the planing operation. The surface of the underlying pavement shall be slightly grooved or roughened sufficiently to ensure a bond when overlaid. The planings shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the right -of -way. The planings may be utilized as RAP, within the requirements of Section 5 -04.2 or 9- 03.21. The Contractor shall dispose of all other debris resulting from the planing operation in a Contractor - provided site off the right -of -way. For mainline planing operations, the equipment shall have automatic controls, with sensors for either or both sides of the equipment. The controls shall be capable of sensing the proper grade from an outside reference line, or a mat - referencing device. The automatic controls shall also be capable of maintaining the desired transverse slope. The transverse slope controller shall be capable of maintaining the mandrel at the desired slope (expressed as a percentage) within plus or minus 0.1 percent. 5 HMA Road Approach HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Project Engineer. The work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5 -04. 5 04.3(16) Weather Limitations HMA for wearing course shall not be placed on any traveled way between October 1 of any year and April 1 of the following year without written approval from the Project Engineer. 3 j Asphalt for prime coat shall not be applied when the ground temperature is lower than 50 °F, without written permission of the Engineer. HMA Class D shall not be placed when the air temperature is Tess than 60 °F. HMA shall not be placed on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified in the following table, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA mixtures: Surface Temperature Limitations Compacted Thickness Sub - Surface (Feet) Surface Course Courses Less than 0.10 55 F 55 F 0.10 to 0.20 45 F 35 F 0.21 to 0.35 35 F 35 F More than 0.35 DNA 25 F* *Only on dry subgrade, not frozen and when air temperature is rising. 5 04.3(17) Paving Under Traffic When the roadway being paved is open to traffic, the following requirements shall apply: The Contractor shall keep on -ramps and off -ramps open to traffic at all times except when paving the ramp or paving across the ramp. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, the ramp may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA. In hot weather, the Project Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing a ramp, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. Ramps shall not be closed on consecutive interchanges at the same time. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8 -23. All costs in connection with performing the work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various bid items involved in the contract. J 5- 04.3(18) Vacant 5- 04.3(19) Sealing of Pavement Surfaces Where shown in the Plans, Contractor shall app y a fog seal. Before ' NN'J `.' fog ..��..w. Before application of the fog seal all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. The fog seal shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1 h uniformly applied to the pavement free of streaks and bare spots at the rate 0.03 to 0.05 residual gallons per square yard. The emulsified asphalt shall be diluted at a rate of one part water to one part emulsified asphalt unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The emulsified asphalt shall be applied within the temperature range specified in Section 5- 02.3(3). Unless otherwise approved by the Project Engineer, the fog seal shall be applied prior to opening to traffic. 5 04.3(20) Anti - Stripping Additive When directed by the Engineer, an anti - stripping additive shall be added to the HMA material in accordance with Section 9 -02.4. 5 04.3(21) Asphalt Binder Revision When the Contracting Agency provides a source of aggregate, the expected percentage content of new asphalt binder in the resulting HMA will be identified in the contract documents. Should the actual percentage of new asphalt binder required by the job mix formula for HMA produced with Agency-provided aggregate vary by more than plus or minus 0.3 percent from the amount shown in the documents, an adjustment in payment will be made. The adjustment in payment (plus or minus) will be based on the invoice cost to the Contractor. No adjustment will be made when the Contractor elects not to use a Contracting Agency - provided source, or when no source is made available by the Contracting Agency. {Added for PG binders] 5 - 04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. PG _ or HMA for Cl. _ PG or Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1 -09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, blending sand, mineral filler, or any other component of the HMA. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace HMA as allowed by Section 5- 04.3(8)A, the material removed will not be measured. Preparation of Untreated Roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of the main line roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, auxiliary lanes, service roads, frontage roads, or shoulders. Measurement will be to the 1 nearest 0.01 mile. J No specific unit of measure will apply to the force account item of Crack Sealing. Soil Residual Herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest .01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the proposal. Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for Prime Coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1 -09.2. Prime Coat Aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the proposal. Asphalt For Fog Seal will be measured by the ton, before dilution, in accordance with Section 1 -09.2. Longitudinal Joint Seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing Bituminous Pavement will be measured by the square yard. Temporary Pavement Marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8 -23.4. Removing Temporary Pavement Marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8 -23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2 -07.4. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Anti - Stripping Additive. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment. No specific unit of measure will apply to the calculated item of Compaction Price Adjustment. 5 - 04.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: "HMA CL PG ", per ton. "HMA for Approach Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Preleveling Cl. PG ", per ton. "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. PG ", per ton. "Commercial HMA ", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "HMA Cl. PG ", "HMA for Approach Cl. PG ", "HMA for Preleveling Cl. PG ", "HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. PG ", and "Commercial HMA" shall be full compensation for all costs incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5 -04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this sub - section and which are included in the proposal. "Preparation of Untreated Roadway ", per mile. The unit contract price per mile for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway" shall be full pay for all work described under Section 5- 04.3(5)B, with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit contract price per ton for "HMA CL _ PG " which was used for patching. If the proposal does not include a bid item for "Preparation of Untreated Roadway ", the roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the work shall be included in the contract prices of the other items of work. All costs for asphalt tack coat shall be included in the unit contract price per ton of the HMA. "Crack Sealing ", by force account. "Crack Sealing" will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1 -09.6. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting A has e nte: e d an amount i s the pr upu i;3i to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Soil Residual Herbicide ft. Wide," per mile. or "Soil Residual Herbicide ", per square yard. The unit contract price per mile or per square yard for "Soil Residual Herbicide" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install h in acco w ith Section 5- 041 "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul ", per square yard. The unit contract price per square yard for "Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 04.3(5)E. • "Asphalt for Prime Coat ", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Prime Coat" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(5)B. "Prime Coat Aggregate ", per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or per ton for "Prime Coat Agg." shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit } and spreading the aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer. "Asphalt for Fog Seal ", per ton. The unit contract price per ton for "Asphalt for Fog Seal" shall be full pay for all costs of material, labor, tools, and equipment necessary for the application of the fog seal as specified. If there is no bid item and a fog seal is required, it shall be applied and the work shall be included in the unit contract prices of the other work items. "Longitudinal Joint Sea! ", per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Longitudinal Joint Seal" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 04.3(11). "Planing Bituminous Pavement ", per square yard. a The unit contract price per square yard for "Planing Bituminous Pavement" shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the work described in Section 5- 04.3(14). "Temporary Pavement Marking ", per linear foot. Payment for "Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8 -23.5. "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking ", per linear foot. Payment for "Removing Temporary Pavement Marking" is described in Section 8 -23.5. "Water", per M gallon. Payment for "Water" is described in Section 2 -07.5. "Anti- Stripping Additive ", by calculation. "Anti- Stripping Additive" will be paid for in accordance with Section 1 -09.6 except that no overhead, profit or other costs shall be allowed. Payment shall be made only for the invoice cost of the additive. The quantity of asphalt binder l shall not be reduced by the quantity of anti - stripping additive used. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment," by calculation. "Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.5(1)A. "Compaction Price Adjustment," by calculation. "Compaction Price Adjustment" will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.5(1)B. 5 04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustments All HMA will be subject to price adjustments for Quality of HMA and Quality of HMA Compaction based on the Acceptance Plans in effect for each class of HMA within the contract. For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has estimated a calculated amount for all price adjustment items and has entered these amounts in the proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 5 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA Statistical analysis of quality of gradation and asphalt binder content will be determined based on Section 1 -06.2 using the following price adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing 1, 3 /4 , 5/8, 1 /2, and 3 /8 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 4 sieve 6 All aggregate passing No. 10 sieve 10 All aggregate passing No. 40 sieve 6 J • All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt cement 52 Factors for Open Graded Mix Constituent Factor "f" All aggregate passing 1 /2 sieve 10 All aggregate passing 3 /8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 4 sieve 40 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Note: Open graded mix shall be evaluated for gradation only. The quality incentive multiplier for open - graded mix shall be 40 percent rather than 60. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 1. Statistical Evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Statistical Evaluation, a Job Mix Compliance Incentive Factor (JMCIF) will be determined. The JMCIF equals the algebraic difference between the CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the 1 (� JMCIF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. 2. Nonstatistical Evaluation. Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling w ithi n th tolerance limits of the lob mix formula shall be accepted at the „nit contract price with no further statistical evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the job mix formula, the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the difference between the CPF and unity with regard to sign multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. 3. Commercial Evaluation. If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside tolerances, the lot shall be evaluated to determine the appropriate CPF. The tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When Tess than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5 04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality HMA Compaction For each compaction control lot, a Compaction Incentive Price Adjustment Factor (CIPAF) will be determined. The CIPAF equals the difference between the Composite Pay Factor and unity with regard to sign multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CIPAF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit contract price per ton of HMA. CITY REVISION HOT MIX ASPHALT ( * * * * * *) APWA. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness (APWA Only) The last paragraph is revised with the following: When utility paaurtenances such as manhole rings and covers and valve boxes are encountered or are to the located within the ahphalt pavement area, these items are either to be removed or not put in place until after the paving operation has been competed. The location of each utility appurtenance and all Monuments shall be referenced prior to the start of paving operations and a temporary covering shall be placed over the appurtenances to facilitate the continuous paving operation. After paving has been completed, the Contractor shall furnish, install and adjust new costings on all new and existing public utility structures, and new Monument cases for all monuments as shown on the plans. Utility Castings shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each structure and each monument shall be relocated from the references previously established by the Contractor. The asphalt concrete pavement shall be cut and removed to a neat circle, the diameter of which shall be equal to the outside diameter of the rim plus 2 feet. The new rim shall be placed on cement concrete blocks or adjustment rings and wedged up to the desired grade. The base materials shall be removed and Class #000 cement concrete shall be placed within the entire volume of the excavation up to, but not to exceed, 1 -1/2" below the finished pavement surface. On the following day, the concrete, the edges of the asphalt concrete pavement and the outer edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement, Class G asphalt concrete shall then be placed and compacted with hand tampers and a patching roller. The completed patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and existing pavement shall then be painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. 5- 04.3(15) Asphalt Concrete Approach (APWA Only) Add the following to the sentence: "or reconstructed," after the work "constructed ".. } 5- 04.3(17) Paving Under Traffic (APWA Only) Revise the last paragraph and sentence as follows: Change the phrase "except temporary pavement markings, " to "including temporary pavement markings," 5- 04.5(1) Quality Assurance Price Adjustment (APWA Only) This Section is deleted. 5- 04.5(1)A Price Adjustments for Quality of HMA (APWA Only) This Section is deleted. 5-04.5(1)B Price Adjustments for Quality HMA Compaction (APWA Only) This Section is deleted. } SECTION 7 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 7 -1 CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION City Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 HLA Project No. 04087A The 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction published by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association are, by this reference, made part of these Contract Documents. Except as may be amended, modified, or supplemented hereinafter, each section of the Standard Specifications shall be considered as much a part of these Contract Documents as if they were actually set forth herein. The APWA Supplement to DIVISION 1 (Division 1 -99) of the 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction WILL apply to this Contract. 7 -2 CITY OF YAKIMA YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR Historic District Renovation City of Yakima Project No. 2103-Ph.2 HLA Project No. 04087A CONTENTS PAGE NO. WORK SUMMARY 7-4 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 7-4 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 7-5 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 7-6 1-04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 7-7 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 7-8 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 7-16 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 7-21 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-25 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 7-29 1-99 APWA SUPPLEMENT 7-30 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 7-32 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS 7-32 2-03 KUAUVVAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 7-33 2-07 WATERING 7-35 2-14 PAVEMENT REMOVAL 7-35 3-01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES AND STOCKPILING 7-36 3-02 STOCKPILING AGGREGATES 7-36 4-04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 7-36 5-04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 7-37 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7-38 7-18 SIDE SEWERS 7-39 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 7-39 8-03 IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 7-47 8-04 CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SPILLWAYS 7-48 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 7-49 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM, AND ELECTRICAL 7-50 8-21 PERMANENT SIGNING 7-52 9-14 EROSION CONTROL 7-52 9-15 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 7-53 9-29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 7-54 7-3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR CITY OF YAKIMA Historic District Renovation City of Yakima Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 HLA Project No. 04087A WORK SUMMARY Reconstruct existing sidewalks and alley pavements in the North Front Street Historic District involving, 5 city block fronts, and two alleys. Project will include installation of new sidewalks, curb and gutters, pedestrian lighting, trees, irrigation system, banner poles, benches, and other related improvements. The quantities of work indicated in the proposal are to be considered as estimates and are for comparative bidding purposes only. All payments will be made on the basis of actual field measurement of Contract work completed. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association dated 2004, referenced codes and organizations, and these Special Provisions. All references hereinafter made to Standard Specifications shall refer to the Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association dated 2004. NOTE: FOR THIS PROJECT, THE APWA SUPPLEMENT TO DIVISION ONE OF THE "2004 WSDOT /APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS" SHALL APPLY. THE APWA SUPPLEMENT IS CONTAINED IN THE "2004 WSDOT /APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS" AS DIVISION 1 -99. 1 -01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1 -01.3 Definitions The terms defined in SECTION 1 -01.3 of the Standard Specifications shall be further described by the following: Contracting Agency: City of Yakima 129 North Second Street Yakima, WA 98901 7 -4 • The terms "Contracting Agency," "Owner," and "Engineer" are interchangeable. Consultant: Huibregtse, Louman Associates, inc. 801 North 39th Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Inspector: The Owner's Resident Engineer who observes the Contractor's performance. Standard Specifications: The 2004 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Munici- pal Construction published by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Puhlic Works Association Working Drawings: Working drawings are further defined as electrical diagrams, catalog cut sheets, manufacturer's informational sheets describ- ing salient features, performance curves, or samples of fabri- cated and manufactured items (including mechanical and electrical equipment) required for the construction project. 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1 -02.4 Examination of Plans, Specifications, and Site of Work 1- 02.4(1) General Add the following paragraph: nin pre -bid app o n any proposed e+ .h..4i+..+.-. equipment ..L...11 Li.)e- granted prior the bid pre -bid approval v•� any N �v N v.�c::u JuL LILULC. cquipIiIclIL shall L) yIdiILCU p1lul to LIIC UIU opening unless specified otherwise in these Specifications. 1 -02.6 Preparation of Proposal Delete the second paragraph and replace with the following: Any bid item which has a unit price but no extension column amount shall have the extension amount determined by multiplying the unit price times the unit quantity. Any bid item which does not have a unit price but does have an extension column amount shall have the unit price determined by dividing the extension amount by the unit quantity. Should both the unit price and the extension column amount be left blank, then the entire bid shall be considered non - responsive. 1 -02.9 Delivery of Proposal Delete the first sentence and replace it with the following: Sealed kids shall he clearly identified with the project name "Historic District Reno on the cover and will be received at the following location before the specified time: 7 -5 Office of the City Clerk, City of Yakima, 129 North Second Street, Yakima, WA 98901, until the time and date set for the bid opening. 1 -02.13 Irregular Proposals SECTION 1 -02.13 of the Standard Specifications is revised as follows: Revise Item 1.a to read, "The bidder is not pre - qualified when so required;" Add Item 2.e. as follows: f. If changes to proposal form entries are not initialed. 1 -03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1 -03.2 Award of Contract Add the following: The Contract will be awarded on the basis of the total of all bid items accepted by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall submit bids for all bid items to be considered as a responsive bidder. The apparent low bidder will be determined based on the combined total of all bid items. 1 -03.3 Execution of Contract Delete the first sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: Within 10 working days after the award date, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency - prepared Contract, an insurance certification as required by SECTION 1- 07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and SECTION 1 -03.4. Failure to return the required documents within the allotted time shall be considered as non - responsive and shall result in forfeiture of the proposal bond or deposit of the bidder in accordance with SECTION 1 -03.5. 1 -03.4 Contract Bond Add the following: The Contractor shall guarantee the material provided and workmanship performed under the Contract for a period of one year from and after the final acceptance thereof by the Con- tracting Agency. In addition to the requirements for the Contract Bond according to SECTION 1 -03.4 of the Standard Specifications, the Bond shall further indemnify and hold the Contracting Agency its employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials harmless from defects appearing or developing in the material or workmanship provided or performed under the Contract within a period of one year after final acceptance by the Contracting Agency. The Contract Bond shall be in the form of the Contract Bond document bound in these Specifications. 7 -6 • 1 -03.7 Judicial Review Delete the last sentence in its entirety and replace it with the following: Such review, if any, shaii be timely filed in the Superior Court of Yakima County, Washington. 1 -04 SCOPE OF THE WORK 1- 04.1(2) Bid Items Not Included in the Proposal Delete the first paragraph in its entirety and replace it with the following: If work is required to cmm�!PtA the nrniert according to the int of the S Plans and p is required __. _ _ - _.. _ .. ......... ... .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. . .... ... and er v u�__vi!- tions but no bid item is provided in the Bid Schedule, then the Contractor shaii include the cost for providing the necessary work in the unit or lump sum price for the bid item most closely related to the work. 1 -04.4 Changes Add the following: No changes in the work covered by the approved Contract Documents shall be made without having prior written or oral (as deemed appropriate due to urgency of change) approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change shall be determined by one or more, or a combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid prices previously approved. b /A .. ...J 1. u. ni i ayr e iuiiip su111. c. The actual costs of: (1) Labor, including foremen; (2) Materials entering permanently into the work; (3) The ownership or rental costs of construction plant and equipment during the time of use on the extra work; (4) Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment; (5) Insurance; (6) Social Security and old age and unemployment contributions. Should authorized changes be made based upon the actual cost of material and labor, the costs thereof and costs allowed for overhead profit, bonds, insurance, etc., shall be determined via SECTION 1 -09.6 FORCE ACCOUNT of the Standard Specifications. Delete the last two paragraphs in their entirety and replace with the following: After bid award, the Contractor may submit proposals for changing the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract. These proposals must reduce the co or time required for construction of the project. If determined appropriate by the Contracting Agency, a change order will be executed implementing the proposed change /changes. 7 -7 1 -04.6 Increased or Decreased Quantities Add the following: • The quantities of the following Bid Proposal Items are estimates for bidding purposes only. There will be no adjustments in price due to increases or decreases in quantities regardless of the magnitude. The 25 percent provisions of this Section 1 -04.6 shall not apply to the Bid items listed below. Payment will be made at the unit contract price for actual quantities of work completed. * All Bid Items * 1 -04.11 Final Cleanup Add the following: Partial cleanup shall be done by the Contractor when he feels it is necessary or when, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, partial cleanup should be done prior to either final cleanup or final inspection. The cleanup work shall be done immediately upon written notification of the Engineer and other work shall not proceed until this partial cleanup is accomplished. Should the Contractor not conduct the cleanup as directed and in a timely manner, the Owner shall take action to have such cleanup work completed by others and will deduct such costs from any payment due the Contractor. 1 -04.12 Waste Site (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: Where there is additional waste excavation in excess of that needed for the project and in excess of that needed for compliance with requests of the Owner, the Contractor shall secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense. The Contractor shall also be required to secure and operate his own waste site at his own expense for the disposal of all unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, and any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. 1 -05 CONTROL OF WORK Add the following: The Contractor's attention is specifically directed to the following provisions of this SECTION 1 -05: • SECTION 1 -05.4, CONFORMITY WITH AND DEVIATIONS FROM PLANS AND STAKES; paragraphs 3 through 7. • SECTION 1 -05.6, INSPECTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS: paragraphs 1, 3, 4, and 5. • SECTION 1- 05.13, SUPERINTENDENTS, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT OF CONTRAC- TOR: paragraphs 2 and 3. 7 -8 Although specific attention is directed to the above sections, it shall not relieve the Contractor from the requirements of the remaining provisions of this section. i -05. i Authority of the Engineer Add the following: Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Drawings, Specifications, and Addenda, the means and methods of construction shall be such as the Contractor may choose; subject, however, to the Engineer's right to reject means and methods proposed by the Contractor which (1) will constitute or create a hazard to the work, or to persons or property; or (2) will not produce finished work in accordance with the terms of the Contract. The Engineer's approval of the Contractor's means and methods of construction or his failure to exercise his right to reject such means or methods shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to accomplish the result intended by the Contract; nor shall the exercise of such right to reject create a cause for action for damages. 1 -05.3 Plans and Working Drawings Delete the third through fifth paragraphs of SECTION 1 -05.3 of the Standard Specifications and replace them with the following: The submittal of Shop Drawings will not be required for this project, nor will the Engineer review any Shop Drawings submitted by the Contractor. If Shop Drawings are submitted, they will be marked "NOT REVIEWED" and returned to the Contractor. The materials and quality of the final constructed product are shown on the Plans and specified herein. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to verify all quantities, dimensions, field c on s tr uc t io n criteria, materials, catalog numbers, or similar data to assure all portions of the work are coordinated and rnmpleted in compliance with the Plane and Specificati The Contractor assumes full responsibility for all means, methods, sequences, techniques or procedures of construction, and to safety precautions or programs incidental thereto. 1- 05.3(1) Project Record Drawings (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contractor shall maintain a neatly marked, full -size set of record drawings showing the final location and layout of all new construction. Drawings shall be kept current weekly, with all field instruction, change orders, and construction adjustment. Drawings shall be subject to the inspection of the Engineer at all times. Prior to acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer one set of neatly marked record drawings showing the information required above. Requests for partial payment will not be approved if the marked -up prints are not kept current, and request for final payment will not be approved until the marked -up prints are delivered to the Engineer. 7 -9 1 -05.4 Conformity with and Deviation From Plans and Stakes 1- 05.4(1) Roadway and Utility Surveys (APWA ONLY) Add the following: (ROAD PROJECTS) The Consultant will establish the line and grade of proposed construction by offset stakes and "blue top" hubs as defined below. The Contractor shall establish grades from the Consultant's stakes at suitable intervals in accordance with good practice and which meet with the approval of the Engineer. Where any information on the Plans is insufficient for establishing line and /or grade, the Contractor shall request additional information from the Consultant. Where new construction adjoins existing construction, the Contractor shall make such adjustments in grade as are directed by the Engineer. The Consultant will perform all surveying necessary to check compliance with the Specifications and as required for measuring the quantities of work as specified. The Contractor shall furnish assistance to the Engineer in checking depth and measuring quantities for payment purposes. Offset stakes will be provided by the Consultant one time only for back of curb alignment /top of curb grade at fifty (50) foot intervals, and at all curb returns and catch basins. The Con- sultant will provide slope staking one time only in areas of significant sloping, establish the centerline for minor structures, and establish bench marks at convenient locations for use by the Contractor. The Consultant will provide "blue top" hubs one time only at fifty (50) foot intervals at subgrade at curb and gutter. The Contractor shall request subgrade "blue top" hubs in accordance with staking request procedures herein specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing "blue top" hubs at fifty (50) foot intervals for each course of aggregate. All costs of staking performed by the Contractor shall be considered incidental to the various bid items of the project. Any charges incurred by the Consultant to replace stakes, markers, and monumentation which were not to be disturbed but were damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be calculated on an hourly basis at the Consultant's normal hourly billing rates in effect at that time for the individuals and equipment required to do the work, including travel time and overtime. The Contractor does hereby authorize the Contracting Agency to deduct such costs from the amounts due or to become due to him. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction work allegedly due to error in the Consultant's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Consultant still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error is furnished the Consultant. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer and Consultant. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. 1- 05.4(3) Construction Staking Requests (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: 7 -10 All staking requests shall be made on the "Construction Staking Request Form" found on the following page. The form shall be delivered or faxed to the Consultant's office at least three (3) working days prior to the date requested for staking. The Contractor shall provide a brief i t i t i tion of ctakinn no cdescrip the orlorl the approximate location (station to station), and when -- - r -- -• -• -••-- - •�••••••y •• ••• up. iv�.auvii (station w JtduUll), d11U when lll@ staking will be required. The request shall be reviewed with the Consultant and both parties shall sign the form. When the staking is completed, the survey party chief will initial and date the form. Requests for re- stakes shall be marked boldly in the description and initialed by both the Contractor and the Consultant. 7 -11 CONSTRUCTION STAKING REQUEST FORM Project: CITY OF YAKIMA City Project No. 2103 -Ph.2 HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION HLA Project No. 04087A Contractor: Date of Request: Time of Request The Contractor shall provide at least three (3) working days notice as required by the Contract Special Provisions. WHEN REQUIRED ITEM DESCRIPTION STATION TO STATION DATE TIME 1. 2. 3. 4. SIGNATURES STAKING COMPLETED Item By Date /Time 1. Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 2. 3. 4. Contractor 7 -12 1 -05.5 SURVEY MONUMENTS (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contracting Agency will, at its own cost, reference all known existing monuments or markers relating to subdivisions, plats, roads, street centerline intersections, etc. The Contractor shall take special care to protect these monuments or markers and also the reference points. In the event the Contractor is negligent in preserving such monuments and markers, the points will be reset by a licensed surveyor at the Contractor's expense. 1- 05.10(1) General Guaranty and Warranty (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: If, within one year after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and unauthorized work is discovered, the Contractor shall promptly, upon written request by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer's instructions, either correct such work or, if such work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the Project Site and replace it with non - defective and authorized work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. if the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written request to correct defective and unauthorized work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and unauthorized work corrected or rejected, removed, and replaced pursuant to the provisions of SECTION 1 -05.7 of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees the above one -year limitation shall not exclude nor diminish the Contracting Agency's rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and unauthorized work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 9.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing or liability, expressed or implied, arising out of a written agreement. 1 05.11(1) Substantial Cnmp!etion Hatch (APANA ( PAN ON! Y) Add the following: To be considered substantially complete, the following conditions must be met: 1. The Contracting Agency must have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint. 2. Only minor incidental work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair work remains to reach physical completion of the work. 1 -05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors Supplement this section with the following Contractor shall coordinate work and scheduling with the following agencies and projects: 1. City of Yakima Historic District Utility Renovations Project. Contractor is West Coast Construction Co., Inc. Woodinville, WA. Work consists of removing existing asphalt and concrete pavement from alleys, replace existing sanitary sewer mains in alleys 7 -13 and construct new storm sewer system for alleys and undergrounding of primary power service. This work is estimated to be completed by the end of April 2006. 2. City of Yakima Traffic Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Traffic Dept. when his work will involve removing, relocating or replacing existing street lights, existing or new electrical conduit runs, irrigation, traffic control plans and traffic signal issues. Contact: Shelley Willson (509- 575 -6005) 3. City of Yakima Water Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Water Dept. when his work will involve new water services, adjustment of existing water services, water from City fire hydrants. Contact: Alvie Maxie (509- 575 -6005) 4. City of Yakima Parks Department. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City of Yakima Parks Dept. when his work will involve removing, relocating, capping existing irrigation facilities. Contact: Randy Murphy (509- 575 -6005) 1 -05.16 Water and Power (APWA ONLY) Add the following: Water for compaction and dust control purpose shall be furnished and applied in accordance with these provisions and SECTION 2 -07 of the Standard Specifications modified as follows: Water Supply: Water for use on the projects shall be furnished by the Contracting Agency and the Contractor shall convey the water from the nearest convenient hydrant or other source at his own expense. The hydrants shall be used in accordance with the appropriate Water Department regulations. Measurement and Payment: No separate measurement or payment for water will be made. This pertains to water required for dust control, water settling trenches, and any other water as required by the Contract Documents. All costs for hauling, conveying, and applying water shall be included in the various bid items of the proposal. 1 -05.18 Testing (NEW SECTION) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling and paying for all material testing required by these Contract Documents. All testing services shall be performed by an independent, certified testing firm and /or laboratory meeting the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit information relating to the qualifications of the proposed testing firm to the Engineer for review and approval prior to the preconstruction conference. The testing frequencies listed below may be modified to assure compliance with the Specifications. Sidewalk Subgrade Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material encountered and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. 7 -14 Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,000 square feet of subgrade. The Engineer may request additionai tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Subgrade compaction shall be as specified for Roadway Embankment. Trench Backfilling Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency and at depths sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for each 100 linear feet of main pipeline trench and one (1) test for each street crossing. At alternating 100 -foot locations along the main trench line, tests shall be taken at 1 -foot, 2 -foot and 3 -foot depths below finish grade. Compaction shall conform to Section 7- 08.3(3) or 7- 10.3(11) as applicable to the pipeline being constructed. At a minimum, compaction shall be to at least 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557 (Modified Proctor). Ballast and Crushed Surfacing Copies of the moisture density curves for each type of material incorporated into the project and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. Compaction tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of ballast or crushed surfacing. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required subgrade densities. Compaction of ballast and crushed surfacing shall be as specified in SECTION 4- 04.3(5). Cement Concrete Curb, Gutter, and Sidewalk A copy of the cement concrete design mix or certification from the concrete supplier that the concrete provided has been prepared to the strength requirement as specified elsewhere in these Specifications. A concrete strength cylinder shall be taken and tested at 28 days for the first truck load and every fourth truck load of concrete delivered to the job for every day concrete is placed. All testing procedures shall be conducted in accordance with applicable Sections of Division 6 -02 of the Standard Specifications. Copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. 7 -15 Asphalt Paving Copies of the maximum Rice density test for each class of asphalt pavement and copies of all test results shall be provided to the Engineer as construction progresses. • Density tests shall be taken at a frequency sufficient to document that the required density has been achieved. At a minimum, one (1) compaction test shall be taken for every 2,000 square feet of surface area for each lift of asphalt pavement. The Engineer may request additional tests be performed at the Contractor's expense, if test results do not meet the required densities. Compaction of asphalt pavement shall be as specified in SECTION 5- 04.3(10)B. 1 -07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1 -07.1 Laws to be Observed Amend the second sentence of the first paragraph to read: The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the State (including the Commission, the Secretary, and any agents, officers, and employees) and the Contracting Agency (including any agents, officers, employees, and representatives) against any claims which may arise because the Contractor (or any employee of the Contractor or subcontractor or materialman) violated a legal requirement. 1- 07.5(4) Air Quality This section is supplemented with the following: The local air pollution authority is the Yakima Regional Clean Air Authority, (509) 574 -1410. 1 -07.6 Permits and Licenses This section is supplemented with the following: (March 13, 1995) No hydraulic permits are required for this project unless the Contractor's operations use, divert, obstruct, or change the natural flow or bed of any river or stream, or utilize any of the waters of the State or materials from gravel or sand bars, or from stream beds. The Contractor shall have or obtain a valid City of Yakima Business License for the duration of this project. 1- 07.9(5) Required Documents Add the following: If using the occupation code for wage affidavits and payrolls and if the project involves more than one jurisdictional area, the Contractor shall reference the area just after the occupation code number. For example: 10 -0010 Yak.E. 7 -16 1- 07.13(3) Relief of Responsibility for Damage by Public Traffic Replace with the following: When it is necessary for public traffic to utilize the street and associated facilities during construction, the Contractor shall be responsible for damages to permanent work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and temporary facilities to accommodate both vehicular and pedestrian traffic during construction. 1 -07.15 Temporary Water Pollution /Erosion Control Replace the second paragraph with the following: Tha lnntractnr shall narfnrm all tamnnrani lnratar nnlll Itinn /arncinn rnntrnl maacl IrAC chn in the Plans, specified in the Special Provisions or WSDOT Storm Drainage manual, proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, or ordered by the Engineer as work proceeds. Payment for all work necessary to comply with Section 1 -07.15 shall be included in other various bid items, and no separate payment shall be made. 1 Protection and Restoration of Property 1- 07.16(1) Private /Public Property This section is supplemented with the following: Stockpiling in City of Yakima right -of -way or on existing or new improvements shall not occur unless approved by the Engineer. All temporary stockpile sites shall be restored to as their original condition or better. The Contractor shall contact all property owners and tenants in the vicinity OT this project, via • ..ett /.... III ..r (1 •,.I_ to start o r _a_ _ I IeVVJIGIIGI /I I lallll ll��. , a I11111111IU111 of one `1 / VVGCI� prior to JLdI l of construction. UVIIUI 1. The newsletter /mailing shall advise the owners and tenants of the construction schedule and indicate the Contractor's name, contact person, and telephone numbers. The City of Yakima has contracted with a local businessman to act as a liaison to assist the Contractor's communications with the local business and property owners and the public. 1 -07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Add the following: Locations and dimensions shown on the Plans for existing facilities are in accordance with available information obtained without uncovering, measuring, or other verification. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to investigate the presence and location of all utilities prior to bid opening and to assess their impacts on his construction activities. The Contractor shall call the Utility Notification Center (One Call Center) for field location, not less than two nor more than ten business days before the scheduled date for commencement of lvravatinn may a ffart I InriPrnrnl Ind I Itility farilitic Q 1lnlacc nthc'PAIIQI=1 anrACr 1 lnnn by the parties involved. A business day is defined as any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or a legal local, state, or federal holiday. The telephone number for the One Call Center for this 7 -17 project is 1- 800 - 553 -4344. If no one - number locator service is available, notice shall be provided individually by the Contractor to those owners known to or suspected of having underground facilities within the area of proposed excavation. Utilities, new or old, may be renewed, relocated, or adjusted for the proposed construction. The Contractor shall, prior to beginning any work, meet with all utility organizations (public and private) in the field to familiarize himself with existing utility locations, along with familiar - izing himself with plans and schedules for the installation of new, relocated, or adjusted utilities. Both public and private utility organizations, along with private contractors working for these organizations, may be doing utility installations within the area. The proposed con - struction work must be coordinated with these utility installations. The Contractor shall arrange with the owners and operators of the respective utility systems to mark the locations and, if necessary or prudent, to expose the existing utilities prior to construction of the facilities contained in this Contract. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with other contractors who may be working in the project area and cooperate with them. The following addresses and telephone numbers of utility companies known or suspected of having facilities within the project limits are supplied for the Contractor's convenience: Qwest 8 W 2nd Ave, Room 304 Yakima, WA 98902 509 - 575 -7183 Charter Cable 1005 N 16th Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 509 - 575 -1697 City of Yakima Traffic Division 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. Yakima, WA 98902 509 - 575 -6005 City of Yakima Water Division 2301 Fruitvale Blvd. Yakima, WA 98902 509- 575 -6154 City of Yakima Wastewater Div. 2220 E. Viola, Yakima, WA 98901 509 - 575 -6077 Cascade Natural Gas Corporation 401 N 1st Street, Yakima, WA 98901 509 - 457 -5905 Pacific Power PO Box 1729 Yakima, WA 98907 509- 575 -3146 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA ONLY) Add the following: Within ten (10) days following contract award or prior to start of construction, whichever comes first, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner a Certificate of Insurance and the additional insured endorsements as evidence of compliance with these requirements. This certificate shall name the City of Yakima, its employees, agents, elected and appointed officials, Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc., and all subcontractors as "additional 7 -18 • insured" and shall stipulate that the policies named thereon cannot be canceled unless at least forty -five (45) days written notice has been given to the Owner. The certificate shall not contain the following or similar wording regarding cancellation notification: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents, or representatives." 107.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1= 07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add the following to the third paragraph: 5. The Contractor shall maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to businesses at all times that businesses are open unless the Contractor provides the Engineer with written agreement the business owner for alternate accesses, hours of work or other agreements. Add the following to the sixth paragraph: 7. Open trenches and excavations shall be protected with proper barricades and at night they shall be distinctively indicated by adequately placed lights. To minimize the disruption to access to adjacent properties, and to Yakima Transit operations, any lane closure area shall be limited to that area of active work and necessary for appropriate lane closure tapers. The Contractor shall stage work to maintain access to and egress from all properties at all times. Contractor may consider work immediately in front of business access to be done during non - business hours or schedule an agreeable time with each business owner. A safe p edestrian access shall b p r ov id e d a t all ti t hrough or around the _. • ......+... pedestrian Dui � uvvt,JJ shall be provided at all � I ICA through Vuyl I VI d1 VUI IU 11 IC current Cf ll WUl K areas. All lane closures shall be coordinated with the adjacent businesses, other contractors working within the project vicinity, local transit agencies and the City of Yakima. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, parking is a hazard to through traffic or to the construction work, parking may be restricted either entirely or during the time when it creates a hazard. Signs for restricting parking shall be approved by the City and placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall maintain all such signs. The replacement of signs restricting parking shall be as approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify all property owners and tenants of detours, street and alley closures, or other restrictions that may interfere with their access. Notification shall be at least twenty -four (24) hours in advance for residential property, and at least forty -eight (48) hours in advance for commercial property. Emergency traffic, such as police, fire, and disaster units, shall be provided access at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall coordinate his activities with all disposal firms and transit bus service that may be operating in the project area. It is the intent of the Contract to effectively prevent the deposition of debris on streets in areas of public traffic or where such debris may be transported into a drainage system. When construction operations are such that debris from the work is deposited on the roadway surfaces, the Contractor 7 -19 will remove all such debris before the end of the work day. Should daily removal be insufficient to keep the streets clean, the Contractor shall perform removal operations on a more frequent basis. If the Engineer determines that a more frequent cleaning is impractical or if the Contractor fails to keep the streets free from deposits and debris resulting from the work, The Contractor shall, upon order of the Engineer, provide facilities for and remove all deposits from the tires or between wheels before trucks or other equipment will be allowed to travel over paved streets. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to clean the streets in question, or the trucks or equipment in question, the Engineer may order the work suspended at the Contractor's risk until compliance with Contractor's obligations is assured, or the Engineer may order the streets in question cleaned by others and such costs incurred by the City in achieving compliance with these contract requirements, including cleaning of the streets, shall be deducted from moneys due or to become due the Contractor next monthly estimate. The Contractor shall have not claim for delay or additional costs should the Engineer choose to suspend the Contractor's work until compliance is achieved. 1- 07.23(1)APublic Meeting (New Section) The Contractor and his Project Superintendent shall be required to attend a community meeting with City Officials, the Engineer, and Business Owners in the City of Yakima prior to beginning construction. The purpose of the meeting is to inform the Business Owners of the Contractor's proposed construction schedule and sequencing of the construction activities. The Contractor shall be prepared to present his schedule and sequence to the Business Owners and to answer questions from the public. 1 -07.28 Safety Standards (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: All work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal health and safety codes, standards, regulations, and /or accepted industry standards. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that his work force and the public are adequately protected against any hazards. The Contracting Agency shall have the authority at all times to issue a stop work order at no penalty to the Contracting Agency if, in its opinion, working conditions present an undue hazard to the public, property, or the work force. Such authority shall not, however, relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the maintenance of safe working conditions or assess any responsibility to the Contracting Agency or Engineer for the identification of any or all unsafe conditions. 1 -07.29 Notifying Property Owners (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: When construction activities will affect ingress and egress to a property along the project alignment, the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the occupant /occupants of the property 24 hours prior to the construction activity beginning. If personal contact with the occupant is not possible, the Contractor shall leave written notification. 7 -20 1 -08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1- 08.0(2) Hours of Work (APWA ONLY) Add the following to the first paragraph: The "Schedule of Working Hours" form bound in the Contract and Related Materials section of these Contract Documents shall be executed by the Contractor prior to construction and shall be discussed at the preconstruction conference to formally establish the normal straight time working hours for the project. Normal working hours shall be limited to 40 hours per week based on the time the Contractor and /or his subcontractors are at the project site. 1 -08.1 Subcontracting Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a "Request to Sublet" form, found on the following page, to the Engineer for review prior to the identified subcontractor beginning any work on the project. 7 -21 gi Washington State Req est to Sublet Work Department of Transportation M ❑ Subcontractor ❑ Lower Tier Subcontractor Prime Contractor Federal Employer I.D. Number * State Contract Number Job Description (Title) Request Number Approval is Requested to Sublet the Following Described Work to: Subcontractor or Lower Tier Subcontractor Federal Employer I.D. Number * Address Telephone Number City State Zip Code Estimated Starting Date If Lower Tier Subcontractor, ID of Corresponding Subcontractor * If no Federal Employerl.D. Number, Use Owner's Social Security Number Item No. Partial Item Description Amount / understand and will insure that the subcontractor will Prime Contractor Signature Date comply fully with the plans and specifications under which this work is being performed. Department of Transportation Use Only Percent of Total Contract ❑ DBE ❑ MBE ❑ WBE This Request % Remarks: Previous Requests Sublet to Date Project Engineer Date Approved - Region Construction Engineer Date ❑ Approved (When Required) DOT Form 421 - 012 EF Distribution: White (Original) - Region Canary (Copy) - Project Engineer Pink (Copy) - Contractor Revised 6/97 Insert here "Request to Sublet" form 7 -22 • • 1 -08.3 Progress Schedule Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following: Following Contract award and satisfactory provision or execution of all required Contract Documents, the Engineer will schedule a preconstruction conference at a time mutually agreeable to all concerned. At this conference, all points of the Contract Documents will be • open to discussion including scope, order and coordination of work, equipment lead time required, means and methods of construction, inspection and reporting procedures, etc. The Contractor should satisfy himself that all provisions and intentions of the Contract are fully • understood. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer at the, preconstruction conference a o Construction Progress and Completin Schardi Ala i icing a har graph f _ _ .. _ .. —.� � ma ....� ... . ... ... .. ...,... v .. v .. vv..v... u.a. uv... ..,ru Me e e c ar e e e e e..e e.. The Contractor's schedule shall be prepared allowing for the following requirements of this contract: • It is the intent of this project to minimize the disruption and access impacts to the adjoining property and business owners: To this end, the Contractor shall schedule his work to achieve this goal. • Work shall be staged in two (2) adjacent city block fronts increments. • Demolition work shall be limited to no more than two (2) adjacent city block fronts at any one time. Demolition of succeeding block fronts shall not begin until the preceding 2 block fronts are completely ready for sidewalk placement and ADA curb ramps. • Contractor shall allow no more than 18 working days from start of demolition to compietion of sidewaik piacement for each two (2) city block fronts. • Order of construction of city blocks shall be as follows: - 1. North Front Street and Yakima Avenue - North side 2. Yakima Ave. South side and 1s Street 3. A Street • The following dates and events have been scheduled within or adjacent to this project's limits. Contractor shall schedule his work to avoid conflicting with these times as much as possible, May 5 - Cinco de Mayo Street Fair on 3rd Street — N. and S. of Yakima Ave. May 29 — Memorial Day Parade July 4 - Fourth of July Parade September 2 to 4 - 3 on 3 Basketball Tourney — Yakima Ave, 2nd St to 4 St (Closure) Late September — Sunfair Parade Farmer Market — 3 Street South of Yakima Avenue - Every Sunday during summer 7 -23 Items in the Schedule shall be arranged in the order and sequence in which they will be performed. The Schedule shall detail each two (2) city block front's work individually from beginning to end. The Schedule shall conform to the working time and time of completion established under the terms of the Contract and shall be subject to modification by the Engineer. The Schedule shall be drawn to a time scale, shown along the base of the diagram, using an appropriate measurement per day with weekends and holidays indicated. The Construction Progress Schedule shall be continuously updated and, if necessary, redrawn upon the first working day of each month or upon issuance of any Change Order which substantially affects the scheduling. Copies (2 prints or 1 reproducible) of newly updated Schedules shall be forwarded to the Engineer, as directed, immediately upon preparation. Seasonal weather conditions shall be considered in the planning and scheduling of work influenced by high or low ambient temperature or precipitation to ensure the completion of the work within the Contract Time. No time extensions will be granted for the Contractor's failure to take into account such weather conditions for the location of the work and for the period of time in which the work is to be accomplished. This section is supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit a weekly activity schedule to the Construction Engineer before 9:00 a.m. on the Friday prior to the week indicated on the schedule. If the Contractor proceeds with work not indicated on this weekly activity schedule, or in a sequence differing form the which he has shown on this schedule, the Engineer may order the Contractor to delay unscheduled activities until they are included on a subsequent weekly activity schedule. Delete the next to the last sentence of the second paragraph. 1 -08.4 Notice to Proceed and Prosecution of the Work (APWA only) SECTION 1 -08.4 of the APWA Supplement is replaced with the following: The Engineer will issue a Notice to Proceed after the Contract has been executed and the Contract Bond and evidence of insurances have been approved. The Contractor shall not begin work until the Notice to Proceed has been issued. The Contractor shall not delay the start of construction activities. The Contract time shall begin on the date set forth in the Notice to Proceed or the first day the Contractor begins work, whichever comes first. The work thereafter shall be prosecuted diligently to completion within the Contract Time. Failure of the Contractor to begin work by the date set forth in the Notice to Proceed will be considered grounds for Termination for Default as specified under SECTION 1- 08.10(1) of • the Standard Specifications. 1 -08.5 Time for Completion (Contract Time) (APWA ONLY) Add the following: 7 -24 • Eighty (80) working days after the date set forth in the NOTICE TO PROCEED shall be allowed for completion of all Contract work. Within 10 calendar days after execution by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with copies of purchase orders for all items deemed critical by the Contracting Agency including but not limited to trees, plants, and concrete unit pavers required for the physical completion of the contract. Such purchase orders shall disclose the estimated delivery dates for the critical equipment items. If the contract involves items of work which can be performed without adversely affecting the work involved with the critical equipment items, and which may be started prior to delivery of the critical items, the Contractor may start and physically complete that portion of the work authorized by the Engineer. The work will start on the day that the start of work is authorized by the Engineer. The Engineer may suspend the work i rpnn rani fact of the C u ntil the critical items are delivered to the Contractor. The Contractor will be entitled to only one such suspension of time during the performance of the work and during such suspension shall not perform any additional work on the project. Upon delivery of the critical items, contract time will resume and continue to be charged. Add the following paragraph after the second paragraph: Inclement weather shall not be a prima facie reason for the granting of an extension of time, and the Contractor shall make every effort to continue work under prevailing conditions. The Owner may, however, grant an extension of time if an unavoidable delay as a result of inclement weather in fact occurs, and such shall then be classified as a "delay." An "inclem- ent" weather delay day is defined as a day on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately there from adverse to the current controlling operation or critical path activity, as determined by the Resident Engineer, from proceeding with at least 75 percent of the normal labor and equipment force engaged on such operation for at least 60 percent of the total daily time being currently spent on the controlling operation or critical path activity. Delete Item f. found in the APWA Supplement. 1- 08.10(1) Termination for Default in the last sentence of the fifth paragraph, replace "State of Washington, Department of Transportation" with "Contracting Agency." 1 -09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1- 09.2(3) Specific Requirements for Platform Scales Add the following: The Contractor will furnish a person, at no cost to the Contracting Agency, who will operate the certified scales while the loading and hauling of materials is in progress. The Contractor shall provide the platform scales and any tickets required fnr s elf - printing scales 7 -25 Certified weight tickets accompanying each truckload of material will be required to be delivered to the Resident Engineer at the site. Should the Resident Engineer be unavailable, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor's project superintendent to collect all said certified tickets for the day and deliver them to the Resident Engineer the morning following the day's construction. The certified tickets shall have project name, date, time, product delivered, gross weight, tare weight, and net weight shown in pounds. Any certified weight tickets submitted later than the morning following the day materials are delivered to the site will not be considered for measurement and payment. 1 -09.4 Equitable Adjustment Replace Item 2.b. with the following: 2.b. Per Section 1 -09.6, Force Account. 1 -09.6 Force Account Add the following clarification: The term "project overhead" shall include "jobsite overhead." The term "general company overhead" shall include "home office overhead." 1 -09.9 Payments (APWA ONLY) Add the following: The estimate cutoff date discussed above shall be the last working day of each month. The Contractor shall submit his signed Application for Payment within 3 working days of the estimate cutoff date. After the application for payment is reviewed by the Engineer, the Engineer will make a recommendation to the Contracting Agency for action at the first available meeting of the governing body that payment be made. The City will submit all payable invoices to the State of Washington Traffic Safety Commission for reimbursement, and payment is anticipated to be made within 30 calendar days from said submittal. Failure to submit an Application for Payment within the required time may delay action by the Con- tracting Agency's governing body and further delay payment to the Contractor. All payments for lump sum items over $5,000.00 or a single payment for a lump sum contract of any amount will be measured by a schedule of values established as follows: At the Preconstruction Conference, the contractor shall furnish a breakdown for each lump sum bid item or for the total lump sum contract price showing the amount bid for each principal category of the work, in such detail as requested by the Engineer, to provide a basis for determining progress payments. This breakdown, referred to as the "Schedule of Values," will be approved by the Engineer as described in Section 1 -08 Prosecution and Progress before the first payment is made. 1- 09.9(1) Retainage Delete the last sentence of the second paragraph. A retainage bond will not be accepted. Add the following to the fourth paragraph: 7 -26 5. An affidavit is delivered to the Contracting Agency by the Contractor, stating that all persons performing labor or furnishing materials have been paid. 1- 09.9(2) Contracting Agency's Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: In addition to monies retained pursuant to RCW 60.28 and subject to RCW 39.04.250, RCW 39.12, and RCW 39.76, the Contractor authorizes the Engineer to withhold progress payments due or deduct an amount from any payment or payments due the Contractor which, in the Engineer's opinion, may be necessary to cover the Contracting Agency's costs for for or to remed the follov,ting situations: ,.. e.,r remedy the �ve�v ee esl� vfL6A €.161V11�. 1. Damage to another contractor when there is evidence thereof and a claim has been filed. 2. Where the Contractor has not paid fees or charges to public authorities or municipalities which the Contractor is obligated to pay. 3. Utilizing material, tested and inspected by the Engineer, for purposes not connected with the Work (Section 1- 05.6). 4. Landscape damage assessments per Section 1- 07.16. 5. For overtime work performed by Contracting Agency personnel or its repre- sentative, per Section 1- 08.0(3). 6. Anticipated or actual failure of the Contractor to complete the Work on time: a. Per Section 1 -08.9 Liquidated Damage; or b. Lack of construction progress based upon the Engineer's review of the Contractor's approved progress schedule which indicates the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time. When calculating an anticipated time overrun, the Engineer will make allowances for weather delays, approved unavoidable delays, �.-_I _.. :.__ \ .L 1L_ 'Work. The _.___._._1 appro ed uIIavoidarble delays, and 5u5 i.)erlS iorlS of he Worr.. 1 rle amount withheld under this subparagraph will be based upon the liquidated damages amount per day set forth in Contract Documents multiplied by the number of days the Contractor's approved progress schedule, in the opinion of the Engineer, indicates the Contract may exceed the Contract Time. 7. Failure of the Contractor to perform any of the Contractor's other obligations under the Contract, including but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to provide the Engineer with a field office when required by the Contract Provisions. b. Failure of the Contractor to protect survey stakes, markers, etc., or to provide adequate survey work as required by Section 1 -05.5. c. Failure of the Contractor to correct defective or unauthorized work (Section 1- 05.7). d. Failure of the Contractor to furnish a Manufacturer's Certificate of Com- pliance in lieu of material testing and inspection as required by Section 1- 06.3. e. Failure to submit weekly payrolls, Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage forms, or correct underpayment to employees of the Contractor or subcontractor of env tier as ranl iirarl by Santinn 1 _n7 .Q. f. Failure of the Contractor to pay worker's benefits (Title 50 and Title 51 RCW) as required by Section 1- 07.10. 7 -27 g. Failure of the Contractor to submit and obtain approval of a progress schedule per Section 1 -08.3. The Contractor authorizes the Engineer to act as agent for the Contractor disbursing such funds as have been withheld pursuant to this section to a party or parties who are entitled to payment. Disbursement of such funds, if the Engineer elects to do so, will be made only after giving the Contractor 15 calendar days prior written notice of the Contracting Agency's intent to do so, and if prior to the expiration of the 15- calendar day period: 1. No legal action has commenced to resolve the validity of the claims, and 2. The Contractor has not protested such disbursement. A proper accounting of all funds disbursed on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with this section will be made. A payment made pursuant to this section shall be considered as payment made under the terms and conditions of the Contact. The Contracting Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for such payment made in good faith. If legal action is instituted to determine the validity of the claims prior to expiration of the 15- day period mentioned above, the Engineer will hold the funds until determination of the action or written settlement agreement of the parties. When the conditions 1 -7 are resolved or the Contractor provides a Surety Bond satisfactory to the Contracting Agency which will protect the Contracting Agency in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 1- 09.9(3) Final Payment (New Section) The following new section shall be added to the Standard Specifications: Upon completion of all work under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, in writing, that he has completed his part of the Contract and shall request final payment. Upon receipt of such request, the Engineer will inspect and, if acceptable, submit to the Owner his recommendation as to acceptance of the completed work and as to the final estimate of the amount due the Contractor. Upon approval of this final estimate and upon final acceptance of the work under this Contract, the Owner will notify the Department of Revenue of the completion of said Contract. Provided the Department of Revenue certifies there are no taxes or penalties due and owing from the Contractor, and there are no other known claims or liens against the retained funds, and further provided the terms of SECTION 1- 09.9(1) are in compliance, the Owner will pay to the Contractor the balance of monies due under this Contract in accordance with RCW Title 60.28. In the event unsatisfied claims or liens for taxes, material, labor, and other services are known to exist, an amount will be further withheld from the retainage sufficient to satisfy the settlement of such claims and liens, including attorney's fees incurred, and the remainder will be released from escrow, or released from the retained funds and paid to the Contractor. On contracts for public works, final payment of the retained percentage will not be made until after the Contractor has filed with the Owner the Affidavit of Wages Paid forms required by RCW 39.12.040 certifying that the Contractor and subcontractors have paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages. The parties further agree that the Owner may, without liability, withhold final payment to the Contractor until such time as the Contractor has completed all forms required by the Owner. 7 -28 • • 1 -09.11 Disputes and Claims 1- 09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction Delete in its entirety the reference to Thurston County and replace it with Yakima County, Washington. 1 -10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1 -10.1 General This section is supplemented with the following: Existing traffic control and other City signs that interfere with construction activities shall be removed and delivered to the City Sign Maintenance Shop. The Contractor shall notify the City five (5) working days in advance of any necessary permanent sign removal. Existing signs shall not be removed until the Contractor has provided for temporary measures sufficient to safeguard and direct traffic control and other City signs shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. As the work progresses and permits, temporarily relocated and /or removed traffic signs shall be reset in their permanent location by the Contractor unless otherwise noted in the special provisions. The Contractor shall notify the City five (5) working days in advance of the need for the return of signs for resetting. Permanent signs and other traffic control devices damaged or lost by the Contractor shall be replaced by the City at the Contractor's expense. 1- 10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Delete the entire section and replace with the following: The Contractor shaii prepare a project specific signing pian showing the necessary Ciass A and B construction signing and barricades and traffic control devices required for the project and submit it to the Engineer for review no later than the preconstruction conference date. When the Class B signing for a particular area will be provided as detailed on one or more of the figures included in the MUTCD without modification, the Contractor may reference the applicable MUTCD figure at the appropriate location on the Plan. When this procedure is used, variable distances such as minimum length of taper must be specified by the Contractor. The signing plan prepared by the Contractor shall provide for adequate warning within the limits of the project and on all streets, alleys, and driveways entering the project so that approaching traffic may turn left or right onto existing undisturbed streets before reaching the project. All costs incurred by the Contractor in preparation of the Traffic Control Plan, including any revisions required by the Engineer after review, shall be included in the unit contract prices for "Project Temporary Traffic Control," per lump sum. I-IV.a Flagging, a7Il,.IIA, and QII Other Traffic III.r VVI Ill VI Devices 1- 10.3(3) Construction Signs 7 -29 The first sentence of the first paragraph is revised to read: All signs, barricades, flashers, cones, traffic safety drums, and other traffic control devices required by the approved traffic control plan(s), as well as any other appropriate signs prescribed by the City, shall be furnished by the Contractor. The last two sentences of the first paragraph are deleted. The third paragraph is revised as follows: Delete item 2. Revise item 3 to read: Furnishing, initial installation, and subsequent removal of both Class A and B construction signs; and 1 -10.5 Payment Section 1 -10.5 shall be revised as follows: Class A and Class B construction signs and labor for traffic control, including flagging when necessary, shall be considered incidental to the Contract bid item for "Project Temporary Traffic Control," per lump sum. All costs for furnishing, erecting, and maintaining Class A and Class B construction signs and for providing traffic control labor shall be included in the Contract bid item "Project Temporary Traffic Control," per lump sum, and no further payment for such work will be made. 1 -99 APWA SUPPLEMENT 1 -02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS (APWA Only) 1.02.1 Qualifications of Bidder (APWA Only) This section is supplemented with the following: Pre - qualification is not required for this project. 1 -07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance (APWA Only) 1- 07.18(1) General Requirements (APWA Only) The seventh paragraph is revised as follows: Change "45 days" to "20 days." The eighth paragraph is revised by adding the following to the end of the first sentence: ", the City of Yakima, their employees, agents, and elected or appointed officials." 7 -30 Where the structures are removed, the voids shall be backfilled with suitable, job- excavated material and compacted, and such work shall be considered as incidental to the removal work. If the Engineer determines +h., ..4. _i_ _� mines the job- excavated material to be unsuitable for backfill, the Contractor shall place ballast or crushed surfacing material as directed by the Engineer. 2- 02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, and Curbs Add the following: In those areas where asphalt pavement removal is required, the Contractor shall, prior to excavation, saw cut the edge of the asphalt pavement with an approved pavement cutter. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall take precautions to preserve the int rit of this neat, clean pavement edge. Should the pavement edge be damaged prior to asphalt paving activities, the Contractor shall be required to trim the edge with an approved pavement cutter as directed by the Engineer immediately prior to paving. No separate payment shall be made for saw - cutting asphalt roadway pavement and curb and rii itlPr Certinn 2 -03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2 -03.1 Description Add the following: Sidewalk excavation shall consist of removing the existing material of whatever nature encountered to the subgrade elevation and shaping the subgrade to conform to the cross - section shown on the Plans or as staked in the field Where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall excavate beyond the right of way in order to adequately slope adjacent properties. No additional compensation will be made for excavating outside the right of way. 2-03.3(3) Excavation Below Grade Add the following: At the direction of the Engineer, areas within the sidewalk subgrade which exhibit instability due to high moisture content shall be: 1. Aerated and allowed to dry, 2. Over - excavated and backfilled with suitable project excavation, 3. Or a combination of any of the above. No separate compensation will be made for any equipment, tools, materials, or labor required to perform this work. 7 -33 2- 03.3(7) Disposal of Surplus Materials 2- 03.3(7)A General Add the following: Excavated material shall be bladed or hauled to fill low sections within the project area, except for sod or extraneous material, which shall be hauled to waste. A waste site has not been provided by the Contracting Agency for disposal of unsuitable material, asphalt, concrete, debris, waste material, or any other objectionable material which is directed to waste by the Engineer. The Contractor shall comply with the requests of the Contracting Agency for placement and compaction of excess excavated material back of new curb, as directed by the Engineer. Suitable materials from the excavations shall be used in the embankments. Unsuitable material or soft spots shall be removed from the roadway and replaced with suitable material and compacted as for embankments. Topsoil shall be saved to use for backfill adjacent to the new improvements. If additional topsoil is required, it shall be provided in accordance with SECTION 8 -01 of these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall comply with the State of Washington's regulations regarding disposal of waste material as outlined in WAC 173 -304, Subchapter 461. 2- 03.3(14)C Compacting Earth Embankments Compacting embankments and excavations shall be by Method "B" as specified under SECTION 2- 03.3(14)C of the Standard Specifications. 2- 03.3(14)D Compaction and Moisture Control Tests Section 2- 03.3(14)D of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Compaction shall be 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when ready for in -place subgrade density tests. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of courses of aggregate shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 2 -03.4 Measurement Replace with the following: No specific method of measurement will be made for any sidewalk or roadway excavation. 2 -03.5 Payment Replace with the following: No separate payment shall be made for all sidewalk and roadway excavation and all costs will be incidental to other bid items and shall include all labor, equipment, tools, and materials 7 -34 necessary to complete the work involved with excavating, hauling, compacting or disposing of unsuitable or excess excavations as specified. L -U7 WATERING 2 -07.1 Description Add the following: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for dust control on this project and shall protect motoring public, adjacent homes and businesses, orchards, crops, and school yards from damage due to dust, by whatever means necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for any claims for damages and Shall protect the C A Yakima Co an d th _._--- -_ - _...� - .. ,�. _ ... vv .... .wv u..e y r Sy V !lV Y. Yakima S9 Sl6Al 16Y. and the Consultant from any and all such claims. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide water for dust control within two hours of such order and have equipment and manpower available at all times including weekends and holidays to respond to orders for dust control measures. 2 -07.5 Payment Replace with the following: Payment for water used for dust control, compaction, processing of base course and top course aggregates, and for other work shall be included in the other bid items involved, and no further payment shall be made. 2 -14 PAVEMENT REMOVAL (NEW SECTION) 2 -14.1 Description The work described in this section includes the removal and disposal of cement concrete sidewalk pavement surfaces identified on the Plans or as marked by the Engineer. This includes all non - reinforced cement concrete sidewalk pavements or slabs having an average thickness of six inches or less. 2 -14.3 Construction Requirements All final meetlines shall be sawcut if an existing clean construction joint does not exist. The removal of existing street and sidewalk improvements shall be conducted in such a manner as not to damage utilities and any portion of the improvement g y p that is to remain in place. Any deviation in this matter will obligate the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, to repair, replace, or otherwise make proper restoration to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In the event a pavement averages more than the (6) inches, thi o f si () c h e s - event - -� r- .. -� . - -- ... - ••• •• ��- !..!!!!�.!!!! thickness of six w � n.!lco, air additional payment will be made to cover the extra thickness removed by a proportional conversion into additional square yards. 7 -35 2 -14.4 Measurement Sidewalk pavement removal will be measured per square yard as determined by the original topographic survey information. Saw cutting meet lines shall be measured by the linear foot. 2 -14.5 Payment Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 -04.1, for the following bid item included in the proposal: "Remove Existing Cement Conc. Sidewalk ", per square yard. "Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meet Line" per linear foot 3 -01 PRODUCTION FROM QUARRY AND PIT SITES AND STOCKPILING 3 -01.2 Material Sources, General Requirements Add the following: No source has been provided for any materials necessary for the construction of this improvement. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements to obtain the necessary materials at his own expense, and all costs of acquiring, producing, and placing this material in the finished work shall be included in the unit contract prices for the various items involved. 3 -02 STOCKPILING AGGREGATES 3- 02.2(2) Stockpile Site Provided By Contractor Add the following: If the sources of materials provided by the Contractor necessitate hauling over roads other than City streets, the Contractor shall, at his own cost and expense, make all arrangements for the use of the haul routes. 4 -04 BALLAST AND CRUSHED SURFACING 4- 04.3(5) Shaping and Compaction Add the following: Each course of crushed materials shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor). The Contractor shall provide 7 -36 • crushed surfacing top course density tests through an independent test laboratory approved by the Engineer. All costs associated with testing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Placement of successive courses of aggregate or asphalt shall not proceed until density requirements are met. 4 -05 Payment All costs necessary for the furnishing, placing, grading, and compacting Crushed Surfacing Top Course as detailed in the plans, shall be incidental to the items involved. 5 -04 HOT MIX ASPHALT 5 -04 DPSCrintinn Add the following: An asphalt prime coat will not be required on this project, nor will a soil sterilant be required to be applied to the subgrade. The Contractor will be required to patch existing street surfaces removed for new curb and gutter construction, or utility trench work as detailed in the plans. Asphalt surfaces shall be so constructed that the finished pavement will conform to the cross - section, line, and grade as shown on the Plans and in accordance with the referenced Standard Specifications. 5- 04.3(7)A Mix Design Add the following: The Contractor shall provide a mix design, performed in accordance with WSDOT Method 702 (Hveem mix design), to the Engineer for approval at least 5 working days prior to any paving operation. 5- 04.3(10)B Control Add the following: Each course of asphalt pavement shall be compacted to a minimum of 91 % of theoretical maximum Rice density, ASTM 2041. 5- 04.3(13) Surface Smoothness Add the following: Where directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall feather the asphalt pavement in a manner to produce a smooth - riding connection to the existing pavement. Asphalt Pavement, HMA Class 'A' PG 64 -28 shall be utilized in the construction of the feathered connections to existing pavement. 7 -37 All costs and expenses in connection with providing, placing, and feathering the asphalt pavement shall be incidental to and included in the unit contract price per square yard for "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section." 5- 04.3(15) HMA Road Approach and Trench Repairs Add the following: Along the line of new work, it may be necessary to partially remove existing asphalt roadway surfaces, driveways, alleys or other asphalt paved areas. These areas will then be reconstructed to match the existing pavement section matching the new curb and sidewalk or adjacent pavement grades. Before excavating or trenching, these areas shall be cut or scored with an approved pavement cutter, such as a concrete saw. Before patching, all edges and joints shall be neatly trimmed to uniform line and a tack coat applied. The asphalt driveways shall be constructed of Asphalt Pavement, HMA Class `A' PG 64 -28 as specified in the Standard Specifications. 5 -04.4 Measurement Add the following: Asphalt Pavement Repair Section will be measured by the square yard. 5 -04.5 Payment "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section" per square yard The unit contract price for the bid item "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section" per square yard shall be full pay for the furnishing of all labor, equipment, and materials including paving asphalt required in the construction of the asphalt roadway section repair or new asphalt roadway construction as detailed in the plans including but not limited to the excavation, trimming, saw cutting, sloping, surfacing, backfill, tack coat, or any other work required to complete the job. 7 -05 MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS, AND DRYWELLS 7 -05.2 Materials Section 7 -05.2 of the Standard Specifications shall be revised as follows: Manhole Metal Castings: All cast iron frames and covers will be supplied by the City of Yakima. Contractor shall make arrangements with the City as to the location where these materials can be picked up. 7 -38 • Precast Concrete Catch Basin: Catch basins shall be WSDOT Standard Plan B -1 Catch Basin Type 1 and grate shall be per Standard Plan B -2d Herringbone Grate constructed as shown on the detail sheet of the Plans. 7- 05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Delete and replace with the following: Manholes, junction boxes, water valve boxes, and similar structures shaii be adjusted prior to placement of sidewalk and alley concrete or curb and gutter construction. 7 -18 SIDE SEWERS 7_ 14 1 �.�. x - e as„ r1 a e..e ��n..e ea., L5L3s e This section is supplemented with the following: The work shall consist of constructing a 4 -inch side sewer connection for each drinking fountain location to the nearest sewer main as shown on the plans. -Each side sewer shall include a 4 inch diameter cast iron trap beneath the drain line from the drinking fountain, drain line from drinking fountain to trap and a clean -out with cast ring and lid near the back of curb. The sewer mains shall be assumed to be 10 feet deep. All costs for the construction of each side sewer serving each drywell including pipe, fittings, clean out structure, excavation, pipe bedding, select backfill shall be incidental to the contract unit price for the contract item "Drinking Fountain" per each. Repair of roadway surfacing shall be paid for by the contract item "Asphalt Pavement Repair Section" per square yard. 8 -02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8 -02.1 Description This section is supplemented with the following: The work shall consist of preparing sub - grade, topsoil, installing tree root control provisions, fine grading and planting trees, tree grates, banner strain poles, bollards, benches, trash receptacles, and sidewalk glass panels in accordance with these Specifications and as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Work shall include all materials, labor, and equipment necessary for finish testing, grading, spreading, imported topsoil, topsoil preparation, amendments and installation; planting of trees, protection, maintenance, guarantee, and replacement of plants; and related items necessary to complete the work indicated. Work includes providing all necessary equipment for watering until final acceptance, for establishing all plantings. 8 -02.3 Construction Requirements 8 -02.3 (1) Responsibility During Construction 7 -39 Landscape construction is anticipated to begin after all curbs, sidewalks, walls, and associated roadside work is completed. Landscape materials shall not be installed until weather permits and installation has been authorized by the Engineer. Throughout planting operations, the Contractor shall keep the premises clean, free of excess soils, plants, and other materials, including refuse and debris, resulting from the Contractor's work. At the end of each work day, and as each planting area is completed, it shall be neatly dressed, and all surrounding walks and paved areas shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. At the conclusion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus soils, materials, and debris from the construction site and shall leave the project in a condition acceptance to the Engineer. 8- 02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan Within fourteen (14) calendar days after award of Contract, submit written documentation to the Engineer that all specified plant materials have been ordered. Documentation shall include list of suppliers' names, addresses, and phone numbers along with a list of respective growing or storage locations with addresses. The Contractor shall provide all plants of the size, species, variety, and quality noted and specified. The Contractor shall contract grow plant materials, if necessary, to ensure that the required size, species, variety, and quality of plant materials shall be provided. 8- 02.3(4)A Topsoil Type "A" The Contractor shall submit two (2) representative samples of proposed imported Topsoil Type "A" witnessed by the Engineer to the Soils and Plant Laboratory, Bellevue, WA, Ph. (206)746 -1665 for test #A05. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with test results from the laboratory and the laboratory's recommended fertilizer /amendments to the Contractor Topsoil Type "A" source for his approval prior to placement on the job. Provide and install Topsoil Type "A" to a uniform depth in all tree and planting areas as shown or noted in the Plans. 8- 02.3(7) Layout of Planting The Contractor is responsible for determining for final quantities of plant materials to complete the Landscape Plan as shown in the plans, and notify the Engineer of any discrepancy prior to planting. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer the final location for all plant materials prior to site delivery. The Contractor shall neither deliver to the site nor install planting materials until authorized by the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with at least one week notice prior to preparing plants for shipping. 8- 02.3(8) Planting Where the drainage of planting holes is limited or non - existent because of heavy clay, hardpan, or rock, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the Engineer who will determine if the drainage is adequate for planting. The Engineer will determine the method and extent of improved drainage required. 7 -40 • 8-02.3(22) Sidewalk Access Door New Section 8- 02.3(23) is added: Contractor shall furnish and install a 48 inch x 72 inch steel sidewalk door where shown on the plans. The door shall be a double door with provisions for collecting and directing drainage away from door opening. Door shall be powder- coated black. Door shall be manufactured by'Bilco ", www.bilco.com, local supplier is Anderson Specialties, Seattle, WA 206 - 368 -9722, or approved equal. Work shall include providing drain piping and dr ywell structure as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(23) Banner Poles New Section 8- 02.3(23) is added: Banner strain poles shall be Holophane TM 26 ft steel strain pole with decorative base with FGIUS -SBKH duplex electrical receptacle i e... a n c o p with small in-use wet location cover and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. Foundation for strain poles shall be as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(24) Bollards New Section R- 02.3(24) is added: Removable bollards to be installed in the east -west alley shall be Holophane Model #BOLNY4417DTCABK,RBO and will be supplied to the Contractor at no cost from the City of Yakima. North Yorkshire Decorative Bollard, 3 ft — 7.5 inch high, dome top, 17 inch diameter base, cast aluminum, black finish. Removable bollards and associated locking provisions shall be installed as detailed in the plans. 8- 02.3(25) Bench New Section 8- 02.3(25) is added: Benches shall be supplied by Landscape Forms lain " e Style Kalamazoo, n IVI - - by • • •--, "P •...�� .r v Style, f \gldl I IgLUU, I. Contact Tim Gish, Phone 503- 292 -9102. Benches shall be 72 inch long, Aluminum seat with center loop arm, and surface mount supports.. Color shall be black powder coat. Benches shall be installed per manufacturer's standard detail for surface mounting. 8- 02.3(26) Drinking Fountain New Section 8- 02.3(25) is added: Drinking fountains shall be the Haws Model 3511 FR, barrier free, `Hi -Lo" freeze resistant antique style supplied by Johnson Industries, Seattle, WA Phone 1- 800 - 548 -6895. Bubbler head shall be Model 5705, In -line Strainer -Model 6420, Valve -Model 6518.2FR, Waste Strainer- Model 6463, Push Button- Model 5881 PBA,Valve Box — Model 6625. Color shall be black with satin finish. Drinking fountain shall be installed as detailed in the plans and per manufacturer's recommendations. 7 -43 8- 02.3(27) Trash Receptacle New Section 8- 02.3(27) is added: Trash receptacles shall be Landscape Forms TM "Scarborough" litter receptacle, with 30 gallon capacity, square bar side panel, keyed lock, black powdercoat, side opening, and surface mount. Phone: (503) 292 -9102. Trash receptacle shall be installed where indicated in the plans and per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 02.3(28) Planter Fence New Section 8- 02.3(28) is added: Planter fences shall be steel fabricated as detailed in the plans. Posts and fence panels shall be finished in a black powdercoat. All fasteners shall stainless steel and vandal proof. Posts shall be set in a 6 inch diameter blocked out holes in the new sidewalk and grouted in place. 8- 02.3(29) Sidewalk Inlay New Section 8- 02.3(29) is added: Sidewalk inlays shall made of 3/8 inch thick solid bronze cut to the shape and size as detailed in these special provisions. Each inlay shall have anchoring Tugs on the backs of each inlay to provide adequate anchorage into the sidewalk surface. The inlays shall be placed where directed by the Engineer and as detailed in the plans. Bronze inlays shall have dark oxidized finish. Inlays shall be laser or high pressure water cut. Inlays can be supplied by "BuySignLetters.com" , phone 772 -581 -8810, or approved equal. 8- 02.3(30) Stamped Street Name New Section 8- 02.3(30) is added: The name of street perpendicular to the direction of pedestrian travel shall be stamped in the new sidewalk concrete before final finishing of the surface. Letters shall be 2 inches high and the impression of each letter shall be a minimum of 0.25 inches in depth. Contractor shall submit samples of font types available to the Engineer for approval before any sidewalk concrete is placed. The street names shall be as follows: FRONT ST. — 3 each A ST. — 2 each FIRST ST. — 3 each YAKIMA AVE. — 4 each 8- 02.3(31) Glass Sidewalk Panel New Section 8- 02.3(31) is added: Glass sidewalk panels as manufactured and supplied by CircleRedmont® Melbourne, Florida, 1- 800 - 358 -3888, shall be furnished and installed per the contract plans and the manufacturer's recommendations. Panels shall be 71 RTM Glass Paver & Precast Concrete Panel System. Panels shall designed for a minimum of 150 lbs. /sq.ft. live load. All expansion joints between and around each monolithic panel shall be caulked and waterproofed with a special refined compound used for this purpose. Glass pavers 7 -44 (lights) shall be 2.75 inches square and tinted purple. The surface of the glass left smooth. Manufacturer shall furnish a one -year warranty covering defective materials, workmanship and weathertight performance of the glazed panel units and of the field applied joint seals around the perimeter of the panels. The quantity and sizes of "Glass Sidewalk Panels On Supports" are as follows: One (1) — 50 inch x 24 inch (overall unit dimension ) , 4 x 9 lights per panel Five (5) — 72 inch x 24 inch (" " ) , 4 x 15 lights per panel Five (5) — 79 inch x 24 inch (" " ) , 4 x 17 lights per panel The quantity and sizes of "Glass Sidewalk Panels on Grace" are as follows: Fourteen (14) — 29 inch x 59 inch (overall unit dimension), 4 x 11 lights per panel 8 -02.4 Measurement "Root Barrier" will be measured by the linear foot not including required lap lengths recommended by the manufacturer. No measurement will be made for Topsoil Type "A ", Potting Soil and Topsoil Blend soil mixes (see Drawings for installation locations), fertilizer, mulch, soil amendments, backfill for sand drain, geotextile fabric, and Gravel Backfill for Drains required for planter planting. 8 -02.5 Payment Section 8 -02.5 is supplemented with the following: "Root Barrier" per linear foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for "Root Barrier" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing root barrier as detailed in the plans, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Tree Grate" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Tree Grate" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation including furnishing and installing tree grate as detailed in the plans and including supporting frame required at each location, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Planter Fence" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Planter Fence" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for furnishing and installing planter fence as detailed in the plans including forming block outs in sidewalk for posts and planting beds, grouting posts, three planters, potting soil, backfill for sand drains, geotextile fabric, gravel backfill for drains, and other items or related work. "Banner Strain Pole" per each. 7 -45 The unit contract price per each for "Banner Strain Pole" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation as detailed in the plans including excavation for foundation, constructing foundation, hauling and erecting pole in- place, conduit and conductors, and other related work. "Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System" per lump sum. The unit contract price per lump sum for "Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System as shown in the plans, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Removable Bollards" per lump sum. The unit contract price per lump sum for "Removable Bollards" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of the removable bollards as detailed in the plans, including docking sleeves, locking hardware, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. Construction of concrete base pads and docking pad shall be paid by the unit contract price per square yard for "Cement Concrete Pavement for Alleys ". "Trash Receptacle" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Trash Receptacle" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each trash receptacle including furnishing and installing as detailed in the plans, anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Bench" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Bench with Back" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation of each bench as detailed in the plans, including anchor bolts, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Sidewalk Inlay" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Sidewalk Inlay" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for a complete installation including furnishing and installing each inlay as detailed in the plans and these specifications, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Stamped Street Name" per each. The unit contract price per each for "Stamped Street Name" shall be full pay for all costs necessary for each stamped street name as detailed in the plans and these specifications at each location, miscellaneous hardware and other related items or work. "Sidewalk Access Door" per lump sum. The lump sum contract price for "Sidewalk Access Door" shall be full pay for all costs for furnishing and installing the sidewalk access door in place, per manufacturers recommendations, constructing drain line and drywell, and other related items or work. "Glass Sidewalk Panel on Supports" per square foot. 7 -46 commercial driveway approaches, as shown on the Plans, including steel reinforcement in driveways or catch basins. 8 -14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8- 14.3(3) Placing and Finishing Concrete Add the following: All sidewalks not located in driveway approach areas shall be four (4) inches in thickness. All concrete approaches located behind a Driveway Depression curb and gutter section shall be six (6) inches in thickness. All concrete slabs located in commercial driveway approaches shall be six (6) inches in thickness. Sidewalks shall be scored as detailed on the plans and preformed asphalt impregnated joint fillers 3/8 -inch thick shall be installed transversely as detailed in the plans. Concrete sidewalk shall be cured in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(13)A of the Standard Specifications. Application of the curing compound shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Failure to properly secure or seal the cement concrete sidewalk will require the Contractor to remove and replace the sidewalk section at his expense. Sidewalk ramps shall be constructed at all locations shown and detailed on the Plans, including detectable warning material. First -class workmanship and finish will be required on all portions of cement concrete sidewalk work. Quality of workmanship and finish will be evaluated continuously and will be based solely upon the judgment of the Engineer. if at any time it is found that quality is unacceptable, work shall be immediately stopped, and no additional sidewalk shall be placed. Cement concrete sidewalk which does not comply with the section details on the Plans, or in the Engineer's opinion does not demonstrate first -class workmanship and finish. shall be removed and rr -! ., + +�.., r.__� _ . replaced at the Contrac[ ors expense. Should the Contractor's equipment or methods be unable to produce sidewalk meeting the requirements of the Details and Specifications, no further sidewalk construction will be allowed until corrections have been made to said equipment. ADA Pavers to be used in the ADA curb ramp construction shall be supplied by Masons Supply Company, Woodinville, WA 425- 487 -6161. Contractor shall provide the Engineer color samples for final selection prior to them being ordered by the Contractor. ADA pavers shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. 8- 14.3(4) Construction Joints The Contractor shall provide construction joints as detailed on the plans, where it is necessary to stage the forming of sidewalk work in order to maintain access to adjoining businesses as long as possible. 8- 14.3(5) Adjustment of Utility Boxes 7 -49 All existing and new utility boxes located or to be located in the finish sidewalk areas shall be adjusted and supported to be flush with the finish grade of the new sidewalk prior to the sidewalk concrete is placed around them. 8 -14.5 Payment Change second paragraph to read: The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk, -Inch Thick," per square yard, shall be full compensation for all labor, tools, equipment, materials, excavation to subgrade, subgrade compaction crushed surfacing top course under sidewalk, adjustments of utility boxes and other incidental costs required to construct sidewalk as shown on the Plans and specified herein. The unit price bid for "Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type ," per each, shall be full compensation for all labor, tools, equipment, materials, including ADA paver panels, adjustments of utility boxes and other incidental costs required to construct the sidewalk ramps as shown on the Plans and specified herein. 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8 -20.1 Description This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Add to the list of systems: 4. Pedestrian Lighting System 5. Street Light System 6. Pedestrian Push Button System Modifications 7. Tree Lighting System 8. Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System 8- 20.3(6) Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes This Section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access boxes to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi. over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Illumination" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062 or approved equal. 8- 20.3(13) A Light Standards The four existing street light standards, 2 on North Front Street and 2 on A Street, and their foundation shall be removed and disposed of. Existing power circuits to these lights shall be preserved, extended and connected to the new street light locations. Removal of the street light 7 -50 standards and foundations shall be incidental to the contract item, "Removal of Structures and Obstructions" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)B Decorative Light Standards (Pedestrian Light Standards) Pedestrian Light Standards shall be Holophane North Yorkshire Tapered Fluted Case Aluminum Poles and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. Contractor shall pick up all related lighting items from the City of Yakima's Wastewater Yard at South Third Avenue and Pine Streets. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire pedestrian light system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)C Luminaires Pedestrian light luminaries shall be Holophane Harp Series 175 watt Metal Halide Mogul Base, Multi -tap wired for 120 volts and will be supplied at no cost to the Contractor by the City of Yakima. Foundations shall be constructed as detailed in the plans. Power to each pedestrian light shall be as detailed in the electrical plan sheets. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire pedestrian light system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(13)D Tree Lighting System (New) The Contractor shall provide power to each tree planting location as detail in the plans. All circuits to trees shall be GFIC. Contractor shall provide two strings of 100 lights each for each tree location. Tree light strings shall be 16 gage wire sets, 100 ft long, with 100 clear, C7 commercial grade bulbs, 3,000 hour rating, with candelabra bases. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the entire tree lighting system as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Tree Lighting System" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(14) G Pedestrian Push Button Modifications As detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall remove and relocate existing pedestrian push button posts, install new pedestrian push button posts and relocated push button from traffic signal pole, and modify existing signal pole or pedestrian push button pole mountings to reposition push buttons. Contractor shall reuse existing pedestrian push button poles and bases when ever possible. Conduit runs and junction boxes shall be adjusted in location in most cases. Leads to pedestrian buttons shall not be cut. Damage to any wiring will be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the modifications to the pedestrian push button locations as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Pedestrian Push Button Modifications" per lump sum. 8- 20.3(18) Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System Where and as detailed in the plans, the Contractor shall provide and cast into the sidewalk a Type 2Junction Box constructed of polymer concrete gray in rnlnr, reinforced by a heavy - weave fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi. over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be 7 -51 no Tess than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5, be provided with locking hardware and have the logo "Power" on them. The Covers shall have provisions for locking or security hardware requiring special tool to open. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062 or approved equal. All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installations of all the sidewalk receptacle enclosures, including conduits, receptacles, conductors, trench excavation, backfilling, compaction, electrical power service provisions, as detailed in the plans shall included in the contract bid item, "Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System" per lump sum. 8 -21 PERMANENT SIGNING 8 -21.2 Materials Contractor shall install "V -Loc" TM sign post anchors as supplied by Traffic and Parking Control Co., Inc. , Elm Grove, WI,1- 800 - 236 -0112 where shown in the plans per manufacturers recommendations. Anchors shall be cast -in concrete sidewalks and accommodate a 2.375 inch O.D. sign posts with 0.095 inches wall thickness. 8 -21.3 Construction Requirements Contractor shall remove existing traffic signs within the current demolition project limits including posts, and deliver them to the City Shops. New traffic sign post anchors shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor where indicated on the plans. The tops of the V -Loc anchors shall be 1 /4" to 1 /2" above the new sidewalk finish grade. The Contractor shall install new posts supplied at no cost by the City of Yakima per manufacturer's specifications. Traffic signs will be installed by City forces. 8 -21.5 Payment Section 8 -21.5 shall be supplemented with the following: The unit price bid for "Traffic Sign Post and Anchor," per each, shall be full pay for all labor, equipment, materials, and incidental costs required to furnish and install sign post anchors and install furnished sign posts to complete the work as described herein. 9 -14 EROSION CONTROL 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type A Section 9 -14.1 shall be supplemented with the following: A. Topsoil Type A mix for planters shall be "Potting Soil" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA, (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. B. Topsoil Type A for street trees shall be "Topsoil Blend" supplied by Morton & Sons, Yakima, WA (509) 575 -8886 or approved equal. C. Contractor shall send minimum on one (1) representative sample of "Potting Soil" and "Topsoil Blend" to an approved soil- testing laboratory (state or commercial laboratory) to 7 -52 determine FERTILITY ANALYSIS (to determine magnesium, nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus levels, calcium, minor elements, soluble salts /conductivity and pH). The results shall be submitted to the Engineer (WITH TEST RESULTS AND LABORATORY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORNAMENTAL PLANT GROWTH) for approval prior to use on the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible for what ever soil additives may be required, as recommended by the testing laboratory. The cost for testing and soil additions must be borne by the Contractor. 9 =14.3 Fertilizer General: Fertilizer must be delivered to job sites, mixed as specified, and in standard size unopened containers showing weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Material shall be uniform in composition, free - flowing, and suitable for application by mechanical equipment. All elements shall be protected from the weather, nartici ilarly mnisti ira hoth on and off the inh city Fertilizer for the trees and groundcover shall be 21 -gram Agriform tablets 20 -10 -5. Fertilizer for topsoil shall be per Specification Section 9- 14.1(1) Topsoil Type "A ". 9=14.5(5) Inspection The review and approval of all plant materials by the Engineer, prior to planting, is mandatory. The Contractor shall have plant samples available at the project site for review during scheduled site visits. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to reject, through his /her agent, any or all plant material at any time until final inspections and acceptance_ Contractor is to remove rejected plants immediately from site. 9-14.6(7) Temporary Storage Ball and buriapped plants that cannot be planted within one (1) day after arrival are to be heeled -in or otherwise temporarily stored, as specified and in accordance with accepted horticultural practice and as specified herein. 9 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM 9 -15.3 Automatic Controllers This section is supplemented with the following: Controller for the four station irrigation system shall be a 9 -volt battery powered Hunter TM Smart Valve Controller, Model No. SVC — 400. Controller and valves shall be installed in a valve box with a bolt down or lockable lid. 9 -15.5 Valve Boxes and Protective Sleeves This section shall be supplemented with the following: All valve boxes, Junction Boxes Type 1 and 2, and other access boxes to be cast into the sidewalks shall be constructed of polymer concrete gray in color, reinforced by a heavy -weave 7 -53 fiberglass. Covers shall be rated for a minimum surface load of 15,000 lbs. and the boxes shall be rated for a minimum of 8,000 psi over a 10" square area. Material compressive strength should be no less than 11,000 psi. Covers shall have a minimum coefficient of friction of 0.5 and have the logo "Irrigation" on it. Boxes shall be supplied by the Strongwell Corp., TN (800) 346 -062. 9- 15.7(2) Automatic Control Valves This section is supplemented with the following: Control valves for the multi- stations required on this project shall be 1" PGV flow control valves with solenoids. Each valve shall be labeled as to which station it serves. 9 -29 ILLUMINATION, SIGNALS, ELECTRICAL 9 -29.1 Conduit, Innerduct, and Outerduct Supplement this section as follows: All conduits below grade on this project shall be schedule 40 PVC underground conduits (electrical grade - gray color) with pull rope. Additional materials to be installed on this project include, but are not limited to, junction boxes cables and electrical conductors. The pull rope shall be a 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength (similar to King Cotton Products #5051- 4 -1/8), and shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. When cable is pulled, this rope shall be re- pulled along with the cable. 9 -29.19 Pedestrian Push Buttons Supplement the section as follows: The push button shall be installed at a height of 30 inches from the finish grade to the center of the raised -arrow button. 7 -54 I SECTION 8 - WSDOT STANDARD PLANS, CITY OF YAKIMA DETAILS, AND PRODUCT INFORMATION j Z: \JAN \SPECS \05046 - YK.DOC 8-1 . L.-- L L.—.._. L_—. -- — 4 . �� .e.' NOTES ' � �� 1 . � 1. AS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE TO REBAR, WIRE MESH HAVING A MINIMUM . AREA OF 02 SQUARE INCHES PER FOOT MAY BE USED. WIRE MESH SHALL NOT OT BE PLAACED D IN IN KNOCKOUTS. 2. THE KNOCKOUT DIAMETER SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 20 ". KNOCKOUTS FRAME AND VANED GRATE SHALL HAVE A WALL THICKNESS OF 2" MINIMUM TO 2.5" MAXIMUM. PROVIDE A 1.5" MINIMUM GAP BETWEEN THE KNOCKOUT WALL AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE. AFTER THE PIPE IS INSTALLED, FILL THE GAP WITH JOINT MORTAR IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9 -04.3. 3. THE MAXIMUM DEPTH FROM THE FINISHED GRADE TO THE PIPE INVERT SHALL • BE 5'. j D 30., tiA ?0N 4. FRAME AND GRATE MAY BE INSTALLED WITH FLANGE DOWN OR CAST INTO ADJUSTMENT SECTION. S „ 5. THE PRECAST BASE SECTION MAY HAVE A ROUNDED FLOOR AND THE WALLS 5 MAY BE SLOPED AT A RATE OF 1:24 OR STEEPER. pig 6. OPENING SHALL BE MEASURED AT THE TOP OF THE PRECAST BASE SECTION. 6" OR 12" ONE #3 BAR HOOP FOR 6" TWO #3 BAR HOOPS FOR 12" RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION PIPE ALLOWANCES MAXIMUM PIPE MATERIAL INSIDE 2 61 (.9.,.. Re„ DIAMETER REINFORCED OR ` `,�� 0 / OTF PLAIN CONCRE E 12 .$w J. Jpf Ql ALL METAL PIPE al CPSSP 15" � 0 � V 12" . r (STD. SPEC. 9 -05.20) �' ssaa o �a PVC #3 BAR EACH CORNER I 9-05.12(1)) 15" �� 1ONAL G`8 18" (STD. SPEC MIN. tipt4110 Z PROFILE WALL PVC 15 „ EXPIRES JULY I, 2005 I #3 BAR HOOP (STD. SPEC. 9 -05.12(2)) `� * CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE STORM SEWER PIPE CATCH BASlN TYPE 1 STANDARD PLAN B -1 / SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION v Harold J. Peterfeso 07 -21 -03 NOTE. TNsANUISNOTA LEO ..LL IIroINEEEM000CL MT OUT AMEiSCPIGd4VGTE + STATE DESIGN ENOMEER DATE ME ODDS. DONS OBI' TN ww CENOweAAwnovmxuwA Lr D ATOSNEFTCSMS W."60. V.'. D�poTlmxM Of Tranaperwtion PRECAST BASE SECTION Ar.Ro I°IG"'T"a°"AAN'.oNTG.' asonu'la` "GG°'wm . "a iTif 1 I NOTES ,,3-.2.•,.. 1 \I�\ �- 1. As on acceptable alternate to rebor. wire mesh having a / \ \ i , — _ minimum area of 0.12 square inches per foot may be used \ I I \ '6 Bars at 7" spaci \ for adjustment section ZO" x 24 \ / /I/ c,„,.+, 12" (TYPI A — 24 "DIA. 48" DIA // ' — or 54" DIA Hole — 2" (TYPI - / , silt- _ / I i 12 "yam ,4 1" MIN 2Y2" MAX 96" FLAT SLAB TOP TYPICAL ORIENTATION - FOR ACCESS AND STEPS ' III 3 \ ., 1c12;1 ��,� �• " Bcrs at 6" spacing � PREFABRICATED LADDEF s, 1 \_„! / 6" or 12" 12" MIN 20" x 24" - -+ 24 "DIA, 48" DIA \\\\\ i \�/ F -- s or 54" DIA Hole— U J._._.! � 2" (TYP) 7.4- One "3 bor hoop for 6" . �_ i 1 1 I Two "3 bar hoops for 12" STEP 8^ Jif If, MIN RECTANGULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION 2 '/p MAX 72" FLAT SLAB TOP 34 "*, MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS FOR MANHOLES AND / .„3„.. \� "4 Bors of 6" spacing CATCH BASINS , Q y: o/ 1 1 I I I g 4 one ''3 bar hoop —/ ''g•. _ 20" x 24" or .!.'l ' 24" DIA Hole \ / 0 z x CIRCULAR ADJUSTMENT SECTION • 8" i, ' (TYP) II _J W N ., 'i JL — L" MIN 2 %2 MAX 48" MIN 48", 54" or 60" FLAT SLAB TOP ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION • NOTES 29 1/4" 1. This frame is designed to accommodate 20" x 24" grates or covers as shown on Standard Plans B-2, B -2b, B -2c and B -2d. 2. When bolt down grates or covers are specified in the Contract, provide two holes in the frame that are vertically aligned with the grate or cover slots. Tap each hole to accept a 5/8" x - 11 NC x 2" alien head cap screw. Location of bolt down holes varies among different manufacturers 3. Refer to Standard Specification 9 -05.15(2) for additional requirements. 518 "x -11 NC (TYP., SEE NOTE 2) t ---7-15— I 118" 3/4" I `v v v / N H CAP SCREW (SEE NOTE 2) 1 5/8" m GRATE OR r r - � / /// SOLID COVER 0 2 1/2" ' DETAIL "A" D 0 ` FRAME 4 FITS �� s w C.): BOLT DOWN DETAIL o • 24 1/4" .d.' EXPIRES JULY I. 2003 REVERSIBLE FRAME FOR C ATCH BASIN OR �/ CONCRETE INLET _______< % STANDARD PLAN B -2a /�� SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET NOM >risxwIS WTI. LEcurNOwr 1.0 DOOM.? Our we>FCmDNkeuPM.. APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION 0.110.4$4.0 SV7,46 MONS MOM APFRove0 FOR oniellcarote, a Ken OW. uPO~� ,E�. °' "°"'"'r "'E''''''''''''''''' 'r ""°" "'''''''''''''''' Harold J. Peterfeso 06 -17 -02 SEE DETAIL "A" STATE DEMON ENGINEER DATE 05/2002 1 4VI5E0 NOIESE ADDEO BOLT DOWN DETAIL. R4 AM. washln SEE. D. IofTranlpDd.Oo,, Obn parlm�n DATE REVISION Br • G A B U RBAN GUTTER CURB AND GUTTER 3/8" PREMOLDED JOINT FILLER - -� i 111 I. MINN C I S IP ! ! "0 -,_B. 1111111111 1 N � 5• _ 0,. R. fsllfl IIII . i o .. 0" R. Or. �_ 5' -0° R. 4' -8 1/4" 5" 5" 4' -8 1/4" _ CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATE GUTTER PAN (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) PLAN VIEW ' CATCH BASIN GUTTER PAN SLOPE GUTTER PAN 6 1/2" DOWN TO FRAME 5 1 /2" AND GRATE 5 12" 1• MATCH MATCH 1/2" R. 1" R. ROADWAY 5" 1/2" R. 1" 7 R SLOPE / ROADWAY 1 RECES;i TOP OF `SLOPE TOP OF 5 ,)2" 1/2" R. /� ROADWAY / 12" R. ROADWAY m !iiiiiiiiihilifilik, ''')%. MiiA �... liiii. VARIES ,1b .b D D . . D ID O S. A�rT I � ��V OP WA Sy �� • ADJUSTMENT SECTION l''''' VARIES ` �. �' �L (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) 1 "� d O C ATCH BASIN OR BID I ` -- (NOT INCLUDED IN BID ITEM) /� I SECTION .o %fi,:- Fr .q 2tB61 O Q'� .? 1P � S T O $ • SECTION O ifs ONAL T" i EXPIRES MAY 16. 20031 CEMENT CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER PAN STANDARD PLAN F -1 a SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peferfeso 12 -17 -02 . nom D4, O d NOTALCON.ENJMxeuvo DOWwNT ruff ANEIK,11Opcowva2 a STATE DESIGN WON., -- DATE ' Ne° wmN A<' a°" e °mne°mMUm'w°'PFROVEDNAPIAll.710 17 NM Fta T Washington Sash Dapo4o,�m of Twnaportco{on A, ,,,o Vt0 v,su:x Aww n W OroxAeDUCaF: • RADIUS POI OF u SIDEWALK R AND DETECTABLE WARNING B CURB REN ( BACK EDGE OF SIDEWALK IS P ARALLEL PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) ( TO APPROACH ROADWAY (TYP.) ill �- I X1 3/8" 11 EXPANSION cr, .) I/ JOINT N F-3 / 7 � ✓ � � (SEE STD. PLAN F3) (C 1 : • . — _ - 4. - o.. K ` 1 4 . \ h ililai. //, 1 - - - _ SEE RAMP DETAIL ! -a_� i. ......7112/41 (TYP) SEE RAMP DETAIL 45 ' 'S CROSSWALK (TYP.) (TYP.) ' - SEE RAMP DETAIL ' ` (SEE STD. PLAN H -5c) • I (TYP.) ■ .. SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE IB SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE IC SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1D SIDEWALK RAMP TYPE 1A PLAN PLAN PLAN PLAN NOTES ��? 1. Avoid placing drainage structures, junction boxes or other obstructions In A 4' - D" MIN. 6' - 0" MIN. front of ramp access areas. LANDING RAMP 2 , 0 „ - g�1 2. Detectable waming patterns may be created by any method that will 318" EXPANSION TOP OF achieve the truncated dome dimensions and spacing shown. JOINT (TYP,) 2 % 'v ROADWAY ,sy y o as (SEE STD. PLAN F . ..4 ��, ..�� 3. Curb and gutter shown, see the Contract Plans for the curb design SlIblipp;...1 � , �-Y1 — ' specified. See Std. Plan F -1 for curb details. q'' CEMENT CONCRETE 4. The plan views for SIDEWALK RAMP TYPES 1 B, 1C & 1 D are provided SIDEWALK DEPRESSED DETECTABLE WARNING DETECTABLE WARNING CURB 8 GUTTER to define each ramp type. See the RAMP DETAIL on th1s sheet See O � PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) PATTERN (SEE DETAIL) (SEE NOTE 3) Std. Plan F - 3 for sidewalk joint placement and details. @ s✓ ;. I ,a SECTION O 5. Ramp slopes shall not be steeper than 12H:1 V. 8'- " MIN. � , pEr � 8 0 ` 2 0 DETECTABLE WARNING PATTERN AREA 0 e � ' OQ A Sy7NC ��' SHALL BE YELLOW, IN COMPLIANCE y r 5 r '� u' /CROSSWALK WITH STD. SPEC. 8-14.3(3) 2% a /� /- ROADWAY � � (SEE STD. PLAN H -5c) A --- �� tt /! RA -°r. 4 . CEMENT CONCR RAMP DETAIL " � ? • X0 ' . 4 A � GI 1 6 61 4, 1 fi � FOR SIDEWALK RAMP i SIDEWALK cR\ CEMENT CONCRETE TYPES 18, 1C, 10 _I':' O - ^ `CURB 8 GUTTER +I'' ,.' ;1 ' 'r S , S G l SECTION B (SEE NOTE 3) / ONAL - $41)."//:, I EXPIRES MAY 16. 2003 A 1518" 2 3/8" 10' I� PLAN - 0" MIN. \� / i SIDEWALK RAMP _ _ �, ^ 8 518" 1 1/2" rc /— . & ; - % — TYPES 1A, 1B, 1C 1D C �� C 7/16" 3/4 " j — ISOMETRIC VIEW STANDARD PLAN F-3a TOP OF D 7 /B" 1 7116" } IC ill I D 2% 'v ` 1 ROADWAY SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET 'I '.. .... I ` APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION • ELEVATION CEMENT CONCRETE 1 (\ SIDEWALK L CEMENT CONCRETE Harold J. Peterfeso 01 -29 -03 , TRUNCATED DOMES (SEE NOTE 2) CURB & GUTTER STATE EEEKM E ai srE1i DATE 0 ( 3) +E TM ., PINED T E r ,110mo rWnw u c (SEE NOTE 3 H VWS TTE DEPA,..c eN.vm.P.AO.EOVU*.wucY,my� A OEUNED DETECTABLE WARNING SECTION wodo.g n SIuN D.pvhmmorTro.up..k. PATTERN DETAIL A+a'r� "�omwn�rru+m+N �mv. Acovrwraceruxm r. . Toward 1 3 wide drain Roadway '— hole In grout pad .Grout pad Y, " wide drain _ 11n hole in grout pad n_.. _�7- i Anchor bolts —L _J _4 Install pole base plate YT1cu hl — I Pole •I directly on leveling L -j � Pole base plate nuts and washers. I _ ` 111 Strap templates plate base I--- III 71, — ' - 1 (See Detail) `±' FIXEDBASE -�• _ _ I I F ' l ill B �� 1�I —.0 __,Toward C �I i evenly spaced _ C \ /� � \ I • r, Roadway Anchor bolts Anchor - I I !�i u L _ bolts L I B III_: 1.1 °4 Hoops at e t . ' 4440 — �- 1' -0" c enters +' SLIP BASE 1 444. L ' -------..--= 2" clearance Toward ANCHOR BOLT LAYOUT ( TYP ) Foundation Roadway 3'-0" 4 SLAP BASE FIXED BASE 4 squore or round PLAN PLAN FOUNDATION DETAIL ( See Note 1) Toward . Roadway (:::) isg) LIGHT STANDARD ORIENTATION . Toward Roadway Plate washer (TYP) -, I� 1" clamping bolts Pole base plate 11110 ..„.,t Toward Keeper plate \ Hardened washers (TYP) �� Roadway ill 1 P 1/a anchor late �� a slip plate 14" A x ITO 1 _ _ __ 1 7�� Top of foundation ONE �q��g oe waa8f C.�, a 3" �� / c. v FMIN'� �� 4 Sr g /A" ham fTYP) �� Ilk m h L .. 4• � \_.__- Place.grout e\.en with o� ,p 14742 Q p qi 6" hollow in top of foundation after 1Mi See Note 4 d ��IST84 G` $ plumbing light standard II vi'' ONAL [EXPIRES JUNE 29, 2(100 center of out pad 11.1 MI FIXED BASE �1 ELEVATION STEEL LIGHT STANDARD BASE DETAILS SUP BASE Three 1" anchor bolts, Details similar to slip base except where noted 4'-6' long (see Notes 3 and 41 STANDARD PLAN J-11) ■ ELEVATION SHEET 1 OF 3 SHEETS NOTE: TN19 ALAN IS NOT AI EDALE NOINEON ODOCUMbVl OUT ANEIGCMONIODUPUGTE APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION THE MOINA{ STONED BY T}IE ENGINEER MU APPROVED FOR PUBUGTON, 19 KEPT ON TILE AT wASHINOfON STATEDEPARTNENT Or TRAN9PDRTAnDN. A CO, WY BE OBTAINED °°° ""E° °`., Clifford E. Mansfield 10 /08/99 10 -99 TWS DEPUTY STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE DATE REVISION BY WASHINGTON ST D DE AR WE T OF TRANSPORTATION L- GENERAL NOTES ( 19" 1 WIDTH EQUAL TO STANDOFF DIMENSION KEY 200 AMP TYPE 120)240 10 SERVICE CABINET SAFETY SOCKET BOX 1 8 TYP. AS SPECIFIED BY O METER BASE PER SERVING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. 1. SEE STANDARD SPECIFICATION 9- 29.24, SERVICE CABINETS. 1 SERVING UTILITY AS A MINIMUM, THE METER BASE SHALL BE SAFETY SOCKET 10-32 SCREWS 1 BOX WITH FACTORY INSTALLED TEST BYPASS FACILITY 2. HINGES SHALL HAVE STAINLESS STEEL OR BRASS PINS. 111 4 EACH PER A r 1 1N /8 TYP. THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF EUSERC DRAWING 305. 3. CABINETS SHALL BE RATED NEMA 3R AND SHALL MOUNTING BLOCK �3" 12 GA. PLATE WELDED O MAIN BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) INCLUDE TWO RAIN TIGHT VENTS. ONTO EACH END OF MOUNTING I Z M OUNTING BLOCK 3 PHDTOCELL BRE AKER SPST 15 AMP - 120/240 VOL T) 4. METERING EQUIPMENT DOOR SHALL BE PAD LOCKABLE. ( EACH DOOR SHALL BE OASKETED. INSTALL BEST CX BL A 1 1/2 ® TEST SWITCH (SPDT SNAP ACTION, POSITIVE CLOSE CONSTRUCTION CORE ON RIGHT DOOR. SEE DOOR HINGE MOUNTING BLOCK DETAIL SECTION A -A 15 AMP - 120/277 VOLT - '1' RATED) DHE SN 1 2. I OFRONT A FACE 12 GA. - MATERIAL TO BE SAME © PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL, STD. SPEC. 9 - 29.11(2) 5. THE FOOWI LQH PR THE SERVICE AS CABINET MATERIAL ENCC LUR LOSURE E SHALL EQ HALL HAVVE E NT AN APPROPRIATELY PRIATEELY ENE ENGRAVED A SOCKET BOX © BRANCH BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) PHENOLIC NAME PLATE ATTACHED WITH SCREWS OR RIVETS: KEY NUMBERS 2, 3, 4, 8, 7, 8, 9 AND 16. INSIDE FACE O7 SIGNAL BREAKER (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) KEY NUMBER 4 NAME PLATE SHALL READ: I PHOTOCELL OF DOOR BYPASS ® CONTACTOR (SEE BREAKER SCHEDULE) "PHOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON" AND "PHOTOCELL TEST H OFF- AUTOMATIC ". SEE SERVICE CABINET DETAIL. TEST ON O RECEPTACLE BREAKER (SPST 20 AMP - 120/240 VOLT) LEFT SIDE- SAFETY SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL 6. METERING ARRANGEMENTS VARY WITH DIFFERENT FABRICATE MOUNTING BLOCKS AFTER VERIFYING THE ® 10 RECEPTACLE. GROUNDED (OFCI 20 AMP - 125 VOLT) SERVING UT1LY11E5. THE UTILITY MAY REQUIRE METER - SERVICE UTILITY STAND OFF DIMENSION. (3 NEUTRAL BUSS, 14 LUG COPPER BASE MOUNTING IN THE ENCLOSURE, ON THE SIDE OR 6 " ® U PHDTOCE ' ON THE BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE UTILITY MAY 1"—"1 TEST 12 PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE - ENCLOSURE TO BE FABRICATED REQUIRE THE DIMENSION BETWEEN THE DOOR AND ® •EF AVronunc FROM 5/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH WITH VIELDED SEA ■ THE FRONT OF THE SAFETY SOCKET BOX TO BE LESS © AND MOUNTING FLANGES. HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER THAN THE 11 INCHES SHOWN IN THE LEFT SIDE- SAFETY 20 ? �� ''' � .° REMOVABLE © 0 MOUNTING PANEL _s.� FABRICATION. TYPE 5052 - H32 ALUMINUM WITH 5/8 "x5/8" SOCKET BOX MOUNTING DETAIL. THE CONTRACTOR .. . .•� L M � t � ' ice] OPENINGS EQUIVALENT TO 6/8" EXPANDED STEEL MESH SHALL VERIFY THE SERVING UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS - ® � �I �'; MAY BE USED AS ALTERNATIVE MATERIAL SEE PHOTOCELL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF AND INSTALLING THE Q � � I�_�.� I ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL, SHEET 2 OF 2. SERVICE EQUIPMENT. 10" N •��, +, S 7 . DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM AND SHALL BE iO E4- ��' -(jJ 13 HINGED FRONT FACING DOOR MATH 4" x 4" MIN. POLISHED ( : ((0 WIRE GLASS WINDOW. ADJUSTED TO ACCOMMODATE THE VARIOUS SIZES SEE NOTE', €'(��"- 14 HINGED DEAD FRONT WITH 1/4 TURN FASTENERS OR SLIDE LATCH. OF EQUIPMENT INSTALLED. 11-18 8 \ [F)7� ©� 15 CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER. BUS SHALL BE 4 LUG 8. ALL BUSSWORK SHALL BE HIGH GRADE COPPER AND t4- SEE NOTE 6 I, r7 rn E I O SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED 11-18 MAIN BREAKER RATING. 1 L® J TINNED COPPER. SEE CABINET MAIN BONDING JUMPER 71 ALL BREAKERS SHALL BOLT ONTO THE BUSSWORK VENTS BARRIER ®I DETAIL ON SHEET 2 OF 2. JUMPERING OF BREAKERS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 18 SPARE BRANCH BREAKER (DPST 20AMP- 120/240 VOL BUSSWORK SHALL ACCOMMODATE ALL FUTURE MOUNTING O O WI ( VOLT) EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN THE BREAKER SCHEDULE. PANEL 17 METAL RING DIAGRAM HOLDER 9. THE PHOTOCELL UNIT SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE I 0 I1 Milill � • 18 1/4" DIAMETER DRAIN HOLE. DRILL BEFORE GALVANIZING. PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE TO PERMIT 360 DEGREE `_� ROTATION OF THE PHOTOCELL WITHOUT REMOVAL __ MOUNTING HOLE. SEE SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS. OF THE PHOTOCELL UNIT OR THE PHOTOCELL I 19" ■ SEE DOOR 1'..10" •I g_ 4„ 18 CIRCUIT PANEL BOARD - MINIMUM SIZE WITH SEPARATE MAIN BREAKER. ENCLOSURE. 10. ALL INTERNAL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH HINGE DETAIL 21 LABEL CABINET WITH BUSSWORK RATING. "TO - FROM" CODED TAGS LABELED WITH THE CODE LEFT SIDE FRONT 120/240 VAC LETTERS AND /OR NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE SCHEDULES. SERVICE CABINET DETAIL APPROVED PVC OR POLYOLEFIN WIRE MARKING ' SLEEVES SHALL BE USED. 11. ALL NUTS, BOLTS AND WASHERS USED FOR MOUNTING 1/4" x 1 1 /4" CLOSED CELL ^� Lit , THE PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. NEOPRENE GASKET O Lo/ t OTT Zg 12. A 1% TOLERANCE 1S ALLOWED FOR ALL DIMENSIONS. DOOR �� CABINET 13. COMPONENTS P SHALL BE MOUNTING EL. CONDUIT CABINET OR B J B SIGNAL CKT O P HOTOCELL BYPASS TEST ON -- _PHO '�'F� Op WA CLAMP S SHALL BE HOT DIPPED, GALVANIZED STEEL OR 'i ©. i ILL CKT A (3 y'� PANEL WALL STAINLESS STEEL �i 0 14. INSTALL CONDUIT COUPLINGS ON ALL CONDUITS. _ n ` � 11B Np ' D OOR HINGE DETAIL 1 S PLACE COUPLINGS FLUSH WITH TOP OF PIANO -"��; ALTERNATE FOR TYPE 8 MODIFIED CABINET SPARE CKT ( O8 -0 ' 'V'. ¢' CONCRETE FOUNDATION. HINGE SEE NOTE 17 ?D N 15. NOTE 16 HAS BEEN DELETED. ! � V , II ©�M O A F A p2 l ST�� •�� 18. THE METER BASE PORTION OF THIS SERVICE WAS TYP. 1/8 PANEL DOOR CABINET DOOR O T 1 ILL CKT B '' s/ONAL t�G 1/4" x 5/8" DESIGNED TO MEET METERING PORTION OF EUSERC •• O • _ DRAWING 309 REQUIREMENTS. NEOPRENE e ■ I a 10 15 ' GASKET TY p, ; ■ I EXPIRES MAY 5, 2005 I 17. WHEN U ALTERNATE DOOR HINGE: REMOVE 1/8r e ■ g HINGE HINGE PIN PRIOR TO W x i . WELDING HINGE TO CABINET DOOR HINGE DETAIL 5 • ? 2" HIGH 2" OPEN ■ a O AND PRIOR TO HOT DIP GALVANIZING CABINET. fi , , 3/8" BARR ��a�>� SERV CABIN TYPE B . AFTER GALVANIZING, REPLACE PIN INMI BRASS PIN , . SIZE PER NEC. MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE AND SOLDER IN PLACE. MINIMUM SIZE #2 120/240 SINGLE PHASE) LAP WELD STANDARD PLAN J -3b VIEW B-8 WIRING SCHEMATIC SHEET 1 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 11 -05-03 1 NOM NI6PUNI6NCTALE0.LLBVOAV EPI N.O00,C1VITUrANPIPCPWNICp#IJGTE STATE DESIGN ENGINEER NO DATE nusuanosm roNngs 09/2003 REVISED NOTE IS NNS yyodllnpbn S1vN D.portm.N aTTmntpolMion v. yaws. HIONSO BY ATTNEWASNINOTPVSTAIEOTPARINFMO *nWSPORIA110N ACNVNAMO6TNNID -" uw0180(1ST, DATE REVISION OY I 1.. T. .. SERVICE CABINET BOLTED SEE (VOTE 8 .^'I 1 5/8" x 1 5/8" 12 GA. 2" POLICE PANEL -7 3/8" BOLT (TWO FOR EACH SEE STRAP DETAIL TO SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL SLOTTED STEEL g - "7 I CHANNEL) NOT REQUIRED SEE NOTE 8 BRACKET (SEE SERVICE .I�ai• CHANNEL BRACKETS 'A =b1., f FOR STRUT MOUNT - - = CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS • - _ -_ -_ -_ (TWO REQUIRED) AND STRAP DETAIL) �' I ' T BEVEL 1/2" SPRING NUT f FRONT OF I��'� 8 8 CONDUITS AS REQUIRED. r- CONTROLLER SERVICE 1 8 1 PLUMB CONDUIT t 1 CABINET CABINET 1 5/8" x 7 5(8" 12 GA. _— Er SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 - SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL BRACKETS BOLTED TO 1 OI 'tl'� 1 5!8" x 2 7116" 12 GA I IIII POST USE TWO - 3/8" BOLTS, SLOTTED S TEEL CHANNEL B IIII '� WASHERS AND NUTS BRACKETS (3 REQ D), EMBED FOR EACH CHANNEL. © FOUNDATION. /1 T OST z Y PEEN BOLT THREADS. I I (SEE SERVICE MOUN ING Ea IIII I 1 [ M ANCHOR . f?= .a # PLUMB CONDUIT t 1 ° I DETAILS AND STRAP DETAIL) ` 4 � CHANNEL BRACKET #4 BARS II SLOTTED STEEL CHANNEL 10" t BOLT (TYP.) SLOTTED STEEL EACH CORNER II �� =. BOLT SIZED FOR SLOTTED STEEL 11111111 " — 1 5/8" x 2 7N8" 12 GA. -- I I � _I L - -• UT LOCK 0 24" #4 HOOPS _ I I 4_ _I �� WASHER & SPRING N 6" CHANNEL BRACKET, UT i -i- rem I+tn — 1 I T� (3 FOR EACH CHANNEL) J I I'( BRACKETS EIOLTED TO ILA_ I ) (� _, POST USE 7VJ0 -3/8 "BOLTS, I 1 L li I 44'1 -_ at--_R-__ - _ I _ _ i • -- TO UTILITY —) :.' I I - - a WASHERS AND NUTS • 6" K i I _ E - S I C BRACKET MO UNTING DETAIL !-�- TO LUMINAIRES - - � TO CONTROL LER CABINET FOR EACH CHANNEL — , I III A • GROUND ROD liv PEEN BOLT THREADS. 3 "'I H 1 j 3 "--'1 I'.- 3,. - "1 F' (TYP.) 3 " t POST, TREATED ' LONG TIMBER CONDUIT COUPLING (TYP.) 0. 13" DIAMETER DRAIN TILE IIIIiIIi RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET SEE GENERAL NOTE 14 WITH APPROVED COVER. (TYP.) SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAILS FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET TO UTILITY — TO CONTROLLER RIGHT SIDE OF SERVICE CABINET 2' x 1!8" HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STROP TO LUMINAIRES - CABINET •- •• FRONT OF SERVICE CABINET POST MOUNT rc l \ / ` � {/ STR UT MOUNT METAL WASHERS , NUT _ ; i s PHOTOCELL RUBBER WASHER (APPLY SILICONE ENCLOSURE GROUND ROD CD SEALER TO BOTH SIDES OF RUBBER FLANGE - 3/8" 0 x 1" BOLT, LOCK WASHER WASHER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION) NUT AND NUT. (TYP.) - - -- - - -- SERVICE 24^ CABINET BASE 24" - -- CABINET r -- .-- --.4 --1" I TWO #4 HOOPS IOU 1/4" x 1" MACHINE BOLT POST MOUNT STRAP DETAIL Z° t 1 � _ 1 — 11 11 11 �� ANCHOR BOLT (TYP.) PHOTOCELL ENCLOSURE MOUNTING DETAIL Ill �! I CABINET SEE STANDARD CONTROLL � / _ STANDARD PLAN Jac m �\` I "CABINET FOUNDATION DETAILS ", z \ ,— JJJJIIII p Q - 1!2" MIN. (TYP.) O O FOR DETAILS NOT SHOWN. O I O 1/4" x 2" STAINLESS STEEL BOLT " EE 'P �� 3 BU SS WITH 2 STAINLESS STEEL NUTS. i p� T ZE I II - +I LIBERALLY COAT THIS ASSEMBLY �, L ' O 1 DRIVE GROUND RODS BEFORE PLACING 1/8 r WITH ANTI OXIDANT COMPOUND. S 04 944, .e. I•+ = r� CONCRETE. MOVE ROD(S) AND DRAIN I _ *: P °C�'' ,° 7 I TILE(S) WITH COVE RS) AS REQUIRED TO !il - ' H L' BELLEVILLE 5 I _ VV ACHIEVE FULL GROUND PENETRATION. Q CABINET , SERVICE I f" MAINTAIN A 6' MINIMUM CLEARANCE 1 �% STAINLESS STEEL I I `; I SIDE WALL SPRING WASHER r to _ _ I I )_ _ CABINET I I Z ∎ 1 BETWEEN GROUND RODS AS DETAILED Q (�% ' e y _ _ 7 . " ON STD. PLAN J -9a "TYPICAL GROUNDING 4,1111 . •, _ _ �� ' y 1' — — `, y � DETAILS ". STAINLESS -� TI i � 1u' _ _ ``� " STEEL 1 ,. FILLET II _ t I 1 o 11111 O ff' y A C p� � z ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING CABINET 0 WELD ii -1 ' 1 ' 111 WO ., AF 1 S TS• ti i / - �` ■‘� O SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH GROUNDING A �.3 - n,4i,1 A ALLEN HEAD O �� SSjO NAL ��,G OOp Q p O�' `�� 1 �, END BUSHING AND BONDED TO THE - 1 1 ^a a \ CABINET GROUNDING BUS. L / \ G 4" DIAM. x 1/2" DEEP SUMP. SLOPE CABINET rc , I EXPIRES MAY 5. ?005 FOUNDATION'TOWARDSSOMP. 3/8" OIAM. SIDE WALL STAINLESS STEEL POLYETHYLENE OR COPPER DRAIN PIPE. 118" x 1 164" x 1 1/4" x 6" ANGLE FLAT WASHER SERVICE: CABINET TYPIE B #4 BAR EACH CORNER GROUND ROD SLOPE TO DRAIN OUTSIDE FOUNDATION. MODIFIED (0 - 200 AMP TYPE 0 TO SERVICE GROUND - PER STD. PLAN J -9a ELEVATION VIEW SIDE VIEW DETAILA -A 1211/240 SINGLE PHASIE) PLAN VIEW OF SERVICE CABINET 'TYPICAL GROUNDING DETAILS" CABINET' MAIN BONDING JUMPER DETAIL STANDARD PLAN J -31b SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold .1. Peterfeso _ 11 -05 -03 NOTE nW PAW..A LECALSWINIMAN 300WMENTONANE11.'17.=0Up/GTIE STATE DESIGN ENOWEER DATE d 7113M- doNEOMYRIEENO, NSFRANDA °maVEpmrtaunxA77.19KWTGVma 09/2003 REVISED SERVICE CABINET MOUNTING DETAIL el Ilan MAEwnsv, NNTm STATE OEVArtnu+rOF1..wnrnTrae. Acuw.11 oTAwrn T WaEMinpron State State Depurt�Tri mTTan.porhr8on _NIVOMT. DATE - REVISION m -„ -� - ' I . ' �_— _.�. -.� , 1.... a a 1.-..� `__� 1, 4 __ ∎—/ ' O O 7 O :11) O 0 O O I � PUSH PUSH • — ' " BUTTON G BUTTON I ' � � h , FOR FOR ��11 a o I + o �� I � 0 I M 0 METAL POLE INSTALLATION U 0 PPB -M f (Pedestrian PushButton - Metal Pole) WOOD POLE INSTALLATION . PPB -W (Bottom feed shown) (Pedestrian PushButton - Wood Pole) R10-4001 R10-4002 3.374 "' NOTE: When "PPS-MR " or "PPB-WR" ore specified 1 ,,, 2.5 "" in the contract, the arrow shall be installed In the opposite direction i___ j` � 75 © than os shown for PPB M " or "PPB W © L, 2 .875" 2.75" IP M p in N N N . O O M " M b R10 -002 0.391" hole R10 -4001 .187 " "_1 - _ — .187" O 0.875" hole for "' Top View Top View metal post mount Q 0.391" hole for FA 5" y wood post mount II Y 2 �- 0 .9 375 " O U b I �2.8t25" 1.375" Front View Side View 11 H CAST ALUMINUM CONDULET 0.391" hole II ; Iii _- 0.875" hole II , N • N A _ LI Q 0 -�� I v • o (TYP) I PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTOt . N it Front View Side view DETAILS v - I PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ASSEMBLY Front View Side View ALUMINUM 'H' EXTRUSION KEY O Pushbutton switch assembly 0 Aluminum 'H' extrusion © Cost metol housing 4:1) Chase nipple - 'A" he head x Vi" pipe thread x 2 long O Protective collar ® 3/4" - 16 X 2 stainless steel bolt with washer . O Pushbutton switch ® 3 //" X 4 "lag bolt with washer O Gasket ® Drill and tap shaft for / bolt O Stainless steel fastener . Drill and tap shaft for %2 " nipple 0 Cast aluminum condulet ® Conduit and fittings os required for timber pole installation: 0 Aluminum plug with /g" drilled weep hole. reverse condulet and conduit for top feed On timber pole installation, remove plug for wire 16 Drill pilot hole for 3 /g" log bolt entrance and drill weep hole in condulet. L ! �., l • ...�,. *_--- -- -_— - -- — TYPE PPB, P5, & I STANDARD DETAILS F A- ■ SIGNAL STANDARD TYPE DESIGNATIONS I a ANCHOR BOLT, NUT, & WASHER SIZES • 3�6 Pr P STANDARD DI MEN 510N5 I�INI'I - © TYPE PPB 4 - /2" DIA x 12" x 2" 1111 TYPE P5 & 1 4 - }' 01A x 30" x 4" / = m © TYPE F8 & 61,4 3 - %a DIA x 30" x 4" ELEVATION c O« E 1 e r • O u ,..... D , . PLAN ` .}- TYPE PPB TYPE P5 TYPE I & RM TYPE FB TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V TWO THREADS MIN PED, PUSH PED° HEAD VEHICLE HEAD FLASHING MAST ARM LIGHTING AND STRAIN POLE LIGHTING AND 5 / " MAX L s 2" CLEARANCE BUTTON STANDARD AND RAMP METER BEACON STANDARD MAST ARM STANDARD STRAIN POLE Y4 " CHAMFER K POST STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD PAVED AREA UNPAVED AREA t i — C .�; , ' r •'' 21'.' ,, T • " o v .,� TYPE PPB, P5, I, RM & FB STANDARD DIMENSION CHART • ii -- �,( '- -- * - I _� - - -_- v 7 . — -- �� /or • 11 „k3 4; a i j a ' TYPE TYPE: TYPE 'TYPE TYPE 'I' Ki' � I TE M PPB P S 1 RM FB 1 "" TO 2'j v jl . � l „ — i} 4• ! '' A HEIGHT B' -0 10' -0” SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 R a 'I; F a a �, B POLE BASE DIA 2 /z" " _ + - + 4 04 �pWAy� • d v C PLATE THICKNESS I /z " /z "" %z" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 N a D PLATE WIDTH 5" 9" 9" SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 !., ,"P'K •g Gj� rfi —G . i . �� a l', • a {I E HOLE DIA Ye" 1" 1" SEE SHEET 21 SEE SHEET 2 1 ,'l, 1 v :: F BOLT CIRCLE 41 / "" 8I /" 8 "" SEE SHEET 2lSEE SHEET 2 • e Y ,'; o G FOUNDATION DEPTH 1' -6" 3' -0 3 " -0" 3 " -0'" 3' - 0" .o '%: - . _G= —� - ,ar -FI + "' H FOUNDATION WIDTH i' -6'" 2 - 0 2' -0 ' 2' -0" 2 - 0 _ `' i1 ^ O ,p 246 D W M a I. 11 a' c, H2 FOUNDATION DIA 2 " - 0" 2 " 2 ;/ ' -3 2 " -3" 2 " -3" 'V �, E'C JgT@, 4 4° , --- '� - � • i i J NUT & WASHER Fou �/z . w " " " — w "" — e/4" 3/a"" ,s /�,� v ; j. v l!, —0 : • v K GROUT PAD THICKNESS NONE + • ++ SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 ONAL ,„ , • ,j1 „ '.i I, __ . „ . L PLASTIC DRAIN TUBE DIA NONE 3 /D'_ 3 /s' 3 /e 3/8" _- (EXPIRES OCTOBER 10002 212" CLEARANCE u a , <1 -- 1 • c it _ VERTICAL RE -BAR NONE Eight "4 Eight "4 Eight "4 Eight "4 - -a— • 7!— v • ° ,:' I ' . N HORIZ. RE -BAR HOOP NONE Three °4 Three °4 Three "4 Three "4 SIGNAL STANDARD TYPE ii^ n - v i 'i P HANDHOLE SIZE NONE 3 x 4" 31/2" x 4" 3'/Z " x 4" 31/2" x 4" DESIGNATIONS AND TYPE • l: f : 0 SLIPFITTER DIA I I.D.) NONE 4" _ 4 "" 4" 4" PPB, PS, 1, RM, & FS DETAIL: U a QU' a _' ,,, R CAP DIA 2 NONE NONE NONE NONE a a M STANDARD PLAN J -7a • TAPERED ROUND OR OCTAGONAL SHAFT, 11 GAGE, 9 "' OD AT SLIPf "17TER WELD. P 04 INCHES /P T - 0.14 care 2" CLEARANCE Sj ++ LEVELING NUT HEIGHT 1" MAXIMUM. SHEET10P25HEET5 H1 (SOU ARE( \ N LEVELING NUTS NOT REQUIRED FOR TYPE PPB STANDARD mA 'oT """ w " ' " ""p14 APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION H 52 1 ROUND) .T w.,aYDT 8 *4aYYUMO Y UNVO9A aN a arA o<D* N� "� ar old J. Peterfeso 0942 -01 71.- STNTE DESIGN ENOINEE8 DATE FOUNDATION DETAILS T /01 WELOWG SYNSOL SAS MHO oI ∎ washf Start* D*partmonf of rnNip*ISntfon DATE _ REVISION BY '�! A BOX DIMENSION TABLE NOTES: 1 - c ITEM - 1 1 Y BOX TYPE ¢ 1. All box dimensions are nominal. Exact configurations vary TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 l A among different manufacturers. . 1 I N p N 1 A OUTSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 22" 33" 42" B OUTSIDE WIDTH OF JUNCTION BOX C INSIDE LENGTH OF JUNCTION BOX 17" 18 " -19" 22 1/2" 28" 30" 36" 2. The noted lid thicknesses are overall minimums. The diamond pattem - O INSIDE WIDTH thickness. n for T OF JUNCTION BOX 13 " - 14" 17" 24" aype 1 The diamond pattern 2 boxes f fo r Type pe / oO ype 3 b oxes minimum atto T boxes shall have E LID LENGTH 18" 26 1/2" 38" a minimum thickness of 3/32 ". ' SEE LEGEND F LID WIDTH 13" 17" 26" 7777 " 7777 G DEPTH OF JUNCTION BOX 12" 12" 12" 3. Lid support members shall be 3/16 " min. thick steel C, L or T H UD AND FRAME DEPTH 5/18" 5/16" 1/2" shape welded to the frame. .1 MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS 112" 112" 3" K WELDED WIRE HOOP - SIZE NUMBER (SEE NOTE 8) W 2.9 (6 GAGE) W 2.9 (6 GAGE) W 5 (3 GAGE) 4. When specified in the Contract, Type 2 and Type 3 boxes shall D_ m cn 1 - u. L WELDED WIRE FABRIC - SIZE (SEE NOTE 6) 4 X 4 W 2.9 X W 2.8 (6 GAGE) be provided with 12" deep extension boxes. M HANDLE N/A N/A SEE DETAIL N F RAME SLOT MARK N/A WA SEE DETAIL 5 A 1/4" NC x 3/4" Stainless Steel Ground Stud with S.S. Nut shall M _ be welded to the bottom of the Ild. E O HOOK SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL SEE DETAIL P LID HOOD MARK N/A N/A SEE DETAIL O OUU TSIDE IDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION N/A NIA 48" p 6 See the Standard Specifications for alternate use of reinforcement. `I 1 R OUTSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 36" S INSIDE LENGTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 36" — — ( ") 'il :) T INSIDE WIDTH OF FOUNDATION N/A N/A 20" LEGEND T _ N P N U MINIMUM FOUNDATION DEPTH N/A N/A 3" ✓ WELDED WIRE HOOP -SIZE NUMBER NIA N/A W 5 (3 GAGE) CAPACITY - CONDUIT DIAMETERS 6" 12" 24" I' 1 NOTE: A 1% TOLERANCE IS ALLOWED LTD CO M M11 PLAN 1/2" HANDLE S �"" LIGHTING SYSTEM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ,—.H LEVEL WITH LID .. ... .........._. -y.. - LID /8 1 l ' / L 0 STOP LE ` 1/8 ' L 1" X 1" X 3/16 ", TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEM TELEPHONE SYSTEM HAND-1 I co K 1" LONG H OOK DETAIL (TWO HOOKS 1 " HANDLE DETAIL NUT OR WELDED (MARK 0) PER LID) 1 \ (MARK M) WASHER TSSt" �� FRAME TOP' INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM ELEVATION t a E TOP CENTER Q 7 BEAD AT HOOK FORM LETTERS WITH 1/8" WELD BEAD. . S I 1" NOMINAL 1/8" WELD BEAD ALL DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL 1" NOMINAL i I ; 1/8" WE BEAD 41 LID 1111 lig SUPPORT C s { FOUNDATION FOR TYPE 3 \ \___ V D CENTER BEAD/ HOOKS LID p RI JUNCTION BOX ON SLOT LID HOOD MARK DETAIL FRAME SLOT MARK (MARK N) (MARK P) `S DQ W Y 'I'6' 1 „ INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA r 1" NOMINAL �' y;, i /-- INCIDENTAL VEHICLE TRAFFIC PAVED AREA r 1" NOMINAL Q ' `r 6" MIN /m i /mom " A 3„ MIN —8 MAX 3 MIN , l _6" MIN / .1/ A% „ i'17L' (TYP) (TYP) — —3" MIN 8" MAX 3" MIN 0 '2, 24655 A ' 6 'l STER , �4 T � S IONAL 1. • �� 2" MIN r -�--1 2" MIN EXPIRES OCTOBER 26, 20021 (TYP) ° . ° . T (TYP) -- I - ...: -• • . 0 G °o • ";t+ro g •6�`�::;l -ir r a..- -: ae i. ---1- STANDARD �r�12' li•� yr +t ,i• a �.a�-+ in W i r4! ," 1 .k ' . R .2 Z , � iz ai lt iasi 1 . *.;g : ` 4 4 �! JUNCTION BOX sVerity .; � � i%i !zi• • - '., 0 . • � - .:i1?�� as...,r +:,•:�G�.s� �.. 'era riln„sZi.',�� , - ��,:. �:,,, r .. - ' •�.y _- STANDARD PLAN J - 11 a TYPE 1 OR 2 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 6" GRAVEL PAD TYPE 3 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL — 6" GRAVEL PAD . SHE � S,w ONOTALEo° IM,N NO "NDIMITAN�Crn "co +.E APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION IOIN4. NoNED BY THE FNPW.14 AND APPROVED FOR NelrtwnPY 1310.1.7 ON RILE La ERaaNErA,Ea,ENraF m,NrA r,4TAgi{ 77 ♦COP"NA VEEOBI.N "E° WSNR... Harold J. Pefeffeso 09 -12 -01 STATE DESIGN ENGINEER DATE T Washington SIOa. Department of Transportation NOTES 1. PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8 -01.3(15). 2. SIZE THE BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE (BGID) FOR THE STORM WATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. MAX. GRATE 5" TRIM GEOTEXTILE 3. THE BGID SHALL HAVE A BUILT -IN HIGH -FLOW RELIEF' SYSTEM SPECIFICATION (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 4. THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BGID WITHOUT SPILLING THE FRAME `�� "" "��% COLLECTED MATERIAL. �/ - OVERFLOW BYPASS °, °• 4 4 .4 a 4 a • o — GRATE \ ° ° j SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS – RETRIEVAL SYSTENI X' tT"Tj e.: vt Ell FILTERED li i WATER , r • - OVERFLOW BYF'ASS • .° • 44' , i GEOTEXTILE —" A ; = CROSS SECTION ISOMETRIC VIEW NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE �� STATE OF ` V V '7,, WASHINGTON ` / REGISTERED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 1 .--' MARK W, MAURER CERTIFICATE NO. 000595 PREFABRICATED BELOW GRATE INLET DEVICE DETAILS STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION STANDARD PLAN 1 -7 SHEET 1 OF 1 SHEET APPROVED FOR PUBLICATION Harold J. Peterfeso 07-17-03 NOTE TN9TtlANla NOT AIEONt Eiov &12N000GR¢'M a EUrAN4THIVOWYa NmE STATE DESIGN ENOMEER DATE avawa. WINE 0NYTwwamiemun AwNOVmrurvmxAnoNSlENravwa �T W h n Rut. D. umn.nl otTr _. A . TTNEWn,UONnONYAmoo.gtAmoircF ummarAnON nik %WrfEOOTN er, �I/ % O P Fa ... L0.07(41/61T. '/ STRAIGHT METER ADAPTER PLASTIC IRRIGATION BOX 6" AMETEK LID — ; - --t._ - T rir ]_r \ ti 3 METER2 TO DCVA --- 6" PVC PIPE - 1—i i4 i l l FIPxSLIP PVC COUPLING ANGLE BALL VALVE STRAIGHT CURB STOP CURB STOP METER x PJ STOP /WASTE PJxFiP —�-- 1•,1i! �: FLOW 90' MIPxPJ ELBOW . \__ * _ COPPER OR CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE NOTE 1. ALL FITTINGS ARE TO BE BRASS. W» 3 4" & 2" IRRIGATION METER SET NTS City of Yakima — Engineering Division I J APPROVED: 7.9.99 CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL 3/4" & 2" IRRIG. METER SET W17 1 I f � i i NOTES SANITARY SEINER MAIN SIDE SEWER 1. TEES OR WYES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN — NEW SANITARY SEWER MAINS. WHEN 1 41 1 =21 11 ■ — )•, INSTALLING 9DE SEWERS IN EXISTING MAINS, CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BY MACHINE MADE v TAP AND APPROVED SADDLE. 2. WHERE DEPTH IS INSUFFICIENT TO ALLOW 1 TEE -WYE (STD) CONNECTION AS SHOWN, CONNECT SERVICE AS i / DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. m1 A 1 1 A _ __, ® 2 Al CIDE SEWER MAMMALS �AHL.I. BE PVC R J. ALL.' JI m - - SEWER PIPE CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS ii______ __I ` / OF SECTION 7 -18.2 OF THE STD. SPECS. 4. TERMINATE SIDE SEWER AT R/W LINE UNLESS OTHERWSE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER OR I SIDE SEWER OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 5. MINIMUM SLOPES ARE AS FOLLOWS: 4" DIA. PPE = 0.02 ft /R WYE (AS REQUIRED) 6° DIA. PIPE = 0.01 ft /ft 1 6. BACKFILL WITHIN THE RIGHT OF WAY SHALL BE I a CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE FULL DEPTH 2 AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 1 PLAN c 18" #4 REBAR BURIED MIN SLOPE - SEE NOTE... 1 6 " -12" BELOW FINISH 6 IP . ' - GRADE TIED iN MARKER i OBSTRU%TION TEE -WYE TAPE ,\ IN THIS AREA I 22 1/2* 0R 45 2 N. DETECTABLE MARKER TAPE BENDS AS REQUIREO MIN SLOPE - SEE NOTE- f 1 PER STD. SPECS IP g � PLACE 12" ABOVE ENTIRE I o m I LENGTH OF SIDE SEWER in MIN SLOPE - SEE NOTE.., CONNECTION AT OBSTRUCTION I I ■ PLUG OR CAP \\de() 1 AS REQUIRED rn' 45 � . TEE -WYE 1 SECTION A -A S9 SIDE SEWER CONNECTION DETAIL 1 NTS City of Yakima - Engineering Division 1 1 APPROVED: 2.10.99 `. CITY OF YAKIMA - STANDARD DETAIL I SIDE SEWER DETAIL 1 59 1 A _ mi Ni tee I SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 17" x 30" PC Style (Stackable) Assembly 3/8 -16 UNC •.• STA/NLESS STEEL (13) X 4" (102) 1/2" V 18 HEX HEAD BOLT i PULL SLOT /k . (4�4' W/ WASHER O --_, A y ,49, I ,� 1 1 ` r 3 /e -1s UNC Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) SURFACE DESCRIPTION C0F SKID CARRIAGE BOLT . RESISTANT' SCRIPTION DESIGN/TEST LOAD C'S PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER COVER ® 0 kg) Bolts 0 C1"30CA00 33 (15.0 kg)' _ 9) 5,000./ . l ®, Gasketed N/2 Bolts PC1730CG00 33 (15. 000 7,50,50C 5 0 5 CC . 15.0 k Q No Bolts PG1730WA00 33 D ( kg) 5,000 / 7,500 • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the enclosure water tight { II Z 3 ,,, �5 g " /8 1 8 2 ,1 i • 1 42 g" i (. A ■ \� 11 1/4" ■ (286) 1/2" i • (13) 2X 4" (102) X 4" (102) ®0'( 1 MOUSEHOLES (PC173088 only 1/2-__I 1 (13) L B Boxes (Stackable with self- aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DESCRIPTION PART NO. Mill DIMENSION I ® Open Bottom DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST 0 / 7 500 PC17308Al2 A B Q Open Bottom w /Gasket PC17308G12 58 (26.3 kg) 12° (305 mm) LOAD # M 0 e. Open Bottom w/2 PC1730 12 58 (26.3 kg) 17 (305 mm) 5,000 / 7,500 M pen Bo les 58 (26.3 kg) 12" (305 mm) 5,000!7,500 MN Solid Bottom PC1730DAl2 5,000/7,500 0 Solid Bottom w /Gasket 83 (37.6 kg) "' , , Q Footed Box PC1730DG12 83 (37.6 kg) 12 1/2" (318 mm) NIA 5,000/7,500 atEMEMManimmi 5000 / 7500 5 PC1730,IA of (3U 12 67 .__ .4 Kg) 12 1/7 (318 mm) il enialga 5,000 / 7,500 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. STR ONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986-9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0565 26 Ouazitc SPECIFICATIONS/DATA 24" x 24" PG Style (Stackable) Assembly • Covers (Blank unless logo is specified) DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER ® W/2 Botts PG2424CA00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 - ® Gasketed w/2 Bolts PG2424CG00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 0 No Bolts PG2424WA00 70 (32.0 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PG2424HA00 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 ® Gasketed Heavy Duty PG2424H000 100 (45.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 w/2 Bolts • Covers with meter lids available upon request. • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a 3/8 - UNC ' gasketed box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not STAINLESS STEEL make the enclosure water tight. HEX HEAD BOLT W/ WASHER (2) 1 1 4 2 1 5 9) t65 6' V (6 r. COVER ® .�l ® � 2 1) CM Z _ .5 COF SKID \ Boxes (Stackable with self- aligning, replaceable EZ Nut) RESISTANT SURFACE ct =' : DESIGN/TEST r DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER 1/2" (13) x 4" (102) 11.1 PULL SLOT W/ = ® Open Bottom PG2424BA24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 01/4" (6) CENTER PIN = ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PG2424BG24 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 CID C) ® Open Bottom w/2 Mouseholes PG2424B824 165 (75.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 • G� ® Solid Bottom PG2424DA24 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 16 2' W ® Solid Bottom w /Gasket PG2424DG24 _ 178 (82.0 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 1 15� 1 ! igii () 8+ 2 J 2 (61} 8' i Z P . • 1/2 UFTING BOLT (4) (13) EXTENSION 1 " Illallii/l2X LIFTING BOLT (4) 1 (� )16" ( l X 4 (102) X 4" (102) BOX . I MOUSEHOLES (PG2424BB ONLY) Extensions (Stackable - can be used as a top or bottom extension) DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST i DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PG2424EA06 71 (32.0 kg) 8° (203 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424EAl2 105 (48.0 kg) 14° (356 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Solid Bottom PG2424RA06 96 (44.0 kg) 8 1/2° (216 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 PG2424RAl2 130 (59.0 kg) 14 1/2° (368 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. STRONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive • Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 • (865) 986 -9726 • FAX (865) 986 -0585 I 30 , . o a SPECIFICATIONS /DATA 12" x 12 PC Style (Stackable) Assembly Pnuorc !QI -.nL ..nlncc Irmo is cnnnifindl ■ vvw.-1 witunn an...sa •nyv ...ay........a., DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # LOAD # ANSI TIER • W/2 Bolts PC1212CA00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 ®t Gasketed w/4 Bolts l PC 1212CG00 1 12 (5.4 kg) i 6,000 / 12,000 1 8 3/8 - UNC ® No Bolts PC1212WA00 12 (5.4 kg) 8,000 / 12,000 8 STAINLESS STEEL ® Heavy Duty w/2 Bolts PC1212HA00 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 • HEX HEAD BDLT ® Gasketed Heavy PC1212HGOO 12 (5.4 kg) 15,000 / 22,500 15 W/ WASHER (2) Duty w/4 Bolts _ • Gasketed covers and bolt grommets must be used with a gasketed r ...... box. Gaskets reduce the inflow of fluids but do not make the g enclosure water tight. v t s in u <:D © i i 9) 1 V 1/2" (13) X 2 1/2" (84) '` ^j PULL SLOT r 1 COVER .5 COF SKID RESISTANT SURFACE r -_ 1� 35 14 1 i (3Q5) � �3p5) �� .1 (3025) �� 1 /2" (13) 1 J 1/2":1 /2-] �' BOX (13) (25) • Boxes (Stackable with self- aligning, replaceable EZ -Nut) DIMENSION DESIGN/TEST DESCRIPTION PART NO. WEIGHT # A LOAD # ANSI TIER Open Bottom PC1212BAl2 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4" (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 r_, ® Open Bottom w /Gasket PC1212BG12 31 (14.1 kg) 12 3/4° (324 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Solid Bottom PC1212DAl2 37 (16.8 kg) ( 13 1/4" (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Solid Bottom w /Gasket PC1212DG12 37 (16.8 kg) I 13 1/4" (337 mm) 15,000 / 22,500 15 Dimensions & weights in parentheses are metric equivalent. STRONGWELL 3621 Industrial Park Drive e Lenoir City, TN 37771 (800) 346 -3062 ® (865) 986 -9726 9 FAX (865) 986 -0585 21 1 S pecifications DESCRIPTION The lighting post shall be all aluminum construction consisting of a cast base and a 12 flute shaft with a 03" x 3" tall tenon, a cast aluminum bolt on plant holder with irrigation hole and two 1 aluminum bolt on banner arms with half sphere finials and breakaway couplings. MATERIALS The post assembly shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattem with complete detail. Banner arms shall be 6061 -T6 schedule 80 pipe and bar stock. The planter ami shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) A I_� - formed true to pattem with complete detail and 6061 -T6 bar 1 !■■' stock. All hardware shall be tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be hot -dip galvanized steel. DIMENSIONS The post shall be 12' -11" in height with a 051" to 03 I " ';Il[i]ll tapered fluted shaft, a 020 x 28 tall base and a 03" x 3" tall tenon. Banner arms shall be 1" x 26" schedule 80 pipe. Plant iirw holder shall be 112 long. .�. I 'II �,. ` 2 6 INSTALLATION _r Post provided with (4)0 hot dip galvanized steel L -type anchor bolts. A handhole is located in the base to provide - } anchorage and wiring access. ■ I FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat finish. i 12' -1 1 12' — 6 „ LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION The Milwaukee Harp Luminaire is styled to replicate the "Harp” Series Luminaires that illuminated boulevards at the tum of the century. Designed for light control and ease of t iro installation and maintenance, the Milwaukee Harp Luminaire 1 I has a precision optical system for true street lighting performance. 1 2 ' — 4 For complete specifications see US -3176. - -1 I r — 6 Anchorage Detail 20" 180" 0 15 BASE BOLT �� CIRCLE j 1; 2 70° - % 90° ,f 2 8 " ilikt i / , �� X11 1 1 f � 1 1 ACCESS " '' OPENING DOOR o° X620" IF-- - Yakima WA Revitalization 4 4 #. NY13C20A/BK- AB- 26- 4- (2)BBA26H /1 /BO -CA/BK ' "" OSPABOCA/BK -MH 175MHMT3B4A i ANE ORDER #: TYPE: A & B DRAWING IC .1, LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS An wilcuityBrandsCompany REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 1/12/06 TSG- 000868 -1 DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 1/11/06 PAGE: 2 of 5 ■ 1 THIS DRAVANO, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE AUNIT OF°tl111LM DESgN MAY BE DUFFtlED,BUT ONLY AFTER AFPROVALDYTHE CUSTOMER N Yt1TW TIN N POLE ORDERS 40 A401108 BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WRL BE SUPPIIEDWITH EACH ANCHOR DOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE RILE PRO IS PRA DED. THIS is THE FRI OF HTLOPHANE AHI, Kg LOANED SUBJECT TO RETI UPON DEMAND CND UPON EXPRESS CONORICN THAT H WV. NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR biDIRECTLY N RW ANY WAY DETENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY N CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHPNE. 1 4 { 3 _ 4 r-- 1- 1 1 MASONS IMRE REV ' CfS.RGi1Cw PCN 1 NUE BY CHN D E BREAK —AWAY BANNER COUPLING FOR 1 -1/2" PIPE, 1.35" CENTER CUT VERSION, BLACK FINISH SHOWN ON DRAWING M104991 Q • (4) 1/4 -20UNC X .5 SOCKET HEAD [ STEEL CUP POINT SET SCREW U .0525 STAINLESS STEEL CABLE WITH s TWO (2) .250 LOOPS AT EACH END <C 11 11 MI- 312!1 —BBC BALL 3" FINIAL, � SHOWN ON DRAWING MC: -1213 ...) -- \ i s ! BANNER ARM MOUNTING BRACKET, `— PF- 359 -13 —BK 1 -1/2" STEEL PIPE BOLT ON FOR 1 -1/2" PIPE BANNER ARM, SHOWN ON DRAWING MB -2004 cr SHOWN ON DRAWING A103725, BLACK FINISH c4../ E3 E 2 NOTE: BANNER ARM TO SHIP COMPLETLEY ASSEMBLED. 1 7.) ___ 1. EACH PART TO BE PAINTED SEPARATELY. 2. ALL PIPE THREADS TO BE SECURED WITH LOCKTITE DURING ASSEMBLY. `(1..) (LOCTITE #26241 OR EQUAL) -- „� HOLOPIHANE CORPORATION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED .XXX ±.015 '., RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CENTER DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES, .XX ±.03 Q,. NEWARK. OHIO TOLERANCES ARE: ANC ± 2' . .t'J LEADER IN LIGITRNGSOLUTIONS THIS PRINT 15 THE CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE INN BR MJH WTE;O2 - 25 - 00 �' 1 - /2 INCH BANNER ARM cr CORPORATION. AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RETURN UPON A BE M DISCLOSED ANY PARTY THE �PRIOROT wcn WR; ASSEMBLY ROAD A �J '-" WRDTEN PERMISSION OF HOLOPHANE CORPORATION, OR USED - -.. °� DRAWING PREPARED IN owRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE : BZE �PSL11 NO an ID REV W ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI Y14.; N "' 5M -1982 INTEREST OF HOLOPHANE CORPORATION. - -_ " 1 8 v6-2011 `` CAD I4ODEL: MB2011.DWC ISSUE PCN: I ' NA slim OF 1 4 I 3 I 2 1 1 • OS Series Specifications Planter Arm DESCRIPTION Decorative planter arms with scroll available in both bolt -on and clamp -on configurations. MATERIALS The planter arm and scroll shall be cast aluminum mounting bracket (356.1 alloy) with 6061 -T6 aluminum brackets or (welded to shaft) clamps. 11" > ►� DIMENSIONS Ili — — — The planter arm shall measure 11 "from bracket/clamp to center of hanger. INSTALLATION IIIIIIIIIIIIII � Bolt - on: Bolts to flat mounting bracket (welded to shaft) with 3/8 -16 stainless steel hardware. r Clamp - on: Clamps around existing shaft, secured with 3/8 -16 stainless steel hardware. FINISH The banner arm shall be furnished with a powder coat — — - i -ate -ate finish. ii - OSPA/BO -CA/XX [<------------ 11" ) IIIIIIp!IJI nil! ((OE1O 11 - 15 1 I ) :I* it(t:[SEI 1: IIII I`IIII I OSPA/COXX -CA/XX 1 1 Catalog # See at left OUTDOOR ARCHITECTURAL ORDER NO: TYPE: DRAWING NO: US -2062 1 THIS DRAWING WHEN APPROVED SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR • a ' . • • ;• • A CUSTOMER IN WRMNG. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE UNIT OF SIMILAR DEIGN MAY BE SUPPLIED, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY VTHE HOLOPHANE SCALE: NONE SUPPLIED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. WILL BE LEADER IN LIGIITING SOLUTIONS DRAWN: SH THIS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO Holophane APP'D: DIRECTLY OR.INDIRECTLY ANY WAY OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY Division of National Service Industries, Inc. DATE: 2-8-01 IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE. 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK, OHIO 43055 I i - p - A Harp Series 1 Specifications Milwaukee Style with Standard 3 Diameter T enon M oun ti ng Maximum weight - 75 ibs GENERAL DESCRIPTION Maximum effective projected area - 3.8 sq. ft. The Milwaukee Harp Luminaire is styled to replicate the 2a" "Harp" Series Luminaires that illuminated boulevards at the • 18" turn of the century. Designed for light control and ease of f installation and maintenance, the Milwaukee Harp n , , Luminaire has a precision opiicei system for true street lighting performance. CAST ALUMINUM SOCKET / REFLECTOR 1 HOUSING REFRACTOR/ DOOR ASSEMBLY . (2' ,, / \ The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop shaped `" thermal resistant borosilicate prismatic alas refractor, that I i ! '---Y" � \ 1 controls the light to provide LE.S. type IV and type V cut � off distributions. The combination of reflector, refractor and CAM ST N ALUMINUM TING vertical burning lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of —J 1111N1111111111111111■1 ARM illumination while controlling luminaire brightness. The refractor assembly hinges from the Harp assembly and is latched by a stainless steel, captive hex head bolt. 1 425/8'. DOOR FRAME DP AND TFARDR UNITIZED ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY L)WE :ALL I n i - - - -- HEIGHT !L I STYLE REFRACTOR Located below the refractor under a removable decorative cap, the unitized electrical assembly consists of the ballast mounted to a cast aluminum plate that is easily removed by loosening three screws in keyhole slots. The disconnect 28-3/8 • • CAST ALUMINUM BALLAST plug connects the ballast to the terminal block in the wiring HOUSING WITH chamber. •0_ REMOVABLE CAP HARP / FITTER ASSEMBLY I - j I I 18-3/8" t 1 I �� I �� I �- 1 I I The Harp assembly consists of a top cover casting, \V 1 I 1 U 1 h'V I chimney casting, two arm castings, and a fitter / ballast i i t -'. I housing casting, all welded together. The fitter is designed _ to mount on a 3" diameter tenon. The anodized and brightened internal aluminum reflector located in the top 1 1 t — NW cover is formed with flutes to control voltage rise in the CAST ALUMINUM FITTER FOR lamp and to work with the refractor to provide the desired 3" DIAMETER MOUNTING TENON distributions. The socket, located in the top housing, preset ORDERING INFORMATION for the proper light center of the reflector and pre -wired to EXAMPLE: MH 070HP 24 3 B 4 A the terminal block, is street lighting grade with nickel plated MH i 75 F't ill iZ 3 LI A lamp grip shell, center contact backed by a coiled spring, I 1 T 1 T T T and a glazed porcelain body. ' BALLAST TYPE I I I (MOGUL BASE) BALLAST 050HP = `SOW HPS • (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet for specific operating 070HP= 70WHPS VOLTAGE MOUNTING FINISH OPTICAL ASSEMBLY characteristics 100HP = 100W HPS `4 = 120 VOLT 3 = SLIPFITTER ..bp. B = BLACK .4 4 = ASYMMETRIC characteristics) 15AHP = 150W55V HPS 20 = 208 VOLT FOR 3" Z = BRONZE TEARDROP. TYPE IV 35 - 100 watt 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) 175MH = 175W MH 24 = 240 VOLT DIAMETER BY N = GREEN DISTRIBUTION ballasts are High Power Factor Reactor type. All other icon= - mow MV 27 = 277 VOLT 4" TALL TENON A = AS SPECIFIED 5 = SYMMETRIC HPS ballasts are High Power Factor Autotransformer type. 175MV = 175W MV 34 = 347 VOLT TEARDROP, TYPE V g .. 48 = 480 VOLT DISTRIBUTION 175 watt Metal Halide (MH) ballasts are Peak Lead e BALLAST TYPE (ALWAYS USES Autotransformer type. 70 and 100 watt MH units are (MEDIUM BASE) A ORIENTATION) available only with (120V, 208V, 240V, 277V) High Power 35DHP = 35W HPS (120V ONLY) 50DHP= 50W HPS I Factor High Reactance type ballast. 70DHP= 70WHPS OPTICAL ORIENTATION All Mercury Vapor (MV) ballasts are High Power Factor 100DHP= 100W HPS —A A= STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PERPENDICULAR TO HARP Constant Wattage Autotransformer (CWA) type. ■ 15DHP = 150W 55V HPS B = STREET SIDE OF OPTICS PARALLEL TO HARP 70DMH = 70W MH (MT ONLY) 10DMH = 100W MH (MT ONLY) FINISH / MATERIAL polyester p p 15DMH = 150W MH (MT ONLY) The luminaire is finished with oI ester owdef paint 17DMH= 175WMH 2001N = 200W INCANDESCENT applied after a seven stage pretreatment process, to insure ' OPTIONS maximum durability. All castings making the harp are sand 8= SINGLE FESTOON RECEPTACLE, LOCATED IN BALLAST BASE HOUSING. SAME SIDE AS DOOR HINGE. cast from aluminum alloy #356, for better corrosion TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE resistance. All external hardware is stainless steel. R = NEMA TWISTLOCK PHOTOCONTROL RECEPTACLE, MOUNTED AT TOP OF LUMINAIRE. 1 TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE P = PROTECTED STARTER FOR HPS UNITS ONLY. TOP CATALOG STRUCTURE W= DECORATIVE WHITE WINDOWS (DECALS) � G = DECORATIVE GOLD WINDOWS (DECALS) I ACCESSORIES • ,, 40. LAMP = SHIP APPROPRIATE LAMP AS A LINE ITEM. SEE LAMP SHEET ARCHITECTURAL OUTDOOR ORDER #: TYPE: DRAWING NO: US -3176 THIS DRAWING, WHEN APPROVED, SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR . THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE. • A UNIT OF SIMILAR DFSIRN MAY RF SIIPPIIFf BIT ONLY ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE �� CUSTOMER IN WRITING. ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE ■w DRAW SCALE: IV /H W SUPPLIED WrrH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE POLE PROVIDED. H®1�®PHA�E° DRAWN: MJH LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS APP D: - I THIS PRINT IS 711E PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT 1 1 RETURN UPON DEMAND AND PON EX PRESS CONDITI N THAT IT WILL NOT BE USED An �;4cuityBrandsCompany DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS, AND ONLY 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK OHIO 43053 DATE: 04 -30 -02 IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE. Li Lr LU e-.5 7 - '- i G y - A---.•....,r1., / 'Se) 111 Z_� ✓ e . Specifications I DESCRIPTION • The lighting post shall be cast iron and steel construction consisting of a cast iron clamshell base and a 16 flute steel post with a 03" x 5" tall tenon, an aluminum roadway arm, two bolt on banner arms and a cast aluminum bolt on plant holders with irrigation holes. MATERIALS The post assembly shall be steel. The clamshell base shall be cast iron, (ASTM A48 class 30) formed true to pattem with complete detail. The roadway ami shall be cast aluminum, (heavy wall, 356.1 alloy) formed true to pattem with complete detail and 2" schedule 80 6061 -T6 pipe. All hardware shall be 72„ tamper resistant, stainless steel. Anchor bolts shall be hot -dip galvanized steel. m DIMENSIONS ... 11 j. The post shall be 25' -0" in height with a 09" butt tapered ■ V fluted .1196" wall shaft , a 024 x 43" tall clamshell base and a , 03" x 5" tall tenon. Banner arms shall be 1" x 26" long. i il l I INSTALLATION 11 4' 1 Post provided with (4)01 hot dip galvanized steel L -type : Ill anchor bolts. A handhole is located in the shaft to provide ,, wiring access. A handhole is located in the base to provide l II I handhole access. c FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat '11 finish. 1 I LUMINAIRE DESCRIPTION 25' — 0" 1 j; The Memphis luminaire is styled to replicate the 'teardrop" i luminaires that lighted boulevards in the first half of this 26'' century. Designed for light control and ease of installation and � I , maintenance, the Memphis has a precision optical system for i • 1 7' —0" true street lighting performance. For complete specifications see LUM_MEMPHIS u� I1 ' ',I , D 1 ' � , g • " i Anchorage Detail 180° 0 122 , 'i BOLT 12 -4" � 11 ' - 128 � Q CIRCLE I. ANCHOR / PLATE 2700 � so° 08 I 43 � • OPENING r . 1 0° HANDHOLE ---I I-- 024" LOCATION Yakima WA Revitalization �4, 25' FTS AB 1. 25 /BK- NY24CSB- CI /BK- BHC72 /1 -CA/BK -BHLF /200 -SCABK ......-A. OSPA/BO- CA/BK(W /HOLE)- 2BA26H/1 /BO- CA/BK -MPU 175PM,41 B4 SS NIOLOPRIAIIIE ORDER #: TYPE: C +D DRAWING 7i: LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS c n An'�cuityBrandsCompany REVISION: 1 REVISION DATE: 1/12/05 TSG-00Q868 DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 1/11/05 PAGE:5 of 5 THIS DRAWING. WHEN APPROVED, 9HML BEGONE THE COMPLETE 9PECIFICATtON FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPH.WE DV THEORDERNOTED ABOVE A UNIT OFSIM0.AR OE910N MAYBE SUPPLIED, BUTONLY AFTERwPROVAL BY THE _U 011STDUER INYREITNG. POLE DRDERS AN ANCHOR BOLTTEUPLATE PRINFWRl. BE 90PPLIE0}NTH EACH MC"HOR BOLT ORDER TDUATOHTHE PINE PROVIDED. TMS PRINT ISTHEPROPERTY OF H(10R4NE AND L51A1ANED SUBJECT REDATN 110131 DEMAND MP UPON E1PRES9 CONOR10V THAT IT WLL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR NDNECTLY N MY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO OUR NTEREST9, AND ONLY N CONNECTION WITH MATERAL FURNISHED BY HOUJPHAVE. '/PE r c r 1=-1 '-7----1 -1W Maximum Effective Projected Area = 2.37 ft Tr 1 � Maximum Weight - 66 lbs. Optional NEMA Turn -Lock 1 I I 51 5 , 4 I Top Entry Photocontrol Receptacle VJ b >r '"' Tool -less Threaded N latch For 1 -1/2" NPT IF • Wilma �4 / '7 . -- / `� `—, Chamber Hinge ,j. • ' roll( r i'-'7" —/P-7"- Nit thi i i to 1 ■ i " i i s i ` 1 / Stainless 7 +� � -.....,--„di di \ Yom! 1 . �• Steel `' Latch r= �, � , � Hinge �► � r. ', 7 , .. a - ,, a "r_n s is s a s s a 6 5 a s jT AI& Glass Electrical/ N Teardrop Glass Reflector O :' kr Assembly DC CI i MPU t t J t i j-1 "Z Lf C, O CO TYPE BALLAST TYPE VOLTAGE z HOUSING COLOR OPTICS o MPU = Memphis Main BASE) 12 = 120 VOLT CULUS A = AS specified 4 = TEARDROP F G. I UL;i(ty I 070HP = 70W HPS 20= 208 VOLT is = Black ASYMME I kIC a 100HP = 100W HPS 4 =240 VOLT o Z 15AHP =150W 55V HPS 27 = 277 VOLT CUI HS N = Green g o 250HP . 250W HPS 34 = 347 VOLT CUL Z = Bronze 6 = SAG CLEAR +; 0 400HP = 400W HPS 4a= 480 VOLT SYMMETRIC .... ,7,-;.. 175MH = 176W MH MA = (PREWIRED TO 120V, UL ONLY) 17 = SAG CLEAR I E+ �� • 1111 25OMH = 250W MH MB = MT (PREW1RE TO 200V, UL ONLY) ASYMMETRIC MCI 400MH = 400W MH ML = MT (PRE To 240V, DL ONLY) j 8 175PM = 175W MH PULSE t l MD = MT (PREWIRED TO 277V, UL ONLY) q 254PM = 250W MH PULSE 0 1111 320PM = 320W MH PULSE 350PM =350W MH PULSE 400PM =400W MH PULSE El !roe 0,s s P OTECTcD��AftiuZcriFSONL) PCTWSTL12a= DTL1WIST -OFFPHOTOCONTROLFOR1-130 VOLT (USED Willi' R' OPTION) ggl m g PCTWSTL12202427= DU TWIST-OFF PHOTOCONiROL FOR 105- 305VOLT USEDWiTHIrOPTION ° g $ -d Rs TURN- LOCK PHOTOCONTROL RECEPTACLE PCTWSTL347-DTL TWIST-OFF PHOTOCONTROL FOR USE WITH 34TVOLT (USED WITH "R" OPTION) al�lg3 3� D3 = DEEP SKIRi PCTWS'RAeO = On. TWIST-OFF PHOTOCONTROI. FOR USE WITH 420 -53D VOLT (USED WrrH'IV OPTION) I ° , _R °� SS= SHORT SKIRT PCTWSTSHORTCAP =SHORTING CAP a 2,0 of t Specifications g m i< ii DESCRIPTtON The Memphis ksn(naire Is styled to replicate the 'teardrop* luminaires that lighted boulevards in the first half of this century. Designed for light contro! 4 2 s gp _ i and ease of Installation and maintenance, the Memphis has a precision optical system for true street Settling performance. °� m d � WIRING CHAMBER Sri# �Qer The wiring chamber has a 1 -1)2 inch, gasketed, NPT threaded entry for pendant mountlng. A stainless steel set screw locks the unit in position. A three l§ g, 2 I gn station termhral block will accept #14 through #2 wires and is prewired to one half of the plug assembly that connects to the removable eieotrioal module, SS a • Y ELECTRICAL !REFLECTOR ASSEMBLY ° &k° ; 11 / 1 I The electrical! reflector assembly hinges down from the wiring chamber for ease in wiring and to facilitate the removal of the electrical module. The h e d a ao - S assembly is secured in piace by a stainless steel latch. The unitized electical module consists of the ballast mounted to an aluminum plate that is easty removed by loosening two screws In keyhole slots. The disconnect plug connects the balast to the terminal Week in the wiring chamber. The socket is street fighting grade with nickel plated tamp grip shell, oentar contact backed by a coiled spring and glazed porcelain body. The anodized and brightened reflector Is formed with fides to control voltage rise in the lamp and to work in conjunction with the refractor to provide the desired distribution of light C/) 1 REFRACTOR 1 DOOR ASSEMBLY y The cast aluminum door cradles a teardrop or sag shaped, symmetric resistant Imrosliicate glass refractor that controls the light to provide an LES. d symetric or asymmetric cut off distribution. The combination of reflector, Infector and vertical burning lamp maximize efficiency and uniformity of m Akmithaton white controlling lum mire brightness. The refractor assembly and decorative skirt (when applicable) assembly hinges from the electrical / tO W reflector assembly and is itched by a stainless steel, captive, wing nut assembly. Q 2 BALLAST = � , (Refer to Ballast Data Sheet for specific operatarg characteristics) = 160 watt and below 120 volt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) ballasts are High Power Factor Reactor type. Alt other 150 watt and below are Koh Power DOI 0 .4 a for Autc,tr a sfoin ar type. 250 and 480 wail HPS ballasts are Lead type, AA Metal Halide (MH) ballasts are Peak Lead Autotransfomher type. 4i Q FINISH / MATERIAL 1 The luminaire B finished with polyester powder paint applied after a seven stage pretreatment process to insure maximum durabil y. Ali castings utUze [5 Iii t i) Z alloy #356 aluminum for maldmum corrosfon resistance amt at exposed hardware is stainless stoat CC LL LISTING 0 1-- ). 0 0 0 • CUUU.L. listing suitable for wet locations at 40 degrees C. 1 of 2 ryPE ' \ . ch Standard Shallow Skirt Deep Skirt • roil 4 i I iG ;�� ii li ' PO 7 .wis /�■ .rte ■I■ /11■ /111111 ,..._.... 5 Teardrop 'Glass W A1.11 hoil! :111 Asymmetric ;ii iii ;i■ ¢ 0 . ■I■ ■I■ /I� o ° Sag Glass .■411111� et Symmetric z Asymmetric a 0 ] 1 L 1 - ig Y On t A fl w . Mark Appropriate Box for Trim Option Skirt Dimensions # 1511 } "HMO! .iii. iii lg . . IIP . lir idgidNi E 1°41° ,� � . F tegi$§ , .- 1111111A „AK . Ailia _..... II i . f . _____ a. 2 Lo Lli 4 M T -,� 02 ' -7 „ , - 02'- 7"____0-_ m co Z Wai w; • 0 000 2 of 2 , l BOLNY44 /171DT -CAIBK I I 1 1 11 H 1 i a _l �. v' .' co T in 1 V11 /1X AI_I i i r\ r1 i i ► \1 i ■ , u\s,_ 1 .. LOCK PROVIDED .I BY OTHERS AIIIII rc • 1 d • nt A 4. 1_ e� ?Wa T I •,, Yakima Revitalization Project li A ,,, - • Yakima, WA LU U s■11111 ®®U 0 fl L'Jrnwnc ORDER #: T TYPE: DRAWING #- LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS n n n I REVISION: REVISION DATE: TSG 000949 I An AcuityBrandsCompany DRAWN: ACH ORIGIN DATE: 01 -24 -06 PAGE:1 of 1 THIS DRAWNG. WHEN APPROVED. SHALL BECOME THE COMPLETE SPECIFICATION FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE ON THE ORDER NOTED ABOVE A LNR OF S@AUR DESIGN MAYBE SUPPLIED, BUT ONLY AFTER APPROVAL BY THE CUSTOMER IN WRITING, ON POLE ORDERS AN ANCHOR BOLT TEMPLATE PRINT WILL BE SUPPUED WITH EACH ANCHOR BOLT ORDER TO MATCH THE PCLEPROJIOED THIS PRINT IS THE PROPERTY OF HOLOPHANE AND IS LOANED SUBJECT TO P.ETTIRN UPON DEMAND AND UPON EXPRESS CONDRTON THAT TT WILL NOT BE USED DIRECTLY OR NDIRECTLY IN ANY WAYOETRIMENTAL TO OUR INTERESTS. AND ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH MATERIAL FURNISHED BY HOLOPHANE J t' ., t ,, L : 1.._ . ( DETAIL 1 7.50' 13.01" [ TO .L I I7 00•,--1 4114 2.25" fqmpr Ai 3.94' "C" HONK FOR WISING AND �� I1.'w ,l \)l)T/ T 9" 2.76" -4 CI P . HANDLING - 0.50' CIA. COMNER- 1 J Alu`i��hR (\�l(= iI\Milli CIA_ GRACE 401 POLLED BAR---' 7C" 1.00" 1" PPS1G4 NOTESt ) (42 0R 005 64 (-) TOPS CESI3N 0IA: AASHTO 1994 MIN. AND D ( (2) ) 00 64,61 WASHERS 'ER BOLT WITH 119 TOP MIND SPEED: 00 MPI W /7.3 GUST END RALVANT7F11 AT 12.451 17 OFTAT 1 j FOLE TOP 42 IS" 111I . I ` j DETAIL 5 1 ANCHOR BOLT D. TALL I! f �' I — .___.__._ .......... .. . IM HANOHOLE R F0FME0 POLE TUBE WALL U i ` u i FROM b' ST IE " f' t", ' PIPE, 2 _0 10. MIN. MIN. / �.,I f __ ____�i1 . YIELD STRENGTH ' 1 {000 A6' 1NM. " 4 SEE P 11 ULE J 1472 .114 (2)- 0.25" HEM MEAD 5 - ATNI F55 STFFL 7 SCREWS 5051400 00L- 4 5 " 0.23" ALL ANGLES MEASUREC HANOHCLE COVER I EHANOHOLE Ci nC4WT5F FROM HANC- C[VER HIG .Ltl'a • POLE AG VIEWED FROH 5ECTION A -A SMAL_ ENO OF POLE DFTATI. 3 [ I DECORATIVE SASE I RADIAL INDEX 5.53' UEIPIL 2 r' WITH NUI FULUEH - 1 r. , A M E PER 7.75" PAD. HADH , 4. FASTENE ,-' - "-'- DETAIL 3 I 200 GROUNDI " " "' f 0ETAT'. 2--, , �2 7.31" A 2.22' 27" rr .r 7ECTIOV A -B TOSE THK v \ OEIOII 5 DETAI_ 4 0.06' \ 2J' DETAIL 2 SEMI -FLUSH HAND HOLE + . -'_..::: MAft HIAL UK A L._.. ALTNOUGH RARE, 4IBRATIONS SEVEPE ENOUGH 10 CAUSE DAMAGE .M,J TIHE N1N. CAN OCCASIONA -5Y OCCUR IN STRUCTURES OF A_L -YPES. W. COHPONENT A 6TH 'YIELD FINISH NOTES 45. THEY ARE INFLUENCEC BY MANY INTERACTING • DES.EKATTRN.(KSII v 0042 401 05894 VIBRATIONS ARE GENEFALLY UNPREOI - HE - ..,0._, - POLE SHAFT 0572 ; 65 USE IT'S MAINTENANCE PIOGOAM SHOULD INCLUDE C /" � BASE PLATE 4572 : DO FOR = 05E55 VTRRATION ANC E%AMINA 1UN FUH ANY S . FINISH COAT: TGIC OR URETHANE STRO 544. UCTURAL DAMAGE OR DOL" LCOSCNING, THE VALMONT ROLE 935 PNCI IOR DOLTS 3815 GR 75. 75 POLYESTER POWDER. MA A 000004 TCA'1 Y FICIII FATIGUE FAILURE OR DI +D.06' I GALVANIZING 3153 f.OLOa' RI ACH SINILAR PHENOMENA FIESU0.TING FROM INDUCED VIORATION, !a FARMOVIC OSCILLATION OR RESONANCE ASSOCIATED WITH VALMONT SPEC: F.2645 MOVEMENT OF AIR CURRENTS 400090 TI-E PRODUCT. L.I. VIBRATION DISCLAIMER ! DETAIL 4 1 HN31AB POLE EASE POLE DATA . POLE TUBE POLE BASE ANCHOR BOLT ITEM 007, 605E TOP GAUGE 60UAgE' DOLT THK. HOLE / SLOT TDP LENGTH OR CI RCLE DIA. LENGTH HOOK THREOD 1 I 0 09) U TA. (FT) TICK " S . "Y" " •/) (20) (IN). III) LENGTH ' f I 1 141 :IN) !IN) (I NI (10) (IN) (IN) t 2 16.60 13.72 27.00 0.281 22.50 22.50 2.00 2.25 2.25 70.00 N/A 9.0C NOTE: v 1. IF ANY WIRE ACCESS IS REQUIRED AT THE POLE. . IT NEEDS TO BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO RELEASE FOR . • PRODUCTION. ��• WAWA HOLOPHAIME • LEADER IN LIC WING SOLUTIONS • An' yBra'ds Compan y 4 ACUI - V LIGHTING 00002 INC., 214 0AKWOOD AVE., NEWARK, OH 43055 , SOLO TO .1W YAKIMA VALMONT INOJSTRIES. INC. RESERVES V...d1 1t-_ ORDER 854809: 48967 -05 SNSP TO. THE RIGHT TO INSTALL VARIOUS, m t PAGE 4080001 1 OF t _._. .... ... .... .... ..... YAKIMA WA. ENGINEER APPROVED. MATERIAL. HANGING CALMING MM. REV r - R3C 12/19/05 RCS' 12/27/05 - - AGENT: FOLOPHANE TITLE ACCOMMODATIONS TO FAC :LITATE THE Ve13ey,NE G8001 FEY GMYN E1 -]ATE CNECX BY -OATS OE10)FT104 SPAN WIRE STRUCTURE MANUFACTURING PROCESS. 1.C2) 359 -2201 W A 4895 / -I 05 • It -- DETAIL 1 (I.50" 13.01" I O t _ r I7 T DG " — � i 1i4 � ►' 0 O o 0 0 2.23" Wm 'C' HOOK FOR WIRING AND I 4.94" IAy7��y��))t�))p}��))))))))j))�/(� "-_9- 2.75 "12" -.-I _ R- I14t1 HANDLING - 0.50" 0IA COMME ll(ilili COAL GRADE HOT ROLLED BAR; 70" Q531GN NOTES' (. " 00 111 (4)- ANCHOR OOLTS WITH (3) HEX 4470 DESIGN CRITERIA: AASHTO 1994 HIN. AND (2) VANIZED 8000580 AT L PEA EAST BOLT WITH TCP AT GAL WINO SPEED: 80 MPH W/1 5 GUST DETAIL 1 1 POLE TOP 42.13" DETAIL 5 ANCHOR BOLT TALL — 849290LE 509 FORHEO PLE TUBE WALL 1 PROM 6 S TO. BLK PIPE, 50 KNI MIN. V El IELO STRENGTH rueE 6" 1II 3 SEE 6.06 POLE OATH l ' 'iJ � 121 -0 25" HEX HEAD STAINLREWS ESS STEEL SC EANCHGR BOLT 45" 0 43 "�'� - _ HOLE COVER 800.CLIP 84908015 COVER 1 31.50' ❑.D. -- � EHANDNBLE CLOCKWI5E5FROMSHAND- HOLE AS VIEWED FROM S ECTION 4-t, _ SMALL ENO OF POLE -_ DETAIL 3 HN31AB DECORATIVE BASE _ RADIAL INDEX - . 63" BEIAIL 2 0.50' NUT HOLDER _ 7.75` PAD. F OR GROWITH FASTENERS ' l; . A HANDHOLE PER 1 ( DET >IL i 113 GROUNDING. 1 �20" 7.31° r., A i 1 DETAI_ 2 2.22" 2 75" 1 L_. 770710N B -R rueE THK� ' DE7AIL 4 0.06' DETAIL 5 20" DETAIL 2 SEMI -FLUSH HANDHOLE 1 �h MATERIAL DATA ALTHOUGH RARE, VIBRATIONS SEVERE ENOUGH 70 CAUSE DAMAGE MIN CAN OCCASIONALLY OCCUR IN STRUCTURES CF ALL TYPES. 7HKE - COMPONENT AS TM YIELD FINISH NOTES BECAUSE THEY ARE INFLUENCED BY MANY INTERACTING DESIGNAr0ON (KSI) VARIABLES. VIBRATIONS ARE GENERALLY UNPREDICTABLE. THE POLE SHAFT A572 65 USER'S MAINTENANCE PROGRAM SH0UL0 1NCLUOE OBSERVATION . - 'r5ASE PLATE A572 00 FOR EXCESSIVE VIBRATION AND EXAMINATION FOR ANY 1� . ANCHOR BDL TS A6t5 09.75 75 FINISH COAT: T0IC OR URETHANE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE OR 60LT L005ENING, THE VALMONT POLE BAST: ` / GAL VANIZ *NG A153 POLYESTER POWDER. WARRANTY SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDES FATIGUE FAILURE OR DIA. +0.06" 0 COLOR: BLACK SIMILAR PHENOMENA RESULTING FROM INDUCED VIBRATION, HARMONIC OSCILLATION OR RESONANCE ASSOCIATED WITH VALMONT MONT SPEC: F -2544 MOVEMENT OF AIR CURRENTS AROUND THE PRODUCT. "0" — — VIBRATION DISCLAIMER DETAIL 4 1 HN31AB POLE BASE POLE DATA POLE TUBE POLE BASE ANCHOR BOLT ITEM OTY GAUGE SQUARE BOLT TOP BASE TOP THK. HOLE SLOT LENGTH OR CIRCLE ./„ DIA. LENGTH HOOK THREAD DIA. DIA ;FT) THICK "S "Y" (IN) (IN) IINI LENGTH (IN) (INI (09 (IN) IIN) (IN) (IM UM I 2 16.50 13.72 27.00 0.281 22.50 22.50 2.00 2.25 2.25 70.00 N/A 9.00 ______ - NOTE: 1. IF ANY WIRE ACCESS IS REQUIRED AT THE POLE, _ 4 I I1 NEEDS TO BE PROVIDED PRIOR 70 RELEASE FOR _ PRODUCTION. ��I A ∎ •TIN • OLO E LEADER INLIGHTING SOLUTIONS • An Act ltyBrandsCompany o2002 ACUI - Y LIGHTING GROUP INC., 214 OAKW00D AVE., NEWARK, OH 43055 50LD TG: .409 YAKIMA VALMONT INDUSTRIES. INC. RESERVES ORDER NUMBER: 45957 -05 SHIP T0: THE RIGHT TO INSTALL VARIOUS, PAGE NUMBER: 1 OF 1 5 D __ YAKIMA WA • __ _ ENGINEER APPROVED. MATERIAL HANGING Vs�lr�iOnt v Oa4H M Tx6 NOER REV — RBC 12/19/05 RCV 12/27/05 - - AGENT' HOLOPHANE TIE ACCOMMODATIONS TO FACILITATE THE Valley.NE 68064 W q q g g 5 7 0 5 REV 094x9 or -DATE CHECK 0r -01TE 06100101169 SPAN WIRE STRUCTURE - -__ 9494580745193 PROCESS. (402) :139 - 2201 ___ i T\iPt_ N B LLA/26 . • NORTH YORKSHIRE Series Specifications Cast Aluminum Bollard DESCRIPTION The bollard shall be cast aluminum construction with a 12 -flute shaft and a tapered and fluted base. The bollard shall be provided with a cast aluminum ball or dome top. 1/ ' 3 -10.5" MATERIALS The bollard and top shall be heavy wall, cast 3' -7.5" aluminum produced from certified ASTM 356.1 ingot per ASTM B179 -95a or ASTM B26 -95. The castings shall be formed true to the pattern with complete detail. The fluted shaft shall be an aluminum extrusion, 6061 alloy, heat treated to T6 temper. All exposed hardware shall be tamper resistant stainless steel. Anchor bolts to be completely hot dip galvanized. CONSTRUCTION The bollard shall be made from a one -piece r casting with the cast ball or dome top welded to the top. All gII iI.�y_� N �_ l exposed welds shall be ground smooth. All welding shall be per • t %) �) 11�iVy I) ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. All welders shall be certified per Section 5 y of ANSI /AWS D1.2 -90. r / DIMENSIONS The bollard shall be 3'- 7.5" or 3'- 10.5" in height with a 17" diameter base, a 5" diameter shaft, and a 5" diameter ball or 5.5" diameter dome top. �J INSTALLATION The bollard shall be provided with four 1/2" i A diameter by 18" long, hot dip galvanized L -type anchor bolts to ) / t / \ t be installed on a 12" bolt circle. A door shall be provided in the base for anchorage access. 1 BOUCH44 /12 /DT -CA/BK BOUCH47 /12 /BT -CA/BK For finish specifications and color options, see " Finish" section in catalog. ORDERING GUIDE 5 "0 cast sample catalog number Aluminum Ball Top 10" Dia. BOL 1 NY44 1 17 1 BT"CA / BK-EB -WPRB (Dome Top optional) Opening ill 5 " Bollard (check appropriate boxes) Eyebolt /ice ++ � 8.5'. (optional) C` ' t) Doo '•� • 0 BOLINY441171DT (Bollard with Dome Top) 1 �/ • 'p ❑ BOLJNY47 /17IBT (Bollard with Ball Top) Openi CO 1 Q Material/Finish .. � Catatlog Suffix Description . i � '• \l � � -CA/BK Cast Aluminum/Black 5 "0 + --� ❑ CA/DG Cast Aluminum/Dark Green ❑ -CA/DB Cast Aluminum/Dark Bronze 3.5" x 7" x 8 "H. % \ r /i 12" Ole. ❑ -CA/PP Cast Aluminum /Prime Painted Door Opening for &WAI 40.5" Bolt Circle ❑ - CNCC Cast Aluminum/Custom Color I li h Anchorge Access 4 /...1.m. , l l I 1 (for complete finish and color options, see "Finish" sect on in catalog) i�� % Optional Equipment `- �) 1 � r o�: 1 as Catalog Suffix Description . ❑ -EB Eyebolt mounted on bollard for use with chain by others IS -WPRB Weatherproof Duplex Receptacle mounted inside base ❑ -DBB Direct Burial Base for mounting without a concrete footing _- 2 0'�xlBFbtop ❑ -CLD Custom Logos cast into access door 1 + 17"0 I Galvanized L -type Anchor Bolts (4 per Post) HOLOPHANE Holophane LEADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS 214 OAKWOOD AVENUE - NEWARK OHIO 43055 US -1906 page 1 of 2 - I I 1 Specifications DESCRIPTION The post shall be all steel construction consisting of a pipe and cap. MATERIALS • The post shall be 2" schedule 40 steel pipe. DIMENSIONS The post shall be 12' ®0" in height with a 02%" shaft. I I I I i INSTALLATION I I FINISH The post assembly shall be shipped with a black powder coat finish. I I 12' -0 0 li I I I I . � I I I GRADE Yakima ; •,�, 12' steel pole HOILOPHAI1E' ORDER # TYPE: Df24NM L • EADER IN LIGHTING SOLUTIONS - ^ nnnn A n_ L. An 4cuityBrandsCompany REVISION: - REVISION DATE: 1 J V UUUU` O DRAWN: SA ORIGIN DATE: 1/25/06 PAGE: 1 of 1 MS DRAWNO. WIEN APPROVED. 51 VLL BECOME DE COMPLETE SPECFCAT0" FOR 'DE W.TERV&TO BE RAHREO BY F.-0PIWE ONTIE ORDER NOTED MOVE. AUR OF SIMILAR OES.104I01 BE SUPPLED. BUT MIY AFTER APPROVAL HY THE CISTCAER N WRTRY ON P01.0 BOERS PN AC"di BOLT TEAPLATE FAWN., BE SUPPLED WRN EAGNAOFOR BOLT OR0 0 TO 1MT01 DE POLE MOWED. IBS PRM IS THE PROPERTY OF IOLOPIVAE MO IS LOANED SUBJECT TO RERAN L•OR DEM4° AOIPON DPRESS COIN - ON TINT R WLLIOT BE USED DREOTLYOR NpKCTLY RAW WAY DETRAEWAL TO OUR N1FFESTS. DILYNCOMECTON wan 1A9TERW .FURNOFED ST IOLOPHVE `mil l 4/00 : . _ . _.- . TF 16Q 1 RP4 � 8 Planer Size: 48" L x 18" W x 14" H. Weight: 570 lbs. - ` - ■ ∎ ` ` Material: Reinforced Precast Concrete. Wall Thickness: 2" at the top with a 2% pitch. Features: Top edge is smooth on exposed and weatherstone finish. Fully exposed on GTX finish, Reinforcing: 114" Dia, steel rebar. Hardware: (4) -112" Dia. threaded inserts. (2) - 518" Dia, lifting inserts, Options: Reservoir System: Not available, Note: Options may change without notice, Drain Hole: (1) 1 112" Dia, 1 Call to confirm current options. Anchoring: Optional, Maintenance: Rinse periodically with water & mild detergent. Exposed Aggregate: Re -seal annually. Tan wlGray Matrix - Tan w /Brown Matrix Packaging: Banded to pallet. Tan w /Sand Matrix - Misty Gray w/Gray Weatherstone: *NOTE: Sand - Gray - Brown - Buff - Cream Lifting inserts are to ONLY be used when the planter is EMPTY. Light Charcoal - French Gray - Brick Red Granitex (GTX) 2078F, 4028F, 6208F, 1168F, 2098F Custom Options Available l - J TERRA -FORM DIVISION PO Box 1520,WAUSAU, WI 54402 -1520 (800) 388 -8728 W 0 LL 5:R Li u tn pp , fuXe: �rS �:?_ u' a ': ''+�L:w�i93,>.f�'- �'C$z.�"+� -. Y rA 7 'a�Z. t� x > , >t � ""``� - . �'tld L . j,i Wf tt Nrn ,y z 'f'� ,t BlinkerSign$e -_ _ s . v s TiS&:a_ i' aL _ .s s v e o e rr w SA { Digital al, V -LOC MODEL SELECTIONS Parking i Related Products Signals t: Si cnl�iets A ASHTO 2.5.2...Generally, breakaway supports should be provided whenever the support is exposed to traffic. 2.5.4...Where there is a probability of being struck by street errant vehicles, even supports outside (the) clear zone should preferably be breakaway. Traffic C on t ra : ^_< .: GSt 6tt,� 4.iC:�piTl t! ESC.^ • Round Post Models • Bottom Plate Models { V-Loc Systems ° • U- Channel Anchors • Square Post Models Work Zone • U- Channel Adapters • Cleanout Bar Models 0 _ Wt./Unit Post OD i Model Item Number Leg Angle Fin (pounds) (inches) Dimensions 19 -VR1 34 -25 4.40 1.90 2x2x.25x8" 8x9 x 1 2 19 -VR2 34 -26 I 10.00 1.90 , 2 x 2 x .25 x 24" 10 x 12 x 12 ga. 19 -VR3 34 -27 11.60 1.90 2 x 2 x .25 x 30" 10 x 12 x 12 ga. 20 -VR3 1 34-41 [ 14.5 1 2.00 I 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 30" I 10 x 12 x 12 ga. ,i aus> - I tt 8x9.25x12 23 -VR 1 34 -12 5.00 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 8 1 ► J ga. 23 -VR2 34 -3 12.80 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x .25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23 -VR3 34 -14 14.80 2.375 12.5x2.5x.25x "1 10 x15x12ga. 23A Models for Schedule 40 pipe only. _i 23A -VR1 23A -VR 15.00 2.375 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 8" 8 x 925 x 12 ga. L i 23A -VR2 23A -VR2 12.80 2.375 tt 2.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 24" 10 x 15 x 12 ga. 23A -VR3 I 23A -VR3 14.80 2.375 12.5 x 2.5 x.25 x 30" 10 x 15 x 12 ga ,. 28 -VR1 1 34 -28 6.40 1 2.875 3 x 3 x .25 x 8" 8 x 10 x 10 ga. 9 MODEL MOUNING HOW TO 4-, �Li_E1_ ORDER U Rack • Bike Fence • Sidewinder SIZE FINISH ,a72,,,,, _ Ii11 i 1 i pJTTE W Inverted "U" racks - Models SU and WU �' . _ 2 • Fabricated from 1.5" I.D. (1.9" O.D.) or 2.0" I.D. (2 4" O.D.) ASTM A53 Schedule 40 ''41't� � `- Steel Pipe, ?i'•,� k4 • 1,5" I.D. racks are designated SU 15 and WU 15 and 2.0" LD, racks are designated SU 20 L 8 j and WU 20. ; - h i • Bicycle makes contact with the rack in two places for additional stability and security. y • Simple, attractive, economical and space saving design is ideal for city sidewalks. 1 t • Optional center cross bars available to make the racks more ADA friendly and to provide ` - y 1 greater stability. - 1 N • MOUNTING OPTIONS: (Please see "INSTALLATION SECTION" on page 44 for b R _ detailed mounting options): embedded mount (standard) or flanged surface mount (optional). �--v _ 1 Designate " - for embedded racks or " - for flanged racks after the model number. M E : • FINISH OPTIONS: Hot - dipped galvanized (standard & recommended); polyester powder coated (optional); thermoplastic powder coat (optional); stainless steel with a #4 1, a ,- satin Finish (optional). Designate " G , " P' , T , or " $S" for galvanized, powder coated, v 1:,,. ss — 'a thermoplastic coated, or stainless steel finish respectively after the mounting designation. L - -A U 20 F 13 � ; - $U20 E $ $ • OPTIONAL CROSS BAR: 1.5" I.D. Schedule 40 Steel Pipe 2.0" Schedule 40 Steel Pipe j Please designate " -CB" after finish Model # Description Capacity Length Model # Description Capacity Length option For optional cross bar. SU 15 1.5" LD. Schedule 40 pipe SU rack 2 21" SU 20 2.0" LD. Schedule 40 pipe SU rack 2 22" NOTE: Square tubing models WU 15 1.5" LD. Schedule 40 pipe WU rack 2 30" WU 20 2.0" I.D. Schedule 40 pipe WU rack 2 30" shown below. NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO AVAILABLE. • r � On, Square "Tubing Inverted "U" racks— Models SUSQ 2 and WUSQ 2 A." Z A y • Made from 2' x 2" x,188 wall s quare tubing (thicker wall than 2" Schedule 40 steel p i p e). " • Available in all the same sizes, finishes and mounting options as the SU and WU racks. 3" • Offers all the advantages of the SU and WU racks with the added advantage of far superior t w security (please see top of page 37). a . ,, zr.A M odel # D escription/Capacity Length 4 a p 3 SU k 2 21" SQ 2 2" Square Steel Tubing SU rack 1 WUSQ 2 2" Square Steel Tubing WU rack 2 30" 4 es „ :; - = - WUSQ 2 F =T' t 1 NOTE: OTHER LENGTHS ALSO A VAILABLE, -" . t TM TNi * ` Bike F ence BF- Series Also available in square tubing s(�a• • One of our most rugged bicycle rack designs. i i`'' ' i • Enables bicycles to stand upright , � s `� " �, , • Continuous mig welds at all joints for unsurpassed strength and durability, ' r c . —. -,—=? v • Available in 7 standard sizes to MODEL # DESCRIPTION/MAXIMUM CAPACITY DIMENSIONS a ` r s �, F � h accommodate 4 through 24 BF -4 4 space Bike Fence /6 bicycles 35 "L x 34 "H x 31 " W t i 0r'- , i { 7 ' ,, bicycles. BF -6 6 space Bike Fence /8 bicycles 51 "L x 34 "H x 31 "W z E 1 p; . 1r , • Double or single side loading. BF -8 8 space Bike Fence /10 bicycles 67 "L x 34 "H x 31 "W ,4 t�b t s pa • 2" I.D. Schedule 40 steel pipe end BF -12 12 space Bike Fence /14 bicycles 99 "L x 34 " x 31 "W 3 i- - h �� - frames and headers and 1" I.D. BF - 16 space Bike Fence /18 bicycles 131 "L x 34 "H x 31 "W 4 ,,,, r G � y 4 K 7;x; Schedule 40 vertical slats. BF -20 20 space Bike Fence /22 bicycles 163 "L x 34 "H x 31 " l ,, W j . , 4,` '`-r • Standard hot - dipped galvanized BF -24 24 space Bike Fence /26 bicycles 195 "L x 34 " . P - H x 31 "W s �� a i ,• " ,? t " finish. NOTE: OTHER SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. ..,_ „ ; "- :. - ,127 r.,r :.�71 4 1 Sidewinderm.. SWT" Series *Also available in square tubing •o • Frame is constructed from 24" O.D. Schedule 40 steel pipe. r p • Hangers are constructed from heavy duty Y solid round bar, ` F N, 'il ,f • Triangular stand for freestanding rack is constructed from 2 y °• " x 4" flat bar. i } " — ."` ` , _ • Available in standard embedded mount, optional flange mount and optional freestanding � ; £ ' . ' A triangle mount. { 6 : T • Standard hot dipped galvanized MODEL #DESCRIPTION DIMENSIONS f "� t i ew � , 4 ) finish, SW 8 8 space Sidewinder 102 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W A 1 . -r� ?` '' t ! . ,,, • H an Hanger design promotes obvious, SW 10 10 space Sidewinder121 "L x 33 'H x 30 "W €' -, *"' - ° ` k� # _3' , g g SW 12 12 space Sidewinderl40 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W / _7k€.7. " _ - t i intuitive and secure bicycle parking. SW 14 14 space Sidewinderl59 "L x 33 "H x 30 "W p p —" • All joints are continuous mig welds for p "" `. W 12 g, unsurpassed strength and durability. • Available in 4 standard sizes to accommodate 8 through 14 bicycles (Optional sizes available). "www creativepipe.com El 10800.644,8467 :. 39 NOTE: - FREESTANDING DR SURFACE MOUNT OPTIONS. CORROSION - RESISTANT `' — ANCHORING HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY - - 25 3/4 OTHERS. 0 13/32" HOLES WITH COUNTERBORE PROVIDED FOR SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS. --1 Y -- — 73 1/4 2 1/2 - 32 7/8 — 32 7/8 — --,- 2 1/2 2 1/2 ,•'-".,.\.,/,( 1 -- 8 7/8 o ,} 31 1/4 27 3/8 - � \� 1 ALUMINUM EXTRUSION - 17 3/4 (/ SEAT AND BACK L____________ 70 - — VL__ 1 8 3/4 SEE NOTE 72 - -- 24 — I a n d s c a p e - f= or" ri s" 431 LAWNDALE AVE. PHONE: 800 - 521 - 2546 TITLE: PLAINWELL BENCH - 72 ", ALUMINUM SEAT PANEL WITH CENTER ARM REST - FREESTANDING DR SURFACE: MOUNT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 269 -381 -3455 DESIGN: PLAINWELL CONFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: 0-419,341 FORMS, INC. INTENDEI] USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: PL3506 FORMS, INC. PRODUCTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWING IS NOT TD BE COPIED DR DATE: 12-06 -00 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: TAH 0 2000 LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ALL, RIGHTS RESERVED, , L___ L I l c • 024 1/2" ( i \ //) \\ LIFT AND TURN LID TD EMPTY A irs h 6 -1/2" X 12 -1/2' i' /Mra . . OPENING 111111! I LOCK i 40° 111 111111 11 (L J1 (L J\ 1 - , — 12° —•-i FREESTANDING OR SURFACE MOUNT OPTIONS. NON - CORROSIVE ANCHORING HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. 7/16" DIA. MOUNTING HOLES. 1 l a n d s c a p e - F o r m s ' 431 LAWNUALE AVE, PHONE: 800 -521 -2545 TITLE: SCARBOROUGH LITTER RECEPTACLE - 25' W X 4011 - SIDE- [PENING- VERTICAL BAR DEATIL WITH LIEK - 30 GALLON WITH LICK- FREESTANDING OR SURFACE MINT KALAMAZOO, MI 49048 FAX: 259 -391 -3455 DESIGN: SCARBOROUGH CONFIDENTIAL DRAWING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS THE PROPERTY OF LANDSCAPE PATENT: FORMS, INC. INTENDED USE IS LIMITED TO DESIGN PROFESSIONALS SPECIFYING LANDSCAPE FILE: SC5215 FORMS, INC. PRODUCTS AND THEIR DIRECT CLIENTS. DRAWN IS NOT TO BE COPIED OR GATE: 09 -01-94 DISCLOSED TO OTHERS WITHOUT THE CONSENT DE LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. AUTHOR: LAD m 1994 LANDSCAPE FORMS, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Pedestal Mounted Drinking Fountains 3511FR Model 3511FR is a "Hi -Lo ", freeze- resistant, antique style historical fountain made of a heavy -d cast aluminum with a powder - coated finish. It is suited for architectural styles exhibiting an "old town" ambiance, as well as playgrounds and parks. The standard color is black; other colors available at additional cost. Please if contact customer servir fnr color Chart or samples. x . = - _ =�" Push button pneumatic operated r _ r perated freeze- resistant valve system, installed below frost line allows fountain to i. function year around. Model 3511 FR meets all current 1 11 - federal regulations for the disabilities act. , - ' It Haws manufactures drinking fountains, electric water rt coolers and electric drinking fountains to be lead -free by all known definitions including i ANSI/ cr Sta i. a �.�� tattUdr� 61, ,� ` }�,; Section 9, California Proposition 65 and the Federal 1 I . i Safe Drinking Water Act. t . Components: t , i d 1 Bubbler Head: Model 5795, sculpted, polished , t . chrome-plated i ., 1 y brass, shielded, anti- squirt, integral basin 1 shank, vandal- resistant bubbler head features laminar flow to prevent splashing. i • 11 Valve: Model 6518.2FR, reliable, dual, fully engineered system with pneumatic freeze - resistant operated valves installed below frost line to drain water to non - freezing depth allowing fountain to function year- round. Assembly can be lifted to surface and lowered back into casing for easy maintenance without disturbing the Standard Model 3511 shown. fountain. • Waste Strainer: Model 6463 is a sat:, chrome plated Options: (Additional costs may apply; vand resistant waste strainer with anti- airlock draining „ Pedestal Drinking Fountain: Model 3511, barrier -free, feature. Includes fiber washer and 1 -1/2" locknut, 1 -1/2" hi -lo , antique style historical fountain made of a NPS. heavy -duty cast aluminum with a black powder - coated finish. Push Button: Model 5881PBA, polished chrome - plated push -button requires less than 5 lbs. to activate. Valve Box: Model 6625, ground box with lid for freeze- resistant valve models 6518FR and 6518.2FR. _ _ 1 DISCLAIMER: Continued product improvements make specifications subject to J change without notice. (� 1455 Kleppe Lane, Sparks, NV 89431 i ( [ ' ��,14 sP v.775.359.4712 f.775.359.7424 ,„ e. haws @hawsco. nom website. www.hawsco.com 27 January, 2006 • 1/2 " -13 UNC 1: MTG BOLTS 4X E� (SUPPLIED) 9 3/4" 248mm 14 1/8" A MOUNTING SLOTS FOR eN , ,° © ■ ® 1/ ANCHOR BOLTS LAB al 359mm CONCRETE S 9 3/4" ij ��► / 4X 248mm 3" �.� 3 1 76mm • II m ‘til 01 29 3/8" MOUNTING DETAIL 746mm — 18" 457mm : \,-----____■„,---') 1 ( 0 { 1 1/2" O.D TAILPIECE L '�' (SUPPLIED) 36-1/8" 1019mm 11 918mm (TO SPOUT OUTLET) (TO SPOUT OUTLET) 27" 686mm VALVE BOX (HAWS MODEL 30" SQUARE ' �' " 1/4, s1/4.1/4` #6625 OR EQUAL). CO (BY OTHERS) REMOVABLE CAP 1 1 : GROUND LEVEL 6" I 0 c. v o li I :...0 a p ► nso 216mm f 152mm o ° A ° I a p I> ° A A ► A i/ 36" i CONCRETE ANCHORS 0 4" 'n\�\ INSULATION 91 4O m 4X 1/2 " -13 UNC 102mm \ k (BY OTHERS) 67" ni 1702mm BURY DEPTHS OF 48 "[1219mm] AND 72 "/ %, j PVC "Y" ASSEMBLY [1829mm]. WASTE TO BE 1 -1/4" IPS \ MINIMUM TO A POROUS GRAVEL OR MAIN SEWER LINE LOCATED FILL BELOW FOAM INSULATION FROST LINE (BY OTHERS). / � ' � PVC PIPE, TRIM TO ' FROST LINE it I DESIRED LENGTH. • • 3/8" SUPPLY TUBING J \ .11111 N il ',P TUBING FOR ACTUATION — 'jt 111 ° TUBING FOR ACTUATION /1'I1Ir1(1�? ROD FOR HOSE iii, [AIR RELEASE] \ �, • INSTALLATION 12 c 18" MI N. I[!:1 P. j 1/2" IPS SUPPLY FROM �v�; 457mm i; ' "ga�>9 X TO FROST LINE CHECK VALVE \I � j SHUTOFF (BY OTHERS). _ g> ° 0 t a " g n u i \ I li a d j i Yx� �i X11. ;— a .„.g.,.., 1 ° ° o , �CI � � % "— • 1/2" IPS MALE f, gW °'q ° o ° o ° / : — = " 2 °O °° ° ° ° SWIVEL FITTINGS Qw'o� MINIMUM 5 CUBIC FEET POROUS o ° ° o °o ° _ _ �o o ° ° g §x> N GRAVEL FILL (BY OTHERS) °4 ° o , o ° ° ° o 0 0 0 0 • ° ° o ° ° °O ° o ° ° o 0 1� i 0.G,,°o° F .D.A. AND NSF APPROVED o c ° a ° ° o ° o ° ° ° ° n ° ° o 0 o ° D O ° ° ° ° ° 1 .;i N HIGH PRESSURE HOSE. • ° ° o °° ° ° °° ° °° ° ° ° ° ° r t ri y Ic•°° 14696A00 I Page 1 of 1 _ ., >, �,•# - mo t Y` '� % r i'r. a_ N's y`m• -:. }t' <�w''r.H7,Gn.w, �s2'. ?N_ rrt?' „�.�..' ?n��'?,,�' ra,:'7.,``iS ��” "• :.:�- 1 vr - i ?`- «... - :r: - -fix - <. _ .s .. <:G� - ',£"_ _ e;;7c. : .s _` na .'•.::r - ?i=: z - + q,^ .- r sus•.. - „.: .,.. -�kS.i �:ec`�.$:.;_ta;:n.�: v.t!�= r�:4-k _ , - 4,`.�r':�.�.�`i?:ig. • �x;r; ��.�.< r.��a?:a -:,=,e ,�.� :, "'�:�.. a= CT:x:,. iii: xMC: -. __..�a{:,,i,..c,�i- xi�:rs'xser j�+�::...... sy i - �4• ... ,.�, -,_ �. a�}�.- -� �x -y :<., -:. , t a i ,. . •Si ' � • ` „ "• � - ; S �.v�:,�<;1, <.7 '., 7. .;s, ti:: YF ^c ,- .;.y. y ,... �� .'i�� ..r ,g .Sle <-'�`� 'a,.f .,.33,, .�.5r ,�� • a�F>:•P, efFi� =F.: .f'� ^. ?. .G .'- v,: -9.,, ':`�:, ai� .10. r ,t•, - '; Y' ^ "�:� - , -sst ..ri�° * �;a3: r. u ,<:'? arY'.. �•;: :,n << _ ..t � t r' .: , �'?:. �y �` m:: a... -�" - n -mss �,� - � z.: €a;:�.:. • -� ', ''` . ., .,. w ti. �.v. _ a... x =4 . "6a ..., s 3,1= �':' �f •w3 -', -�. 'uN� 3'�r?� } -.F� .7'S l: �4 j „�,. ^x:..p. <.. -v,Y., .. ..:.. T ,...... .�I�1kIE , -., ., -x ... .. ..,:� :. _...._, - .c7x.,at r = :t::�•a: I� #; _ . :�, . .. , , - xa; �.:. �.:+ �s�'_�us_..„<'�:rw:�''t`;i:`. -� c •> �: �� ,:�_�__�- >`' ?,`^.ra'�.�= �:'�.�z &>da, .,.. v . .- t• > -.. .::�.2:��n.:.- s::.�. Drinking Fountains & Electric Water Coolers Emergency Equipment Purchase & Locate Rep About Haws Corporatic Find Your Representative Log In Email The representative for the United States for zip code 98902 is: Model# Se Model# Search Serving Safety Market Keyword Search Western Safety Associates Advanced Search 267 Winfield Circle Corona, CA 92880 veto v „_ sc;.n.cs Registration Phone: 951-371-8685 Fax: 951- 371 -2496 Articles jennifer @wsasocal.com Literature Serving Plumbing Market iiiuuFari Johnson Industries, Inc. Codes- Certificatic 1015 S. Myrtle St. Seattle, WA 98108 Industry Links Phone: 800-548-6895 Fax: 206 - 763 -1081 Folder Manager wjolivl9 @wport.com Ask The Authoritl Contact Us Site Map / Help Search by Zip Code (US Only) Search Search by Country (Outside US) Select One... Search I — Drinking Fountains & Electric Water Coolers • Emergency Equipment • Purchase & Locate Rep • About Haws • Horne • Send Haws products technical questions to techsupport@hawsco.com • Copyright 2006 by Haws Corporation Web Design by Global Studio, an advertising agency. Send website technical questions to info @globalstudio.com Visited Page History • • 7 R.0, = OVERALL UNIT DIM. + 1' NM. OVERALL UNIT DIMENSION (SEE PLAN VIEWS) / PERIMETER SEALANT & BOND BREAKER AS REQUIRED BY INSTALLER TYP, C.R PATENTED EDGE SYS, TYPO (PATENTI U.S NO, 005485704) C.R. STD, 5000 PSI GRAY CONCRETE TYP. W/ LIGHT BROOM FINISH #3 60 GRADE STEEL REBAR TYP. NOM, / C.R STD. WATERPROOF GROUT TYP. NqM. TYP. C.R STD. WATERPROOF BEDDING TYP. TYP. C.R. STD. CR -I4 2 3/4' NOM. SQUARE GLASS PAVER W/ C.R. STD, LAVENDER COLOR W/ SANDBLASTED TOP SURFACE TYP, A " • - • ''''VOR . ' i Willi i : . miff 0 ! j j ! : 31 AAAA ,• . "• •AAA i 3 AA U ►AA• • 4' • -6-: 0:-:- -11 ' .......:. e . TYP, ,— ......__ .-- __.- Ill RAW . ..'-': _... Milk 1\ ., . 4 1/4' O.C. :. ' .R STD. SMOOTH FORM FINISH TYP, TYP, s , • ► • 3' MIN, SHIM TO PLANE & SETTING GROUT AS REQUIRED . , i 3' MIN. :ARING TYP. hill TO MAINTAIN CONTINUOUS BEARING FOR PANEL SYSTEM TYP, WM BEARING TYP, 4/$" MAIN SUPPORTS, FINISH AND ATTACHMENTS AS REQUIRED BDR, TYP. BY OTHERS TO ACCOMMODATE LOADING REQUIREMENTS TYP, rall 3' BDR. TYP. SECTION DETAIL "A " — " B " 1/4' =1' __ FEDERAL COPYRIGHT NOTICE CIRCLE X US I MVO AND IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE Pn PROPE" l'f CF CLE REDMONT, IT IS 11/ BEING SUPPLIE^ `:!g CUSTOt;.Efl ON A CONCIDENTIAL BASIS SUM : "1 :,O;!,:eCT!ON WITH THIS PROJECT, ; . ;a R E - PROHIBITS U3E CR OTHER 2780 BUSINESS CENTER BLVD. P,- PRO. ".!'." . , .. v �'. .'. FEE• OHEA -7o:-- " ' ii ViiTHOUT THE EXPRESS MELBOURNE, RAMO _... 4 CIRCLE REC::C ;:T. 1,8;.'i0-358-3888 (321 259.7374 • (MO) 358 -3988 CIRCLE REDMONT 6 (321) 259-7237 FAX SPEC/170,4 T /O,NS 1. 6iico heavy duty forged brass © hinges with stainless steel pins 2. Guide arm (if req'd) 3. 1 -1/2" drain coualing E = '__--- _____ -- Y __ I REMOVABLE - ---" \ \ 4. Standard slam lock G,. SQUARE HEY WRENCH f 1 n NCDPRENE ■ 1 n 'S 1 GASKET 5. Bilco automatic hold open arm w/ red viny grip 1 I= I, a I' O ' 4 'n 4 I 1 " ' ° G,n of LJ 8. 1/4 steel diamond pattern plate cover iv _ - 4 ,,.,,r r 4 4 4 ' ii 4 4 REMOVABLE [ J d 4 ■ n O O O n COVER PLUG 1/2" ALUMINUM 7. Bile° 1/4" steel channel frame with welded to J 84644 I It 404!14 4 SPACER 1 1 /4 "zt 1/4" anchor flange 4 i 9ir. v.�.ui:, AdiANKOMi ..r�.ir��.wH 8. Heavy duty check Chain 0 111111111111111P 9. Lifting mechanism with reinforced composite Ls I' ■ a �m tubes and electrocoated compression springs u z co . fl Z ■ ' " i� STE O EL; FINt5H• RED OXIDE PRIMER Lo i I 1 , II 1 u...,. wi�iiii i • o ; ;; , HARDWARE: ZINC PLATED & CHROMATE SEALED w z 1 [ y u ti STANDARD ' .3LAM LOCK 0 (unless otherwise specified) M I 1 E o ,� i REINFORCED FOR 300 Lbs. PER Sq. Ft. 1 1 i I i i (1164 kg. PER S. METER) LIVE LOAD a I 1 I I I I /NSTALLER NOZ S 0 1 1 , i , 1 A. Use caution. Cover is spring loaded. Do not remove safety 1 I shipping bolt until unit Is to be installed and In normal 1 ' ' l l ' horizontal operating position. I I I i ; ' 1 B. Be sure unit Is set on slight pitch toward drain corner. I [' I C. Before anchoring in place open and close door. Check to i „ i)4 ri 1 I i i n . see that the door in the c,osed position rests on the frame 'IL ii I I i i 1 ' `• I I .-._ '�-kf, I r i' all around, 0 not, shim unaer the frame at the proper c orner. • 11, �I-' -1 1 � 11 1 1 i 1 1 I f ! C p 1 - n , I I 1 1 1 1 - I , .)- D. Do nut reduce 1 1/2" drain pipe to dry well or disposal ' I _ - ., _________ go L___ = __ = aa___�c3S 2__ ___� system. iii - -- - ^" � -'---- -a '"- --=1 LL .L f1 ^� iw — -- -- — Customer —. • FRAME OPENING WIDTH - r OVERALL FRAME OPENING WIDTH + 8 1/2" [216mm] `� 1 ✓ / `:J P.O. N' i.... rc Lr �� .. 1 u , n 1 n w 1 n n ' , . ' 1, ` W' i ' z \\ •. ` > lit 1� 'Sales Rep: li t i • 00 it _ 0 �/ ^J . iI 0 a Manufacturers of Doors for Special Services ;� �v n �r, THE BO C O iI l " "' �� ® New Haven, ILC Conn t taut 06505 -0 , ._._. _._. -. ca �_:� l�l e , SIZE 1i ° • 11ll QTY TYPE WIDTH x LENGTH • [32mm]' SECTION ' < © [297mm) JD-,I 4 -0 55 X T-6" I a 3 1/4" J4 "' s uppo rt © � a • (1220mm) x (762mm) [76mm] JD -2 , i 5 -0" x 45 -0" a plate welded [12 • 20mm x [1220mm] 1HIS DRAWING 15 SHE PROPERTY OF T4E BILCO COMPANY • , - ` _ n ' • -- AND IC INFORMATION W1ACH IS PROPRIETARY. . • , t0 frame I I o ( }5 -O" X 65 -On PUBLICATION A710N AND/ AND /OR PUBLIC BLIC DI DI57RIBURGN IN WHOLE OR — J10" 3 PART I5 FJIPRE55LY PROHIBITED WITHOUT THE PRIOR [7220mm] x (7830mm] 44 WRITTEN CONSENT OF 141E BLOC) COMPANY. 040 TO DISPOSAL i C NFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN REMAINS THE PROPERTY OR DRY WELL JD-4 J ra m x [1 . THE INLCO COMPANY. ALL sans RIESERVED. [152 imm] x [1525mm] II I I 1 � 1 i • j I Side Street � I ISOLATE WORKING AREAS WITH BARRELS (Sc PLASTIC SAFETY FENCING it i I i I Dig 0 TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN 'WALKWAY 2 (5' WIDE MIN.) C . • O PARKING LANE (STAGING AREA) L1. . • z TEMPORARY GRAVEL APPROACHES TO BUSINESS ACCESS (TYPICAL) 6 ' . i CHAINLINK 1 IN* FENCE i O i TYPE 1 BARRICADE I i ! Side Street - -- CROSSWALK t TA -22 MUTC 1 ( D) TEMPORARY LANE CLOSURE i CITY OF YAKIMA PROJECT #2103 -PH2 I ;I HLA PROJECT #04087A 1ETAILS.dwg • Page 6H -4 2003 Edition Table 6H -2. Meaning of Symbols on Typical Application Diagrams • e moo Arrow panel Arrow panel support or trailer 0 0 0 (shown facing down) �---� Changeable message sign or support trailer Channelizing device ra w Crash Cushion • Direction of temporary traffic detour y Direction of traffic Flagger High level warning device (Flag tree) 111•-0 Luminaire \ \ \ \\ Pavement markings that should be removed for a long term project Sign (shown facing left) ® Surveyor f Temporary barrier 1 0 1 Temporary barrier with warning lights T -11"- Traffic or Pedestrian signal V\ Truck mounted attenuator MOO Type III Barricade . ` Warning lights j� /� Work space — o - Work vehicle Sect. 6H.01 Page 6H -48 2003 Edition Notes for Figure 6H- 22— Typical Application 22 Right Lane Closure on Far Side of Intersection Guidance: 1. If the work space extends across a crosswalk, the crosswalk should be closed using the information and devices shown in Figure 6H -29. Option: 2. The normal procedure is to close on the near side of the intersection any lane that is not carried through the intersection. However, when this results in the closure of a right lane having significant right turning movements, then the right lane may be restricted to right turns only, as shown. This procedure increases the through capacity by eliminating right turns from the open through lane. 3. For intersection approaches reduced to a single lane, left - turning movements may be prohibited to maintain capacity for through vehicular traffic. 4. Flashing warning lights and/or flags may be used to call attention to the advance warning signs. 5. Where the turning radius is large, it may he possible to orate a right island using rhannali?ing devices or pavement markings. 1 A ADDENDUM NO. 1 To the Contract Provisions for CITY OF YAKIMA, WASHINGTON HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION Phase 2 — Sidewalks and Alleys HLA Project No.04087A BID OPENING: April 11, 2006 2:00 P.M. To the attention of all bidders for the above project: The following additions, revisions, and /or modifications are made to the Contract Documents, Plans, and Specifications for this project: ITEM 1 — BID PACKAGE — BID PROPOSAL The following changes have been made to the Unit Bid Proposal, Pages 3 -3 & 3 -4: The following new bid items have been added to the Bid Proposal: Item No. 20 Cement Concrete Pavement Including Dowels Item No. 21 Crushed Surfacing Base Course Item No. 22 Street Lighting System Item No.'s after these three new items have been adjusted accordingly. Delete Pages 3 -3 and 3 -4 of the Bid Proposal and replaced them with the attached Pages 3 -3 and 3 -4 Addendum No. 1. ITEM 2 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8 -20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL Add the following: 8 -20.2 MATERIALS Add the following items: Provide new materials and equipment approved and labeled for the purpose for which they are to be used by a nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory. Similar items of equipment shall be of the same manufacture and quality. The equipment and materials shall meet applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. Conduit: All conduit installed above grade on this project shall be rigid metal conduit unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Provide rigid steel elbows for all underground PVC runs. Electrical Service: Electrical service equipment shall be as manufactured by Square D, Cutler- Hammer, or Siemens and shall be rated for use as service entrance equipment. : =2 :, ene\O4Q ...s'�'i? ...,Adddiendu i:No i 1 ADDENDUM N0.1 Breakers shall bolt to the bus and shall be fully rated for the interrupting capacity shown on the drawings. Main breakers shall be vertically mounted. Busing shall be copper. Neutrals shall be insulated but bondable. Provide grounding bus. Enclosures: Device boxes (installed in trees) for connection to tree mounted lighting fixtures shall be weatherproof with tamperproof screws and gasket. Lighting fixture cord shall enter the bottom of the box using a cord grip bushing. Contractor shall install a stainless steel nameplate on the device box with circuit and service identification (i.e. "169 -13" designating that lighting is served from Circuit 13 connected to Service 169). 8 -20.3 Construction Requirements 8- 20.3(1) General Add the following to this Section: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Washington Department of Labor & Industries for all required inspections for the electrical systems for this project. 8- 20.3(4) Foundations This Section shall be supplemented with the following: The top 6 inches of anchor bases shall be formed and finished 18 inches round for pedestrian light standard foundations. The top 6 inches of the anchors bases for Banner Strain Poles shall be formed and finished 36 -inch round. Tops shall be 3/4 -inch chamfer edges and finished at sidewalk grade. The top 6 inches shall be separated from adjacent concrete surfaces by means of 1/2 inch thick expansion material. 8- 20.3(5) Conduit This Section shall be supplemented with the following: Existing and new PVC conduit runs are indicated on the Plans. Conduits shall be installed by open trench method for new runs called for in the conduit schedule. However, any adjacent existing empty conduits that are found during the course of the project may be used in place of a new conduit of the same diameter called for in the Conduit Schedule. All 90- degree elbows shall be galvanized steel. The ten feet of rigid conduit is not required. A 1/8- inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. Bid Alternate No. 44: If the award of the Contract includes the Bid Alternate No.43, a new 3" diameter PVC conduit run shall be constructed along all four block fronts of the Historic District and the south side of Yakima Avenue from Front St. to 1 Street. Conduit shall be placed in the same trench as new electrical power conduits. A type 2 junction box shall installed at each end of each block where directed by the Engineer. From each junction box two additional 3" conduit stubouts shall be constructed to one foot in front of the new curb and gutter radius and capped . A 1/8 -inch braided nylon rope, 450 pound breaking strength, shall be installed in each conduit run with two (2) feet doubled back at each termination. L :\ ene \O44387... \Ph 2 v e F . InNO 2 ADDENDUM NO.1 All labor, tools, materials and equipment necessary to complete the installation of the conduit and junction boxes including excavation, gravel backfill, compaction, adjustment to grade, and pull rope shall be included in the contract bid alternate item, Future Communication Conduit" per linear foot. ITEM 3 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 1 -03.1 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS This section is supplemented with the following: The total base bid is the amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid form to perform all work required by the proposed Construction Documents for the project. An "Alternate" is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain construction defined in the special provisions that may be added to the Base Bid amount if the City of Yakima decides to accept a corresponding change in the amount of construction to be completed. Alternates shall include amounts for all supporting elements of work and other corresponding Contract Document requirements so that whatever combination of Base Bid and Alternates is selected by the Owner, the amount of the Base Bid plus additive Alternates selected (if any) will equal the total Contract Sum for provision of all work selected by the City of Yakima. Coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent and related work as necessary to ensure that all work affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project. Proposed Alternate amounts shall be apportioned on the Bid Form, as applicable, to show the amount to be added to Base Bid. This breakdown is required for Owner's financing of the project and will not affect the extent of the work. The City of Yakima reserves the right to select any combination of Base Bid and Alternates and to determine the lowest responsive Bidder based on the combined total of the Base Bid plus any Alternates selected. ITEM 4 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 1 -03.2 AWARD OF CONTRACT Replace all references to "45 calendar days" with "60 calendar days ". ITEM 5 — SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 8- 20.3(9) BONDING, GROUNDING Replace this special provision with the following: Bonding jumpers or equipment grounding conductors shall be green insulated wire sized as shown on the plans ( #10 AWG minimum) ITEM 6— SPECIAL PROVISIONS: SECTION 9 -29.2 JUNCTION BOXES Revise the last sentence to read: The covers shall be marked with a "Traffic Signal" or Electrical Power" logo /symbol depending on the application shown on the drawings. 8.1(2s,orie,04087 ... x� ...;rficfr) ndumNo.1 3 ADDENDUM NO.1 This ADDENDUM is to be considered as much a part of the contract provisions as if it were included in the body of the Plans and Specifications. All Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of the ADDENDUM on the proposal form prior to bid opening. Gene Souses, PE Date Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. 801 North 39 Avenue Yakima, WA 98902 Phone: (509) 966 -7000 • Attach: 1 S: \Gene\04087...vil 2...':Add n rnN(). 1 4 ADDENDUM NO.1 . - Unit Price Bid Proposal (Note: Unit prices for all items, all extensions, and total amount of bid must be shown. Any changes/corrections to the bid must be initialed by the signer of the bid, in accordance with Section 1-02.5) Sales Tax shall be included in Unit Prices. CITY OF YAKIMA HISTORIC DISTRICT RENOVATION City of Yakima No. 2103 Phase 2 HLA Project No. 04087A ,1 001:::' ;,:'':':',::-::::':::''';',-::'- - iiViir; :::{: -::,':;'-),:;:::::':.,:=:;::, ! ; i'-:-:'().:;,:.;_;',]: 0 1 0 ( ii i!W:.:;;;I":<:;:', , :- :', '':':'-'' - ;"'P:' , '''• 'i ;:- ':: - V -., 1 '', ': ::",, : Y'ri Descriiiti r, V. •,,,ii i ,':'..: .' i ' ,' LA(' .'- duifisi '-,-•- ,i-: , ':5 : 'i :‘iliici:ttiiwithe,? ':::,,:-:" :: ,,,-; .: .s : ':'; i:,..n■ta(611 ---":',: , 1 Mobilization Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ . 2 Temporary Erosion Control Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ 3 Catch Basin Inlet Protection Each 6 x $ = $ . 4 Project Temporary Traffic Control Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ . 5 Removal of Structures and Obstructions Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ . . 6 Saw Cutting Sidewalk Meet Line LF 250 x $ . = $ • 7 Remove Existing Cem.Conc. Sidewalk SY 2,360 x $ . = $ 8 Pedestrian Lighting System Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ . 9 Irrigation System Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ . 10 Tree Lighting System Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ 11 Catch Basin,Type 1 Each 4 x $ . = $ . 12 Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul CY 225 x $ . = $ 13 Sch. A Storm Sewer Pipe 12-Inch Diam. LF 430 x $ = $ . 14 Testing Storm Sewer Pipe LF 430 x $ = $ . 15 Cement Conc. Barrier Curb and Gutter LF 1,100 x $ = $ . 16 Pedestrian Push Button Modifications Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 17 Asphalt Pavement Repair Section SY 225 x $ = $ . 18 Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 4-Inch Thick SY 2,413 x $ = $ . 19 Supported Cement Concrete Sidewalk SY 54 x $ = $ . 20 Cement Concrete Sidewalk, 6-Inch Thick SY 345 x $ = $ 21 Cement Concrete Pavement -Incl. Dowels CY 285 x $ = $ . 22 Crushed Surfacing Base Course Ton 225 x $ . = $ . 23 Street Light System Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ . 24 Glass Sidewalk Panel on Supports SF 134 x $ . = $ . 25 Sidewalk Access Door Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ . 26 Cement Concrete Sidewalk Ramp Type 10 Each 12 x $ = $ . . 27 Sidewalk Inlays Each 20 x $ = $ • 28 Stamped Street Name Each 12 x $ . = $ . 29 Root Barrier LF 960 x $ = $ . 30 PSIPE: Scarlet Sentinel Maple Each 11 x $ = $ . 31 PSIPE: Chanticleer Flowering Pear Each 37 x $ = $ 32 Tree Grate Each 37 x $ . = $ • 33 Banner Strain Pole Each 2 x $ . = $ . 34 Removable Bollards Lump Sum 1 x $ . = $ . City of Yakima Proj No 2103-Ph 2 HLA Project No. 004087A 3-3 Addendum No. 1 SftGene I 04087..104087Ph2Total... xis 35 Sidewalk Receptacle Enclosure System Lump Sum 1 x $ = $ 36 Bench Each 5 x $ = $ 37 Trash Receptacle Each 4 x $ = $ 38 Bicycle Rack Each 2 x $ = $ 39 Traffic Sign Post and Anchor Each 14 x $ = $ 40 Minor Change FA 1 x $ 5,000.00 = $ 5,000.00 TOTAL BASE BID : $ ALTERNATES: 41 Glass Sidewalk Panel on Grade SF 175 x $ $ 42 Planter Fence Each 6 x $ $ . 43 Drinking Fountain Each 2 x $ $ 44 Future Communication Conduit Lump Sum 1 x $ $ . SUBTOTAL ALTERNATES: $ . TOTAL BID W /ALTERNATES : $ . City of Yakima Proj No 2103 -Ph 2 HLA Project No. 004087A S:\ Genet04087 .. \04087Ph2Toial....xls 3-4 Addendum No. 1 AFTER RECORDING RETURN DOCUMENT TO: Kenneth W. Harper Menke Jackson Beyer Elofson Ehlis & Harper 807 N. 39 Avenue d .r Yakima, WA 98902 j EASEMENT Reference Number of Related Document: N/A Grantor(s): 1. Bob Schneider and Patricia Schneider, husband and wife Grantee: 1. The City of Yakima, Washington, a Washington municipal corporation Abbreviated Legal Description: North 3.00 feet of L 3 -12, B1 10 of Plat of North Yakima Townsites recorded in Book "A ", Page 10, Yakima County Additional Legal Description is on Exhibit A of this document Per 1/ Assessor's Property Tax Parcel or Account No.: 191319- 23401, 23402 THIS INSTRUMENT is entered into on the / 3 `day of r l , 2006, by and between the City of Yakima, Washington (the "City "), and Bob Schneider and Patricia Schneider, husband and wife (the "Grantor "). WHEREAS, the City has requested that the Grantor grant it the right to install, operate and maintain various improvements within the following described property of the Grantor; and WHEREAS, the City is undertaking extensive planning and design work toward the . i renovation of the area known as the "Old North Yakima North Front Street National Historic District," which project (the "project ") is likely to be mutually advantageous to both the City and the Grantor; and WHEREAS, the Grantor wishes to cooperate with the City, and play an instrumental role in accommodating said renovation project; and Easement - 1 1111111111110111111n 11 7504768 Page: 1 of 12 04/25/2006 10 :09R MENKE JACKSON BEYER ELOFS EA S $43,00 Yakima Co, WA